The State vs. Ron Paul

November 30, 2007

The State vs. Ron Paul

by Gail Jarvis
by Gail Jarvis


DIGG THIS

Ron Paul’s growing popularity is extremely annoying to those on the left. And sometimes their annoyance gets out-of-control, as evidenced by the reaction from Brad Warthen, editorial page editor of The State, Columbia, South Carolina. What set Warthen off was this comment about Ron Paul and libertarianism in the Washington Post: “More than at any other time over the past two decades, Americans are hungering for the politics and freewheeling fun of libertarianism.”

It was primarily the reference to “freewheeling fun of libertarianism” that prompted this outburst from Warthen: “I look at it (libertarianism) and see a gray, dull, monotonous, seething, dispiriting resentment. Gripe, bitch, moan, especially about taxes – that’s libertarianism to me. If I were looking to be an ideologically rigid, antisocial grouch who constantly told the rest of the world to go (expletive) itself, I’d be a libertarian.”

Compare Warthen’s tirade against Ron Paul and libertarianism with his glowing tribute to Barack Obama, a Democrat of the liberal persuasion. Warthen is discussing Obama’s effect on his followers, especially young people. “But there’s something about Obama that makes the youthfulness of his supporters seem more apt, something that reminds me of my own youth. He reaches across time, across cynicism, across the sordidness of Politics as Practiced, offering to pull them in to the place where they can make a difference.”

Before the advent of the Internet, the public had nowhere to go to find rebuttals to such subjective statements. Newspaper journalists had more power then. Even now, Warthen, as editorial page editor, can decide which columnists are allowed to air their opinions in his paper. And letters to the editor containing opinions he does not approve of will never be printed. As print media is gradually replaced with electronic media, editorial page editors will lose some of their disproportionate clout.

If Brad Warthen’s praise of Obama sounds a little naïve, remember that Warthen, like many of today’s journalists, was born somewhere the mid-1950’s to the late-1960’s. During the heyday of ABC, CBS and NBC, these journalists were kids in PJs eating cereal in front of the TV. This is how they learned about America and where they formulated their narrow views about the first half of the 20th century. Network television reporting informed them what was right and what was wrong and defined what the government’s role in appeasing the demands of fringe groups and “improving society” should be. Those seminal years spawned their political idée fixe; their youthful political obsessions that remain unchanged to this day.

Although Warthen and his ilk have not changed over the years, other than exchange their love beads for power suits, America has changed radically. It has new problems now that require new solutions. And I don’t think it is an exaggeration to state that time may be running out. So a good many people are placing their faith in Ron Paul, believing he may have the answers.

November 29, 2007

Gail Jarvis [send him mail ] is a free-lance writer.

Copyright © 2007 LewRockwell.com

Gail Jarvis Archives

 
 
 
 
Find this article at:
http://www.lewrockwell.com/jarvis/jarvis107.html


**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


Ron Paul Responds To Question re North American Union (NAU)

November 30, 2007

Ron Paul Responds To Question re North American Union (NAU)

Excerpt

YouTube question: Good evening, candidates. This is (inaudible) from Arlington, Texas, and this question is for Ron Paul.

I’ve met a lot of your supporters online, but I’ve noticed that a good number of them seem to buy into this conspiracy theory regarding the Council of Foreign Relations, and some plan to make a North American union by merging the United States with Canada and Mexico.

These supporters of yours seem to think that you also believe in this theory. So my question to you is: Do you really believe in all this, or are people just putting words in your mouth?

Cooper: Congressman Paul, 90 seconds.

Paul: Well, it all depends on what you mean by “all of this.” the CFR exists, the Trilateral Commission exists. And it’s a, quote, “conspiracy of ideas.” This is an ideological battle. Some people believe in globalism. Others of us believe in national sovereignty.

And there is a move on toward a North American union, just like early on there was….”Please Continue Reading-Click Below:

http://tinyurl.com/2zfub9
http://tinyurl.com/2zfub9

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
~~~~~
News-n-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
~~~~~
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

~~~~~
The “Original/The Only “Gunny G”
**********


McCain blames Rise of Hitler on Ron Paul

November 30, 2007

NEWS YOU WON’T FIND ON CNN

  Send Page To a Friend

McCain blames Rise of Hitler on Ron Paul

Not Invading and Occupying other Countries Branded ‘Isolationism’

By Juan Cole

11/29/07 “ICH” — — In a new low of despicable looniness, at the Republican debate in St. Petersburg, John McCain equated those Americans who want to stop militarily occupying Iraq with Hitler-enablers. He actually said that, saying that it was ‘isolationism’ of a sort that allowed Hitler to come to power.

It gives a person a certain amount of faith in one’s fellow Americans that McCain was booed by the Republican crowd for this piece of calumny. Comparisons to Hitler should be automatic grounds for a candidate to be disqualified from being president.

But then McCain is the same person who joked about bombing Iran. He thinks that killing all those children from the air would be funny?

McCain also repeated his standard lie that Iraqis would attack the United States if US troops were withdrawn from that country. He contrasted the Vietnamese Communists, who, he said, just wanted to build their workers’ utopia in Vietnam once the US left, with Iraqis, who he continues to confuse with Usamah Bin Laden (a Saudi living far from Iraq who never had anything to do with Iraq).

Of course, back in the early 1970s, if you had asked McCain, he would have said we have to fight the Vietnamese because of the Domino effect, and if we lost there then International Communism would be in our living rooms. Now, he says the Vietnamese Communists weren’t expansionist at all, and just wanted socialism in one country.

So then, John, if that was true and there was never any danger of a domino effect, why did we sacrifice 58,000 US lives and kill a million to two million Vietnamese peasants? You just admitted we weren’t in any danger from them, even if they defeated us.

But since you were wrong about the domino effect with regard to Vietnamese Communism (which I remember arguing in a class debate as a teenager in 1967 was just a form of nationalism), how do we know you aren’t just as wrong or wronger about your fantastic Muslim domino theory? After all, international communism was a big important political movement to which many governments adhered. Al-Qaeda is a few thousand scruffy guys afraid to come out of their caves, who don’t even have good sleeping bags much less a government to their name.

McCain is so confused that he thinks Shiite Iran is supporting “al-Qaeda.” When I think that people who say these crazy things serve in the US senate and are plausible as presidents of our Republic, I despair a little. (When I see a nut job like Tancredo on the podium, he of ‘let’s nuke Mecca,’ I despair a lot, but that is a different story.)

McCain also insisted that we never lost a battle in Vietnam. He still doesn’t understand guerrilla war. What battle did the French lose in Algeria? You don’t lose a guerrilla war because you lose a conventional set piece battle. Then it would be a conventional war and not a guerrilla one. You lose it because you cannot control the country and it is too expensive in treasure and life to go on staying there.

Ron Paul was only allowed to reply briefly to McCain’s outrageous and mean-spirited diatribe. Although the transcript says he was applauded for saying that it was only natural that the Iraqis would want us out of their hair, just as we wouldn’t want somebody invading and occupying us– I heard a lot of booing in response to that point.

At another point, Paul made the point that the quiet parts of Iraq — the Shiite deep south and the Kurdistan area in the north– are the places where there are no foreign troops to speak of. Unfortunately, he forgot the name of the Kurds and seemed to get confused, so I’m not sure he got the point across.

Here is the exchange.

“McCain: . . . I just want to also say that Congressman Paul, I’ve heard him now in many debates talk about bringing our troops home, and about the war in Iraq and how it’s failed.

(Applause)

And I want to tell you that that kind of isolationism, sir, is what caused World War II. We allowed…

(Applause)

We allowed …

(Audience booing)

Cooper: Allow him his answer. Allow him his answer, please.

McCain: We allowed — we allowed Hitler to come to power with that kind of attitude of isolationism and appeasement.

(Audience booing)

And I want to tell you something, sir. I just finished having Thanksgiving with the troops, and their message to you is — the message of these brave men and women who are serving over there is, “Let us win. Let us…

(Applause)

Cooper: We will — please. We will get to Iraq…

(Applause)

All right. Let me just remind everyone that these people did take a lot of time to ask these questions, and so we do want direct questions to — the answers. We will get to Iraq later, but I do have to allow Congressman Paul 30 seconds to respond.

Paul: Absolutely. The real question you have to ask is why do I get the most money from active duty officers and military personnel?

(Applause)

What John is saying is just totally distorted.

(Protester shouts off-mike)

Paul: He doesn’t even understand the difference between non- intervention and isolationism. I’m not an isolationism, (shakes head) em, isolationist. I want to trade with people, talk with people, travel. But I don’t want to send troops overseas using force to tell them how to live. We would object to it here and they’re going to object to us over there.

(Applause)”

The rest is here. This is what Ron Paul said about Iraq:

“Paul: The best commitment we can make to the Iraqi people is to give them their country back. That’s the most important thing that we can do.

(Applause)

Already, part of their country has been taken back. In the south, they claim the surge has worked, but the surge really hasn’t worked. There’s less violence, but al-Sadr has essentially won in the south.

The British are leaving. The brigade of Al Sadr now is in charge, so they are getting their country back. They’re in charge up north — the Shia — the people in the north are in charge, as well, and there’s no violence up there or nearly as much.

So, let the people have their country back again. Just think of the cleaning up of the mess after we left Vietnam. Vietnam now is a friend of ours — we trade with them, the president comes here.

What we achieved in peace was unachievable in 20 years of the French and the Americans being in Vietnam.

So it’s time for us to take care of America first.

(Applause) “

Juan Cole is President of the Global Americana Institute. Visit his website http://www.juancole.com/

Click on “comments” below to read or post comments

  Comments (36) Comment (0)

Comment Guidelines
Be succinct, constructive and relevant to the story.
We encourage engaging, diverse and meaningful commentary. Do not include personal information such as names, addresses, phone numbers and emails. Comments falling outside our guidelines – those including personal attacks and profanity – are not permitted.
See our complete Comment Policy and use this link to notify us
if you have concerns about a comment. We’ll promptly review and remove any inappropriate postings.

Send Page To a Friend

In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, this material is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included information for research and educational purposes. Information Clearing House has no affiliation whatsoever with the originator of this article nor is Information ClearingHouse endorsed or sponsored by the originator.)

http://tinyurl.com/32stwn

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
~~~~~
News-n-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
~~~~~
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

~~~~~
The “Original/The Only “Gunny G”
**********


Iran War: American Military Versus Israel Firsters

November 30, 2007

NEWS YOU WON’T FIND ON CNN

Send Page To a Friend

Iran War: American Military Versus Israel Firsters

By James Petras

Why must Jewish organizations be and be seen as the loudest drum-beaters of all? Why can we not bring ourselves to say that military intervention is not on the table at all? Why not stash it under the table, out of sight and mount instead a diplomatic assault? Leonard Fein (Forward November 7, 2007)

11/29/07 ” ICH” — — Introduction

As the White House and Congress escalate their economic sanctions and military threats against Iran, top military commanders and Pentagon officials have launched a counter-offensive, opposing a new Middle East War. While some commentators and journalists, like Chris Hedges (Truthdig, November 13, 2007), privy to this high stakes inter-elite conflict, attribute this to a White House cabal led by Vice President Cheney, a more stringent and accurate assessment pits the Zionist Power Configuration (ZPC) in the center of the Iran war debate. There is a great deal riding in this conflict – the future of the American empire as well as the balance of power in the Middle East. Equally important is the future of the US military and our already heavily constrained democratic freedoms. The outcome of the continuous and deepening confrontation between top US military officials and the Israel Firsters over US foreign policy in the Middle East has raised fundamental questions over self-determination, colonization, civilian primacy and military political intervention, empire or republic. These and related issues are far from being of academic interest only; they concern the future of America.

Recent History of the Civilian Militarists versus Anti-War Movements

Over the past seven years, the civilian militarists in the executive branch and Congress have resoundingly defeated any and all efforts by Congressional critics and anti-war leaders to end the war in Iraq and Afghanistan. Since 2003, the peace movement has practically vanished from the streets – in large part a product of its own self-destruction. The great majority of anti-war leaders opted for Democratic Party-electoral politics, a strategy that led to the successful election of a pro-war Democratic majority. The retreat of the anti-war movement turned into a full-scale rout when the government moved toward a new war with Iran: the Zionist-influenced half of the peace movement refused to join forces to oppose the Iran war agenda – heavily influenced by their loyalty to Israel and its shrill cries of an ‘existential’ danger from non-existent Iranian nuclear weapons and dependent on ‘liberal’ Zionist donors.

Along with the capitulation of the anti-war leaders and absence of any ’street politics’, liberal Democrats, or what passes for them, fell into line with the Israel First Democratic congress-people pushing for an increasingly bellicose political agenda toward Iran. The White House, especially the Vice President’s office were fully in tune with the Israel Firsters and the ZPC ‘keeping the military option’ on the table and priming the US forces in the Gulf for offensive action. Within the military and the intelligence services strong opposition emerged to an attack on Iran.

American Military Versus the ZPC Fight over Middle East Wars

The battle between the civilian militarists (Zion-Cons) in the Pentagon and the military brass took place, in large part, behind closed doors: From the beginning, the military was severely handicapped in so far as they could not engage in public debate. The military elite did not possess an army of lobbyists, activist ideologues and the entire mass media apparatus to promote their point of view. The ZPC-Israel Firsters’ Wars-For-Israel crowd did have all of these ‘resources’ in abundance, and they used them to the maximum in a spiteful and arrogant fashion, when the occasion arose – such as when military officers testifying before Congress questioned the war-to-be in Iraq. Zion-militarists like Richard Perle, Norman Podhoretz and their influential cohort baited the military for having ‘the most advanced arms and refusing to use them’, of being fearful of expending troops to defend US security interests in the Middle East, of being ultra-cautious when audacity and preemptive action was necessary. The Israel-Firsters, who not only never risked a broken fingernail on any battlefield, deprecated the generals to increase their power to order them around through their servile operatives in the Rumsfeld Pentagon, Vice President’s Office and in Bush’s National Security Council. The Zion-Cons’ arm-chair military strategists have absolutely no qualms in sending US troops to war in Afghanistan, Iraq and now Iran to enhance Israeli regional power because 99.8% of the rank and file troops are not of their kin and kind. On the contrary they ridicule the US military precisely to prosecute wars and avoid the loss of Israeli-Jewish lives, resulting from an Israeli attack on Iran to enhance its power in the Middle East.

Israel-Firsters Win Round One

For all of the above-enumerated reasons, the Israel-Firsters overcame the doubts and questions on the war by the military in the run-up to and continuation of the Iraq War. The ZPC’s success in launching the war over military objections was largely due to their control over US civilian institutions and the primacy of these institutions over any and all military political dissent. However the ZPC was not content with repressing civilian dissent, they aggressively repressed and silenced any opposition from within the military: General Eric Shinseki, Chief of Staff of the Army saw his career destroyed when he questioned US policy on the eve of the Iraq invasion. Two years later, General Peter Pace was denied a second term as chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff when he rejected claims by the White House and the ZPC that Iran was supplying weapons to the Iraqi insurgents. Lieutenant General Ricardo Sanchez was retired following his call for the withdrawal of US troops in Iraq, which he later described as “a nightmare with no end in sight”. General John Abazaid followed. Captains and Colonels in the Pentagon who disagreed with the lies and fabrication of ‘intelligence’ by the Zion-Cons in the Pentagon leading to the Iraq invasion were marginalized and/or silenced. Zion-Cons in the Pentagon marginalized CIA intelligence reports that didn’t fit in with their war propaganda– these studies were-written, cut and spliced to serve their ends. The Zion-Cons in the Pentagon established a parallel ‘intelligence’ office under their exclusive control (Office of Special Planning) and placed ‘one of their own’, Abraham Shumsky, in charge.

In the Zion-Con charge to push the US into a new war with Iran, they (along with Vice President Cheney) have successfully delayed and forced the rewrite of a collective report by various intelligence agencies, the National Intelligence Estimate (NIE) on Iran, because it had to fit in with their war plans.

The humiliating defeats and gratuitous public insults which the victorious ZPC inflicted on the US military has had the effect of raising the back of senior officers in the run-up to a military attack on Iran. The military is going public and fighting back with biting open criticism of the White House and Zion-Con war planners. The underlying deep and widespread hostility of the high-ranking military officials has nothing to do with Zion-Con charges of ‘anti-Semitism’ and everything to do with the destruction, demoralization and discredit of the US military which has resulted from following Zion-Con war policies in Iraq.

The US armed forces have crumbled and decayed as the Iraq occupation and counter-insurgency progresses into its 6th year. Over half of the officers are refusing to re-enlist, recruiting quotas are not being reached except by drastically lowering standards, and morale of on-duty reservists is at it’s lowest because of extended tours of duty. Black enlistment has dropped precipitously. Despite the war being portrayed by President Bush and Israeli leaders including Prime Minister Olmert as for Israel’s national survival, American Jewish war-time enlistment is at its lowest in almost a century. Public sentiment for the military has declined sharply since the war, exacerbated by Zionist (Richard Perle, Frederick Kagan, Kenneth Pollack and Martin Indyk) charges of incompetence against American military occupation forces. The loss of prestige, enlistment and the increasing over-stretch of the army and the abrasive and domineering way in which the Zion-Cons denigrate active US military commanders has raised their ire. At one point in an interview, General Tommy Franks referred to Zion-Con, ex-Undersecretary of Defense Douglas Feith as ‘the dumbest bastard I ever knew’.

Round Two: American Military Versus Israel-Firsters: The Iran War

Recognizing how they were outgunned by the Zion-Con monopoly of public space for political discussion in the run-up to the Iraq invasion, the military has gone public. Admiral William Fallon, head of CENTCOM (Central Command) has launched a series of interviews designed to counter-Zion-Con war propaganda. He has formed an anti-War-With-Iran alliance with senior military officers, Secretary of Defense Gates and sectors of the intelligence services not under Zion-Con influence (Financial Times Nov. 12, 2007 p.1). The Secretary of Defense is not a reliable ally to the officers opposed to an Iran war, since he is notorious for caving in to ZPC pressure when his post in under threat.

Every major Israeli public spokes-person has at least raised the issue of a sneak attack (translation: ‘preventive war’ in Zion-speak) and many are in favor of an immediate attack. Reliable sources in Israel claim that war preparations are already advanced. Fabricating ‘existential threats’ to Israeli existence, Israeli Foreign Minister Tzipi Livni has spoken forcefully even … shrilly, about Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad’s threat to ‘wipe Israel off the map’ – a much repeated, deliberate mistranslation of the Prime Minister’s reference to Israel (more reliable translations refer to ‘the regime currently occupying Jerusalem disappearing into history’).

While Israeli officials have placed war with Iran as their second most important priority on their foreign policy agenda, by far their highest priority is convincing and manipulating the US to carry out the war and save Israel the enormous economic cost and loss of Israeli lives. The Israeli state has made its war policy the central task for their agents and their apparatus in the US. The ZPC has taken up the Israeli line with a vengeance. Several hundred full-time functionaries from all the major Jewish organizations have visited and ‘advised’ Congress that bellicose support for a war against Iran is the primary way to demonstrate their unconditional defense of Israel’s ’survival’ and guarantee campaign financing from their wealthy political donor base. Over the past year, several major daily newspapers, weekly and monthly magazines from the New York Times through Time, Newsweek, the New Yorker, and the entire yellow press (NY Post, New York Sun, The Daily News) has published reams of propaganda articles fabricating an Iranian nuclear threat, demonizing Iran and its leaders and calling for the US to bomb Iran and eliminate Israel’s ‘existential’ (the most nauseating and overused cliché) threat. Several thousand op-ed pieces have been written parroting the Israeli war-line by a small army of Zionist academics and think tank propagandists. Breathless and vitriolic, the Israel Firsters claim that ‘time is running out’, that Iran’s pursuit of diplomacy is a ploy for inaction, that Iran’s well-documented openness to negotiations is a trick. Venomous attacks are launched against Europeans for not pursuing the military option; Germany is slandered as following in the footsteps of the Nazis because its industries and banks still do business with Iran. US critics of the ZPC’s pursuit of an Iranian war for Israel are accused of being ’soft on terrorism’, appeasers, and almost always labeled as overt or covert ‘anti-Semites. The massive, sustained and one-sided dominance by the ZPC of the Iranian war narrative has been successful. US public opinion surveys show over half (52% according to a Zogby Poll) of the US public is in favor of offensive bombing of Iran. Thus speaks the State of Israel via its overbearing politically dominant Fifth Column to the American People: The purpose of the USA is to serve and sacrifice for the greater good (and power and wealth and dominance) of Israel.

The clearest and most vicious Zion-Con counter-attack against the US military’s harsh reaction to their leading us into the Iraq War came from a predictable ultra-Zionist think-tank, the Foreign Policy Research Center (FPRC) run by Ilan Berman, a close collaborator with the Israeli extremist Likud leader Netanyahu. Speaking at a meeting co-sponsored by the FPRR and the Reserve Officers Association on October 15 2007 entitled “Mind the Gap”: Post-Iraq Civil-Military Relations in America, senior fellow Frank Hoffman attempted to turn senior military officers’ criticism of the disastrous Zion-Con authored Iraq War into a sinister military plot: “The nation’s leadership, civilian and military, need to come to grips with the emerging ’stab-in-the-back’ thesis in the armed services and better define the social compact (sic) and code of conduct (sic) that governs the overall relationship between the masters of policy (the Zion-Cons) and the dedicated servants (the military) we ask to carry it out. (Dereliction of Duty Redux? see www.fpri.org/enotes/200711.hoffman.derelictionofdutyredux.html ). Hoffman attempts to deflect military and public anger at the enormous damage in morale, recruitment and lives which the Zion-Con war policies have inflicted on the US Armed Forces by invoking an abstract entity: “Our collective failure (sic) to address the torn fabric and weave a stronger and more enduring relationship will only allow a sore to fester and ultimately undermine the nation’s security” (ibid)

Obfuscating Zionist control over war policy, Hoffman instead refers to “civilian” control over the military as being “constitutionally, structurally (?) and historical well-grounded.” This is nonsense: there is no provision, article or clause in the American Constitution which states that the military should submit to civilian power subordinate to a foreign state.

After a vacuous general discussion of civilian-military relations in the lead-up to the Zion-Con designed Iraq War, Hoffman then tries to paint the military critics of Zion-Con Donald Rumsfeld as attacking an innovative defender of civilian supremacy over the military – even as he embraced wholesale torture techniques and violated every principle of the Geneva Convention of War and US Military Code of Conduct toward prisoners and civilians. Hoffman turns up the Zion-Con venom against military officers who dared to question Rumsfeld’s application of Israel’s illegal and totalitarian technique of colonial warfare in Iraq. He then launches a diatribe against the professional competence of senior military advisers, “who failed to provide military counsel because they were intimidated ‘yes men’ or who failed to recognize the complexity of war” (ibid). Berman’s prodigy, Hoffman, makes a case that the Zion-Con ‘masters of Iraq war policy’ were not responsible for the disastrous war – it was the military officers “who failed to provide candid advice, who fail in their duty to their immediate superiors and stay in their posts (who) are guilty of dereliction of duty to the President, the Congress and their subordinates.” (ibid) The same Zion-Cons who drove out and forced the resignation of American generals who had dissented with Wolfowitz, Feith, Abrams and Rumsfeld are now judged and condemned for dereliction of duty by the same Zion-Cons.

The Zion-Cons follow the Goebbels principle: ‘The Big Lie repeated often enough can convince the stupid masses.’

The Berman-Hoffman FPRC counter-attack against American military officers speaking truth to power is a limp effort to deflect attention from the Zion-Con policymakers’ treasonous behavior and their role in degrading the US military. The FPRC document blaming the military and unnamed civilians (exclusively non-Zionist) for the Iraq debacle is one of the numerous variants on the same theme by Zionist academic militarists justifying the power of the ZPC in the name of civilian supremacy, without spelling out the national loyalties of the ‘civilian’ masters of career military officers.

According to a detailed report published in the Financial Times (November 12, 2007), the US military is not buying the Zion-Con line: “Admiral William Fallon, head of Central Command which oversees military operations in the Middle East, said that while dealing with Iran was a ‘challenge’ a military strike was not in the offing.” (Page 1 and 9) Backed by many active senior officers and numerous retired generals, Fallon has dismissed the Zion-Con intellectuals and propagandists as ignorant war-mongers. In his own words: “It astounds me that so many pundits and other s are spending so much time yakking about this topic (of a military attack on Iran)” (FT: November 12, 2007 p.9).

In direct repudiation of the ZPC’s frenetic campaigning for economic sanctions leading to a military attack, top US military officials and even Secretary of Defense Gates have for the time being blocked the military option. Addressing the Zionist strategy of sequential wars against Israel’s enemies (Iran, Syria, Lebanon), Fallon stated: “It seems to me that we don’t need more problems”. His remarks are understood to reflect the views of the majority of senior officers in the Middle East combat zone but not Bush’s politically ambitious General Petraeus, who worked with his Israeli-Mossad partners (in Northern Iraq “Kurdistan”) in training and arming the Kurdish militia death squads – Peshmerga.

Retired Generals Anthony Zinni and Joseph Hoar, both former heads of CENTCOM, have pointed their fingers at the menace of the Zion-Cons and Israel-Firsters in the government. According to Gen. Hoar, “There is no doubt that an element in the government wants to strike Iran. But the good news is that the Secretary of Defense and senior military are against it” (FT November 12, 2007). The forced and voluntary retirement, including the indictment and jailing of some highly placed Zion-Cons in the Pentagon, White House, Treasury and State Departments have weakened their stranglehold over US policy in the White House. The top Zion-Con policymakers who have left or are in jail include Rumsfeld (Gentile Zionist), Wolfowitz, Feith, Franklin, Shumsky, Perle – in the Pentagon; Irving Libby, Wurmser, Ari Fleicher, Frum in the White House and many others too numerous to name.

While the Zion-Cons retain power in the higher circles of government, at this moment, they are not able to run roughshod over their military critics and opponents as they did in the run-up to the Iraq war. In part this is because of the horrendous situation resulting from their war in Iraq, which has undermined their credibility and turned the vast majority of the US public against their war. Equally the Zion-Cons’ war and the disastrous impact of a prolonged (5 year) urban guerrilla resistance on the US Armed Forces, in terms of loss of personnel, morale, junior and senior officers and the over-extension of the US military to the detriment of the defense of the US Empire’s interests around the world has served as a ‘wake-up call’ for senior military command.

Drawing on their experience from the invasion of Iraq, few if any accept the Israeli-Zion-Con ‘evaluations’ of the outcome and response to a military attack. They remember too well the optimistic propaganda put out by Zionist academic ideologues like Kagan and Cohen that the ‘Iraqis will celebrate and welcome American forces into Baghdad as liberators’.

According to a report in the Financial Times, retired General Zinni speaking for the many active senior officers says ‘even a limited American attack could push Teheran to retaliate in a number of ways such as firing missiles at Israel, Saudi oilfields and US bases in Iraq, mining the Straits (sic) of Hormuz and activating sleeper terrorist cells around the world.” (FT op cit). He concluded by pointing out, “It is not a matter of a one-strike option. It is the classic question of… ‘and then what’?”. A more circumspect criticism of the Iran war reasoning has been voiced by Admiral Mike Muller. He objected to the US-Israeli agents “putting the military option on the table”. Admiral Muller added, “We’re in a conflict in two countries out there right now. We have to be incredibly thoughtful about the potential of in fact getting into a conflict with a third country in that part of the world.”(FT Op Cit).

One of the biggest dangers in forcing the US into a war with Iran is an Israeli sneak air attack, in which it destroys Iranian military installations causing Iran to retaliate against the US, Israel’s ally, main financier and armaments supplier. An Israeli air strike is not the only war provocation – the Mossad is deeply in involved in training Kurdish commandos to carry out terrorist cross-border attacks from Iraq, killing Iranian civilians and soldiers, bombing military installations and collecting intelligence, hoping to provoke a large-scale Iranian military response against ‘Kurdistan’. Iranian retaliation against Mossad trained Kurdish terrorists could then be twisted by Zion-Con ideologues and their ‘political elements in Washington’ (to quote Admiral Fallon) into a major invasion of Iraq, with the hope of convincing the Bush White House to ‘counter-attack in defense of our troops in Iraq’.

The Israeli regime and its Fifth Column in the United States have been pressing for unilateral intervention against Iran, preferably military, ever since 2003. The Daily Alert, mouthpiece of the 52 biggest Jewish organizations (The Presidents of the Major American Jewish Organizations) has published scores of articles each week, characterizing the Europeans as ‘foot draggers’, ‘weak on Iran’, ‘playing down’ or ‘failing’ to take serious the ‘existential threat to Israel’. The US Zion-Cons have their own ‘State Department’ and ‘overseas’ missions, with their own ‘foreign policy-makers and spokespeople’. They meet with European, Asian and Latin American heads of State in the US or during ‘visits’ overseas, mobilizing advising, organizing and strengthening Zion-Con outposts throughout Europe and beyond. Their international reach has succeeded in a number of important decisions and appointments, most notably in Brussels and in Sarkozy’s appointment of Zionist fanatic Bernard Kouchner as France’s Minister of Foreign Relations. In a rather crude and undiplomatic show of Zionist loyalty immediately upon taking office, Kouchner declared France to be in favor of a military option against Iran. He was later pressured to retract, but Sarkozy, who himself is no minor league Israel supporter, has echoed Kouchner’s line. One of Kouchner’s first acts was to travel to American-occupied Iraq to express his personal support for the occupation. As a result of Israeli and Zion-Con pressure on the White House, France, Germany and England have all supported the escalation of sanctions against Iran…the Zionist strategy of ’strangle the economy now and bomb later’.

The Zion-Cons’ weakness is relative: Although they no longer can purge (or ‘retire’) or silence senior military officers opposed to their Mid East Wars for Israel, they are extremely effective in discrediting any and all impartial international bodies and reports which fail to support the Israeli line that Iran represents an ‘existential threat’ to its survival (code language for ‘challenges or resists Israel’s drive to dominate the region’). Predictably taking their cue from the Israeli foreign office’s dismissal of the United Nations International Atomic Energy Agency’s report (November 15, 2007) which documented that Iran had no nuclear arms program and no capacity to construct a nuclear weapon at least for the next five years, the ZPC unleashed a mass media propaganda campaign attacking the IAEA chairman as a ‘pro-Iranian’ agent (Jerusalem Post November 16, 2007). At the same time the news ‘reports’ used ‘potted quotes’ from the Report, mentioning only the IAEA ‘reservations’ and the ‘questions unanswered’ and ‘issues not addressed’. US Senator from Tel Aviv, Joseph Lieberman combined both a distorted (or blatantly falsified) version of the IAEA Report and a vicious attack on its Chief, El Baradei, claiming that the Report ‘made it clear (sic) that Iran was still hiding (sic) large parts of its nuclear program’ (Jerusalem Post November 16, 2007). A careful or even casual reading of the IAEA Report shows not a single paragraph, line or word stating that Iran was ‘hiding large parts of its nuclear program’ as Lieberman accused. Ever mendacious, Lieberman, who had publicly called for an immediate military attack on ‘Iran, Iraq and Syria’ just days after the September 11, 2001 terrorist attack, viciously attacked El Baradei for ‘writing in the report that Iran was cooperating and for not recommending a new round of sanctions’. In other words, the Zion-Cons with their mediocre academic mouth-pieces can save the UN, the IAEA and El Baradei’s time and money in site visits and delicate radiologic and satellite monitoring by handing over the Israeli Foreign Office’s pre-packaged ‘press’ handouts or ’sexed-up intelligence reports’. The Zion-Cons make up in zeal what they lack in fact: Cooking up threats and telling the eager world that Iran is not cooperative and should be heavily sanctioned, starved or bombed into submission. The Zion-Cons follow the guidelines of the Jewish state’s agenda, to turn Iran into a Gaza Strip of deprivation and desperation.

The Israeli dismissal of the UN report on Iran, and the Zion-Con falsification of its contest and attack on its chief negotiator, El Baradei, was echoed by the While House and the Zion-colonized Congress. With a lack of originality characteristic of US Middle East policy-makers, they also cited the potted quotes from the IAEA Report to justify harsher sanctions and a greater degree of confrontation. The purpose is to provoke a breakup of the dialog long established between the IAEA and Iran. The Zion-Con-White House strategy is to implicate the IAEA in their savage attacks on Iran, and via harsher economic sanctions end Iran’s cooperation with the IAEA. Having forced the IAEA out they would then accuse Iran of rejecting dialog and cooperation with the United Nations. This contrived scenario (like the earlier phony claims that ‘Saddam threw out the weapons inspectors’) would set the stage for a US-British led military attack under the pretext that all diplomatic approaches failed to deter Iran’s nuclear program which the IAEA denied had any military component. It ill behooves anyone to actually consult the IAEA website and read the reports’ favorable account of Iran’s willing cooperation in providing site visits, documents and responses in answer to many of the key issues raised by the IAEA, the US and the EU. The report ultimately refutes the major accusations cooked up by the Zion-Cons and their political assets in the White House, State Department and Congress. The most important information contained in the IAEA Report is that its inspectors found no evidence of any Iranian effort to develop nuclear weapons.

US Military-Israel-Firsters: Fundamental Issues in Dispute

There are at least 5 fundamental issues in dispute between senior American military officials and ZPC:

These include (1) the nature of the Iranian threat: The ZPC argues that Iran represents an immediate deadly threat to the US, Israel, Iraq and the Gulf States. The American officers do not see the Iranians as a threat because they have engaged the Iranians in stopping the flow of arms and fighters to the Iraqi resistance; they recognize Iranian positive diplomatic overtures to all the Gulf States including Saudi Arabia; the US armada in the Persian Gulf is confident they can act as a deterrent to any Iranian attack; and finally the US Central Command know they are in the Persian Gulf facing Iran because of the White House’s provocative offensive strategy – and that Iran has not demonstrated anything but a defensive capability. Senior American officers view favorably Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad’s offer “to discuss with Arab nations a plan to enrich uranium outside the region in a neutral country such as Switzerland.”(Dow Jones News Service in Saudia Arabia, quoted in BBC News November 18, 2007). Not a single major television or print media in the US ran the Iranian president’s offer – as would be predictable in our Zionized media.

(2) Uranium Program The Israelis, the only nuclear power in the Middle East, and among the top five nuclear powers, argue that Iran, which does not have a single nuclear weapon or even a weapons program, is an ‘existential (sic) threat’ to Israel, the Middle East, Europe and the United States. This is one argument that the ZPC have used to convince the Democratic Party majority in Congress, the White House and the pro-Israel wing of the US Peace Movement to escalate economic sanctions and keep the ‘military option’ on the table.

The only problem is that most European, Asian, African and Latin American diplomats, experts, the majority of world public opinion and most senior American officers don’t buy Israel’s shrill disinformation. All legal experts who have given a perfunctory look at the non-proliferation agreement (NPA) insist that there is absolutely no clause or article prohibiting uranium enrichment. Intelligence experts and US military report that Iran at the earliest may have sufficient enriched uranium by 2010 and may be able to produce a low-yield weapon by 2010-2015. The job of the ZPC, pursued at full speed, is to bury the NPA under mountains of fabrications, arguing that enriching uranium itself is a violation of ‘international law’. The purpose of this attempt to concoct a full state of belligerency is to escalate US and Israeli attacks on Iran and hasten the timing of a surprise, offensive onslaught. This is exactly the reason why American intelligence briefings and IAEA reports have aroused the fury of Israel and its operatives in the US and their calling for El Baradei’s dismissal.

Iranian Arms to Iraq: The US Military and CENTCOM have repeatedly denied, especially in light of another ZPC onslaught to the contrary, that the Iranian government is supplying arms, especially roadside mines or IEDs to Iraqi ‘terrorists’ and its allied militia forces. Contrary to the assertion of the leading Israeli spokes-people in the US Senate, the US military categorically denies that the IEDs are made in Iran, having discovered bomb-making factories in Iraq and from interrogation and actually studying the construction and contents of the IEDs.

Zionist-colonized Senators led by Hillary Clinton have followed the lead of Israeli Senatorial Spokesman Joseph Lieberman, rather than consulting with the American military, and are mouthing the rhetoric of Iranian arms killing American soldiers (FT November 12, 2007 p.9). Following the Lieberman-Israeli-ZPC propaganda blitz, the US Senate voted in favor of the Lieberman-Kyle resolution naming Iran’s principle border defense force, the Republican Guard, a ‘terrorist organization’, moving one step closer to an attack. The hollowness of this resolution is reflected in the fact to not one of any of the US’s servile allies chose to follow its lead in denouncing the Republican Guard. Nothing more clearly demonstrates the Israeli-ZPC colonization of the US congress than on questions of war and peace, when the legislature is more likely to follow the dictates of Israeli propagandists than to consult its own senior military officials.

Consequences of an attack on Iran: The main concern of the ZPC and its political clients in the White House and Congress is that an attack on Iran will secure the safety of Israel, eliminating a ‘mortal enemy’, preventing ‘another Holocaust’ and stopping a ‘new Hitler’. In pursuit of this policy, Israel’s US agents have repeatedly blocked every open-ended Iranian effort to cooperate with the US against the Taliban, Al Queda and other ‘terrorists groups’ as is profusely documented by two former high-ranking policy experts from the Bush Administration’s National Security Council, Hiliary Mann and Flynt Leverett,. (see ‘The Secret History of the Impending War with Iran That the White House Doesn’t Want You to Know’, Esquire Magazine, November 2007). Every Iranian offer of unconditional negotiation and cooperation with the US to fight terrorism, as the US defines it, was rejected by key extremist Zion-Cons in the Pentagon (Feith), the Vice President’s office (Irving Libby), the National Security Council (Elliott Abrams and the President’s National Security Adviser (Stephen Hadley, a zealous Gentile Zion-Con among the brotherhood). The Zion-cons paint a picture of an air attack which would simultaneously blow up all Iranian nuclear research facilities, infrastructure, airfields, military bases and ports…preventing any and all Iranian counter attacks against US strategic interests in the region. They further embellish their totalitarian vision by arguing that the Islamic republic would be overthrown by a populace grateful to the Americans for bombing their country, destroying its infrastructure and killing thousands. The Neo-Cons’ infantile delusions then lead them to project the emergence of a pro-Western Iranian secular state favorable to American occupation of the Middle East and, of course, wholeheartedly renouncing any ‘existential’ threats to the ’survival’ of its new ally, Israel.

On the issue of the consequences of an attack on Iran, the US military is totally at odds with the Israeli-ZPC propaganda. Senior military officials based on real estimates on the ground and from hard data from intelligence experts, estimate that Iran will be in a position to retaliate and cause enormous immediate and long-term damage to strategic US and global interests. CENTCOM estimates that Iran will set-off air to sea missiles aimed at the US fleet stationed in the Persian Gulf and land-to-land missiles destroying oil production sites in the Gulf States, creating a major world oil shortage, doubling oil prices and provoking a world recession as energy scarcities paralyze production. Secondly the Iranians will send several tens of thousands of its elite forces across the border into Iraq, joining with its Iraqi Shia allies to overrun US bases and endanger the lives of the 160,000 US troops currently in Iraq. This would undermine the entire Iraq war effort, inflicting a strategic defeat and further undermine US military capacity in the Middle East and elsewhere.

Thirdly the Iranians will be able to easily block the Strait of Hormuz so that one third of the Middle East’s oil shipments will be paralyzed.

Fourthly, military intelligence estimates that Iranian ’sleeper cells’ in Asia, Africa, Europe and perhaps in North America will be activated and engage in ‘big impact’ terrorist missions. Whatever the likelihood of this scenario, it is clear that the US military anticipates major protests and perhaps even the violent overthrow of its clients in the Middle East, if not elsewhere.

Zion-Cons have neither countered military intelligence estimates with any credible counter-facts, nor even seriously considered the likely disastrous consequences affecting the US, Europe and Asia: They only consider Israel’s ’security’ and its regional ambitions. No Zionophile or Zion-Con has considered the enormous costs in terms of US lives and damage to the fragile economy and society of a full scale third prolonged war. In effect, the Zion-cons will kill their own US goose, which has laid golden eggs for Israel for almost 6 decades. It is an example of the Zion-Cons’ supreme arrogance and sense of their own power that they feel they can plunge the US into a Third Asian war which will devastate the US economy and cause world-wide energy scarcity, and still secure their yearly ‘tribute’ of $3 Billion Dollars foreign aid for Israel as well as guaranteeing oil for Israel by diverting it from the needs of American consumers and industries. It is clear that in doing a cost-benefit analysis on a US attack on Iran, Israeli and ZPC operatives have approvingly figured that the costs are on the US side of the ledger and the benefits are for the Israelis. Were it known, American public opinion might disapprove.

The main difference is that the US does not have a comparable Washington Power Configuration in Tel Aviv to influence Israeli policy to match the Jewish state’s Zionist Power Configuration which shapes and influences US Middle East policy.

Military-Zioncon: Punch and Counter-Punch

By the end of 2007 it is clear that the US military, led by CENTCOM Commander, Admiral William Fallon and Security of Defense Gates, have successfully, if temporarily contained the strenuous Israeli-Zion-Con military thrust to war. Though Gates backtracked under ZPC pressure and later denied that he had taken the military option ‘off the table’. In response, the Zion-Cons launched an end-around tactic by intensifying their efforts to impose a global economic blockade to strangle the Iranian economy. The Zionized White House has pressured and secured the whole-hearted support of Gordon Brown of Great Britain, and Sarkozy of France for a set of economic sanctions that will in effect rupture all dialog with the IAEA. This is the strategic goal of the Zion-Cons: no dialog, no diplomacy, and blockaded economy, ripe for Anglo-French-American bombing. The Zion-cons have shrewdly avoided a head on confrontation with Fallon and his allies. They recognize that a bruising battle in which they might expose their Fifth Column credentials and in which their ‘anti-Semitic’ slanders against a popular patriotic American general might backfire by finally arousing a silent, latent anti-Zionist majority to speak out. Since the military would be called upon to carry out the military option which it strongly opposes, the Zion-Cons turn to their automatic, rubber-stamp majority in the US Congress and especially their most zealous Zionists in the federal bureaucracy. Treasury Department functionary Levey has devoted all of his working time browbeating, banning and blacklisting any and all businesses and banks dealing directly or indirectly with Iran or its trading partners.

Judeo-Centrism: From Ghetto Defense to Imperial Ambitions

One of the driving forces of the Zionist Power Configuration’s accumulation of political power is their ability to totally displace pre-existing non-Zionist and anti-Zionist organizations from influence in the Jewish community over the past 60 years. Secondly the formation of the ZPC resulted from the unification and centralization of a vast array of disparate groups and local community organizations around a single dominant political issue: unconditional and total support for a foreign power, Israel, with a kind of intolerant religious fervor which in the past burnt dissenters in public displays of piety and today hounds them from public office. In the past and in the recent period, there was a popular Yiddish saying in evaluating public policy: ‘Is it good for the Jews?’ This narrow, parochial viewpoint had special meaning at a time when Jews were a persecuted minority trying to maximize their security and minimize risks in relatively closed societies. In recent times, in certain New York intellectual circles, it was part of a jocular repertoire designed at one and the same time to recall an earlier identity and to mock some of the overweening pretensions of new rich upstarts, especially real estate billionaires who displace and exploit low-income and minority tenants while making generous contributions to Israel.

But what was defensive and perhaps justified in an earlier era has become a deadly practice in the context of affluence, political power and organizational cohesion. A Judeocentric view of the world, which sees the embodiment of ‘what’s good for the Jews’ in providing unconditional support to an aggressive colonial state (Israel), has become a formula for disaster. In the new context where Jews represent almost a quarter of US billionaires and occupy high positions of government decision-making, the dominant Zionist discourse and practice has resulted not in defensive measures protecting a persecuted minority but offensive actions prejudicing the American majority. In the case of Iraq, it has led to the deaths of over a million Iraqi civilians and the displacement of many millions more. In the US it has resulted in milking the US taxpayers annually for well-over $3 billion dollars to subsidize an Israeli-Jewish population with an annual per capita income of $30,000 and universal health care. The Judeo-centric view as interpreted by the Israel-Firsters has led to the sacrifice of trillions of dollars and thousands of lives in Iraq. In the US, Judeocentric narrative has led to the denial of our democratic rights, our freedom to debate our Zionist problem, and the ZPC’s support for Israel’s pursuit of Middle East dominance through American military power. Judeocentrism is not the ideology or practice of the great majority of US Jews, even less a rising number of young, better-educated Jews with no deep ideological ties to Israel. But Judeocentrism is the perspective which guides the organized, active minority driving the major Zionist organizations and their billionaire camp followers. And it is always the organized, zealous and well-financed minority, which assumes ‘legitimate’ claim to speak ‘for the community’ – despite the protests of numerous un-organized Jewish intellectual critics.

Conclusion

The deepening and all-important conflict between the pro-Israel warmongers and the anti-war American senior officers is reaching a bitter climax. As the US military disintegrates under prolonged colonial warfare, the ZPC intensifies its campaign for a third war for Israel and against Iran, a war which will totally shatter the US military forces.

The fundamental question emerging for most senior officers, in private gatherings and informal discussions is ‘Who commands our Commander in Chief?’ The deep animosity of US senior active military officers frequently erupts at the ZPC’s careless and callous disregard for American lives. They disdainfully refer to the Zion-Con policymakers as ‘arm-chair military strategists’ who never fought a war, never shot or been shot. At one level, the senior military officers are appalled by the ignorance of the Zion-Con military ‘experts’ and policy-makers featured by the Zion-Con controlled mass media. One of the most frequent military criticisms is that the Zion-Con policy-makers don’t have an’exit strategy’ – attributing it to their lack of knowledge or strategic thinking. In reality, the lack of Zion-Con concern for a realistic exit strategy is because the Zion-Cons are concerned (in light of Israel’s priorities) only with an entry policy, namely degrading the invaded countries’ military and economic potential. Secondly the Zion-Cons do not have an exit strategy because they believe the US should stay, colonize, build bases and engage in a prolonged war for a chimerical total victory.

The question of ‘who commands the Commander in Chief’ goes to the entire core of our constitutional order, because it raises the deeper question of ‘who defines the national interests’ for which the military are fighting? If as we have documented, the ZPC has effectively colonized the White House and Legislative Branches (and the Justice Department and the appointment of an ultra-Zionist Attorney General Michael Mulkasey and Israel-First Head of Homeland Security Michael Chertoff), to serve the interests of a foreign power (Israel) in what sense does a colonized political system serve the interests of a democratic public? Does there exist a primary condition that makes it possible to speak of a democracy, namely national self-determination, de-colonization necessary for the re-democratization of American political institutions?

So far the only effective resistance to colonization has comes from the US military. The military is a non-democratic, hierarchical institution but an institution representative of the public’s opposition to colonial encroachments.

What would normally be considered the prime movers challenging Zion-Con colonization, namely the President, Congress, the political parties or even the antiwar movements have abdicated their responsibilities — they have been in part or whole colonized and neutralized.

By default, it has fallen to senior military commanders who reject being commanded by the ZPC at the service of Israel. Paradoxically, it is the military, which has taken over the struggle against an offensive war with Iran, a struggle where the American peace movement has failed. It is the military, which has challenged the Zion-Con agenda, where the Congress has been corrupted and capitulated for reasons of campaign financing, political blackmail and double loyalty.

Where does that leave us, as democrats and anti-colonists?

We should be able to have both an independent de-colonized and democratic America, governed by patriotic Americans. But suppose we have to choose between de-colonization led by the military or a corrupt colonized electoral system – what should be done?

The ideal solution would be a revitalized civil society including secularist citizens, non-fundamentalist Muslims and Christians, and non-Zionist Jews, organized in an anti-war, anti-colonial movement and political parties allied with patriotic officers to ‘re-found the republic’. The purpose would be to establish a republic to ‘defend the heartland’ from fires, floods, economic pillage, terrorists, ecological predators and foreign agents acting on behalf of alien regimes. Can it happen? We shall see. What is becoming clear however is that the anti-colonial imperative is growing stronger by the day, if it doesn’t come from below, it may have to come from above.

Click on “comments” below to read or post comments

Comments (40) Comment (0)

Comment Guidelines
Be succinct, constructive and relevant to the story. We encourage engaging, diverse and meaningful commentary. Do not include personal information such as names, addresses, phone numbers and emails. Comments falling outside our guidelines – those including personal attacks and profanity – are not permitted.
See our complete Comment Policy and use this link to notify us if you have concerns about a comment. We’ll promptly review and remove any inappropriate postings.

Send Page To a Friend

In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, this material is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included information for research and educational purposes. Information Clearing House has no affiliation whatsoever with the originator of this article nor is Information ClearingHouse endorsed or sponsored by the originator.)

http://tinyurl.com/2vd6dk

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
~~~~~
News-n-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
~~~~~
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

~~~~~
The “Original/The Only “Gunny G”
*******


Nixon Papers Suggest Israel Stole Nuke Material From US

November 30, 2007

Nixon Papers Suggest Israel Stole Nuke Material From US
Surprise, Surprise – Another Knife In The Back By Our
‘Closest Ally’ In The Middle East
By Grswave
11-30-7

http://www.nytimes.com/2007/11/28/washington/29nixon.html

http://tinyurl.com/33fyt2

In July 1969, while the world was spellbound by the Apollo 11 mission to the moon, President Richard M. Nixon and his close advisers were quietly fretting about a possible nuclear arms race in the Middle East. Their main worry was not a potential enemy of the United States, but one of America’s closest friends.

“The Israelis, who are one of the few peoples whose survival is genuinely threatened, are probably more likely than almost any other country to actually use their nuclear weapons,” Henry A. Kissinger, the national security adviser, warned President Nixon in a memorandum dated July 19, 1969.

Israel’s nuclear arms program was believed to have begun at least several years before, but it was causing special fallout for the young Nixon administration. For one thing, President Nixon was getting ready for a visit by Prime Minister Golda Meir of Israel, who was also in her first year in office and whose toughness was already legendary.

Should Washington insist that Israel rein in its development of nuclear weapons? What would the United States do if Israel refused? Perhaps the solution lay in deliberate ambiguity, or simply pretending that America did not know what Israel was up to. These were some of the options that Mr. Kissinger laid out for President Nixon on that day before men first walked on the moon.

The Nixon White House’s concerns over Israel’s weapons were recalled in documents held by the Nixon Presidential Library that were released today by the National Archives. They provide insights into America’s close, but by no means problem-free, relationship with Israel. They also serve as a reminder that concerns over nuclear arms proliferation in the Middle East, currently focused on Iran, are decades-old.

The papers also allude to a campaign by friends of W. Mark Felt, who was then the second-ranking F.B.I. official, to have him succeed J. Edgar Hoover as director of the bureau in 1972. President Nixon, of course, did not take the advice, choosing L. Patrick Gray instead, and Mr. Felt later became the famous anonymous source “Deep Throat,” whose Watergate-scandal revelations helped to topple the president.

There are also snippets about Washington’s desire to manipulate relations with Saudi Arabia, so that the Saudis might help to broker a peace in the Mideast;discussion of possibly supporting a Kurdish uprising in Iraq; and a 1970 incident in which four Israeli fighters shot down four Russian Mig-21’s over eastern Egypt, even though the Israelis were outnumbered two-to-one in the battle.

But perhaps the most interesting material released today, and the most pertinent given the just-completed Mideast peace conference in Annapolis, concerns Israel and its relations with its neighbors, as well as with the United States.

“There is circumstantial evidence that some fissionable material available for Israel’s weapons development was illegally obtained from the United States about 1965,” Mr. Kissinger noted in his long memorandum.

One problem with trying to persuade Israel to freeze its nuclear program is that inspections would be useless, Mr. Kissinger said, conceding that “we could never cover all conceivable Israeli hiding places.”

“This is one program on which the Israelis have persistently deceived us,” Mr. Kissinger said, “and may even have stolen from us.”

Israel has never officially acknowledged that it has nuclear weapons, but scientists and arms experts have almost no doubt that it does. The United States’s reluctance to press Israel to disarm has made America vulnerable to accusations that it is a preacher with a double standard when it comes to stopping the spread of weapons of mass destruction in the Middle East.

Mr. Kissinger’s memo, written barely two years after the Six-Day War and while memories of the Holocaust were still vivid among the first Israelis, implicitly acknowledged Israel’s right to defend itself, as subsequent American administrations have done.

After President Nixon met Prime Minister Meir at the White House in late September 1969, he said: “The problems in the Mideast go back centuries. They are not susceptible to easy solution. We do not expect them to be susceptible to instant diplomacy.”

Bull****.

As usual, the NYT puts its best zionist spin on the article, reminding readers of israel’s so-called ‘unconditional right to self-defense.’

But, what struck me most from the memo was that even back then the biggest dilemma Nixon faced concerning whether or not to pressure israel to abandon its nuclear ambitions was governed by his FEAR of what the Israel Lobby could do to him if he threatend to withhold something from them.

The Dilemma We Face

Our problem is that israel will not take us seriously on the nuclear issue unless they believe we are prepared to withhold something they very much need — the Phantom, or even more, their whole military supply relationship with us.

On the other hand, if we withhold the Phantoms and they make this fact public in the United States, enormous political pressure will be mounted on us. We will be in an indefensible position if we cannot state why we are withholding the planes. Yet if we explain our position publicly, we will be the ones to make Israel’s possession of nuclear weapons public with all the international consequences this entails.

Read
http://nixon.archives.gov/virtuallibrary/documents/mr/071969_israel.pdf
the memo (PDF) yourself.

I’m interested to see what the other documents hold. The NYT can’t be trusted to reveal everything we need to know.

Source:
http://www.wakeupfromyourslumber.com/node/4817
Wake up from your slumber

MainPage
http://www.rense.com

http://tinyurl.com/33fyt2

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


The Original Thirteenth Article of Amendment To The Constitution For The United States

November 30, 2007

The Original Thirteenth Article of Amendment
To The Constitution For The United States

“If any citizen of the United States shall accept, claim, receive, or retain any title of nobility or honour, or shall without the consent of Congress, accept and retain any present, pension, office, or emolument of any kind whatever, from any emperor, king, prince, or foreign power, such person shall cease to be a citizen of the United States, and shall be incapable of holding any office of trust or profit under them, or either of them.” [ Journal of the Senate]


Please continue reading-Click Below!
http://www.amendment-13.org/index.html

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


China barred 3rd Navy Visit To Hong Kong

November 30, 2007

China barred 3rd Navy Visit To Hong Kong

By LOLITA C. BALDOR, Associated Press Writer1 hour, 17 minutes ago

The Chinese rejection of U.S. ship visits into Hong Kong is broader than initially reported, the Pentagon said Friday, revealing for the first time that a third incident had occurred last week.

According to a defense official, a request for the USS Reuben James, a Navy frigate, to make a New Year’s holiday stop in Hong Kong was formally denied by the Chinese last Thursday. The denial came the same day the Chinese turned away the USS Kitty Hawk and five ships accompanying it for a Thanksgiving port call.

The official, who spoke on condition of anonymity because the denial has not been publicly announced, said the Reuben James, based in Pearl Harbor, had made the port visit request in October.

According to the official, shortly after the Kitty Hawk was turned away, the Chinese reversed their decision and said the ship could enter the harbor, but by then the ship was too far out to sea. During that notification, the Chinese also told the Navy that the Reuben James visit was being denied. No reason was given for the refusal.

The official said the denial was both over the phone and in writing, and added that there are no other pending requests for US ship visits to the Hong Kong harbor.

Until now, the Navy has considered Hong Kong one of the sailors’ favorite post of call, with about 50 ship visits per year.

In addition to the Kitty Hawk and the Reuben James, the Chinese also refused to let two Navy minesweepers enter Hong Kong harbor to escape an approaching storm and receive fuel — an incident Navy officials said it found far more disturbing since it violates an international rule of the sea to provide safe harbor for vessels in trouble.

The minesweepers, the Patriot and the Guardian, were instead refueled at sea and returned safely to their home port in Japan.

Prior to the latest three incidents, the most recent port visit denial came in 2004.

China has hinted that Congress’ honoring of the Dalai Lama and U.S. arms sales to Taiwan triggered the problems, which have cast a new shadow over military relations between the two countries.

The Pentagon summoned a Chinese military attache to protest the decision, which the chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Adm. Mike Mullen, called “perplexing.” President Bush raised the issue with Chinese Foreign Minister Yang Jiechi during their talks on North Korea, Iran and other issues.

___

On the Net:

US Navy: http://www.navy.mil

Copyright © 2007 The Associated Press. All rights reserved. The information contained in the AP News report may not be published, broadcast, rewritten or redistributed without the prior written authority of The Associated Press.
var ADFadids = “-1,1030392″; function ADFlaunch() {var w; var l=”http://us.ard.yahoo.com/SIG=12fdtq6c4/M=224039.1983420.3465435.1919853/D=news/S=83018390:FOOT/_ylt=Asd1ddECZCyjhhdW0SgGxleWwvIE/Y=YAHOO/EXP=1196454693/A=1030392/R=0/id=adfeedback/SIG=12g9dllup/*http://surveys.yahoo.com/user_ad_feedback?source=83018390:FOOT&.q28=news&.q26=”+ADFadids; w=window.open(l,”AdFeedbackWin”,”toolbar=no,scrollbars=yes,resizable,location=no,height=400,width=640″); }

Copyright © 2007 Yahoo! Inc. All rights reserved.
Questions or Comments
Privacy Policy -Terms of ServiceCopyright/IP PolicyAd Feedback

Impeachment Must Happen

November 30, 2007

NEWS YOU WON’T FIND ON CNN

  Send Page To a Friend

Impeachment Must Happen

By Carol Davidek-Waller

11/29/07 “ICH” – — Clearly the nation has turned against Vice President Cheney and President George W. Bush. Their approval ratings are the lowest of any elected leaders in American history. We are weary of war and bled white from profligate spending and larceny. Our civil rights have been severely restricted and crimes have been committed. A once peaceful world stands on the brink of turmoil.

As the 2008 elections draw near, it’s tempting to look upon regime change as an end to our long night. We would like to believe that a change of face in the Oval Office would repair the damage done by the current administration. Nothing could be further from the truth.

Without investigation and impeachment, electing a new president will only serve to codify the unprecedented and illegitimate power stolen from the Congress and the American people. The powers of a dictator will be passed on like an Olympic torch where they will reside with the next president.

The nation has been wounded in its beating heart. The president is no longer obligated to uphold and defend the Constitution or obey and execute the laws of the land. We no longer have the full protection of the Bill of Rights. Our elected leaders are no longer bound to tell the truth. These wounds will continue to fester until they are cleansed by a strong dose of sunlight.

Failure to impeach is a threat to our national security. In the same way that we cannot expect our nation to be secure if we don’t understand what threatens us beyond our borders, we cannot expect the nation to be secure if we don’t understand and check what threatens us from within. The excesses of our own government can become a far greater threat than terrorism.

Articles of Impeachment against Dick Cheney were filed several months ago and the majority of Americans favor impeachment. Congress has refused to act. They even turned a blind eye when Rep. Dennis Kucinich read out the well-document charges against Cheney on the floor of the House and demanded action.

The charges against Cheney are chilling. They outline in stark relief the peril our nation faces when even one man exercises unrestrained power; even a man whose office is purely ceremonial. How could so much damage be done in such a short time? Why has no one stopped him?

Elections give us an opportunity to choose our representatives and leaders. They do not and were never meant to address the gross abuses of power, war crimes, felonies and fraud that Cheney and Bush have engaged in. Impeachment not elections gets top billing in the Constitution.

Elections will not address the tragedy of the hundreds of thousands who have died in an unnecessary war nor honor their sacrifice. Elections will not prevent your government from spying on you without cause or restore your right to privacy. They will not prevent you from being incarcerated or having your assets seized because one man, the president, says so. Elections will not prevent you from being tortured or flown to another country to be tortured. Elections will not keep your own military from being used against you. They will not restore the rule of law or the integrity of the Judiciary. They will not restore the balance of powers. Elections will not prevent this nation or any other from making war at will or stealing another nation’s resources. They will not restore the delicate balance of the global community, shattered by broken treaties and unchecked lust for domination and power.

Elections will not prevent a president Clinton from declaring you an enemy combatant and shipping you off to Guantanamo. They won’t prevent a president Obama from sweeping up Americans and holding them indefinitely on his word alone. They won’t prevent a president Guiliani from illegally and immorally murdering millions of Iranians for no legitimate reason. They won’t prevent a president Romney from seizing your home and assets because he alleges you are impeding operations in Iraq. It won’t prevent a president Thompson from exempting himself, his entire administration and his political supporters from the rule of law. It won’t prevent any president from leaving the nation unprotected by ignoring or rewriting the intelligence to suit his or her political agenda. Elections won’t guarantee that anyone you elect to lead or represent you has to tell you, the congress or the judiciary the truth.

Under the Constitution, we have the right to know if our elected leaders are doing their jobs or abusing the power of their office.

When serious allegations are made, it is our right to have public investigations that are immune to state secrets and executive privilege.
We have a responsibility as citizens to act on that information.

There is no more important work for congress to do. You cannot build anything on a weak foundation. Unscrupulous men and women have damaged the very foundation of our nation: the Constitution is the very bedrock upon which the order and legality of our nation rests. These same people have suspended the rule of law by which we govern ourselves. They assert that the government is theirs to do with as they wish. We cannot let that stand.

The genius of the Constitution is that it contains the remedy for its own healing, it’s own restoration. That remedy is impeachment. Not elections. Impeachment.

Carol Davidek-Waller is a news junkie and an avid blogger. http://resetnow.blogspot.com  – http://cdw-ithink.blogspot.com 

Click on “comments” below to read or post comments

  postCount(‘article18799.htm’);Comments (27) Comment (0)

Comment Guidelines
Be succinct, constructive and relevant to the story.
We encourage engaging, diverse and meaningful commentary. Do not include personal information such as names, addresses, phone numbers and emails. Comments falling outside our guidelines – those including personal attacks and profanity – are not permitted.
See our complete Comment Policy and use this link to notify us
if you have concerns about a comment. We’ll promptly review and remove any inappropriate postings.

Send Page To a Friend

In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, this material is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included information for research and educational purposes. Information Clearing House has no affiliation whatsoever with the originator of this article nor is Information ClearingHouse endorsed or sponsored by the originator.)

 
Email Newsletter icon, E-mail Newsletter icon, Email List icon, E-mail List icon

 Sign up for our Daily Email Newsletter

  Amazon Honor System

HOME

COPYRIGHT NOTICE

Video


The Iraqi Miracle – From Invasion to “Partnership”

November 30, 2007

NEWS YOU WON’T FIND ON CNN

  Send Page To a Friend

The Iraqi Miracle – From Invasion to “Partnership”

By James Rothenberg

11/28/07 “ICH” — – -What the U.S. had in mind for Iraq was already clear in the Fall of 2001, even though it would take another year and a half to implement the attack, mercilessly known as shock and awe. By the time of the attack, many millions of U.S. citizens knew full well the real motivation behind it. Not that it mattered, or could matter.

The propaganda campaign waged by the government proved too effective for the scared, at large population. Their gullibility level was pushed to record heights by the administration’s deep handbag of shifting rationalizations and calls to patriotism. In short, the population was overmatched.

With some admirable exceptions, congresspersons, not known for gullibility, went along for different reasons. Ultimately not to stick their necks out.

A politician’s main job is to stay elected. This is true because they are not limited to a single term. If they were limited to a single term they might be more inclined to assert their individuality. The usual argument against the single term limit is that by then they are just learning their way around. But that’s the trouble – that there is a “way around”. That means knowing who to kiss up to, who’s useful, who will deal and who will pay. Do we really think that if we had a totally new Congress nothing could get done, because nobody knows their way around? We did have an all new Congress in this country. Once.

The media, again with a few admirable exceptions, took the occasion to demonstrate their compliancy. Distinguished less by gullibility than by hard-boiled cynicism, they nonetheless faithfully repeated every administration handout without challenge, indeed, without comment.

Now what was it that was so clear to some from the very beginning? That a takeover of Iraq was a natural way to establish a permanent military presence in the heart of the resource-rich Middle East. This was not a departure from longstanding American foreign policy goals but merely its latest iteration. Iraq happens to harbor the second largest proven oil reserves and oil just happens to be entering its scarcity mode.

The morning newspaper carries an Associated Press story detailing the signing by President Bush and Iraqi Prime Minister al-Maliki of a “declaration of principles” between the two countries, which, for those still interested in the real reason we invaded Iraq, amounts to a full confession. Not in front of the International Criminal Court (that’s not for us) but mainstreamed, normalized, now fit to print.

Iraq’s government will “embrace a long-term U.S. troop presence in return for U.S. security guarantees [referred to in another business as a protection racket] as part of a strategic partnership…an enduring relationship in military, economic and political terms.” In addition, the agreement provides for U.S. support for the “democratic regime in Iraq against domestic and external dangers” (the “danger” being that they would be outside our influence).

One should not be surprised that Iraq’s U.S. supported leaders find amenable the terms set for them by Washington. What else would one expect between a dependent client state and its master, the client obliged to obey and the master prepared to reward useful service?

The agreement specifically seeks (details have to be worked out you see) “preferential treatment for American investments.” At this point we might recall that the clever war marketeers chose not to use Operation Iraqi Liberation which would be lampooned as OIL.

Cutely, Lt. Gen. Lute, Bush’s adviser on the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, claims the question of whether military bases are required is “on the negotiating table”. Not according to the Iraqi officials cited in the same story who “foresee a long-term presence of about 50,000 U.S. troops” at those bases.

In keeping with established practices of imperialist plunderers, the invader now guarantees the security of the invaded. When you think security, don’t think of being secure. Think prison and graveyard. The security is for the government. And when a state of emergency is declared in this country (just suppose), think that the emergency has nothing to do with the population. The emergency will be real, but it will be to the government.

James Rothenberg – jrothenberg@taconic.net 

Click on “comments” below to read or post comments

  postCount(‘article18782.htm’);Comments (40) Comment (0)

Comment Guidelines
Be succinct, constructive and relevant to the story.
We encourage engaging, diverse and meaningful commentary. Do not include personal information such as names, addresses, phone numbers and emails. Comments falling outside our guidelines – those including personal attacks and profanity – are not permitted.
See our complete Comment Policy and use this link to notify us
if you have concerns about a comment. We’ll promptly review and remove any inappropriate postings.

Send Page To a Friend

In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, this material is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included information for research and educational purposes. Information Clearing House has no affiliation whatsoever with the originator of this article nor is Information ClearingHouse endorsed or sponsored by the originator.)

 
Email Newsletter icon, E-mail Newsletter icon, Email List icon, E-mail List icon

 Sign up for our Daily Email Newsletter

  Amazon Honor System

HOME

COPYRIGHT NOTICE

Video


The Truth about Colin Powell

November 30, 2007

NEWS YOU WON’T FIND ON CNN

  Send Page To a Friend

The Truth about Colin Powell

This excerpt from the new book, Neck Deep, describes the real Colin Powell, the ambitious military bureaucrat who followed orders and put his career interests first:

By Robert, Sam and Nat Parry

11/29/07 “Consortiumnews.com” – – -Carrying an M-2 carbine, Capt. Powell was starting his first – and only – combat assignment. He was the new adviser to a 400-man unit of the Army of the Republic of Vietnam (ARVN).

Across jungle terrain, these South Vietnamese government troops were arrayed against a combined force of North Vietnamese regulars and local anti-government guerrillas known as the Viet Cong.

The 25-year-old Powell was arriving at a pivotal moment in the Vietnam War. To forestall a communist victory, President John F. Kennedy had dispatched teams of Green Beret advisers to assist the ARVN, a force suffering from poor discipline, ineffective tactics and bad morale.

Already, many U.S. advisers, most notably the legendary Col. John Paul Vann, were voicing concerns about the ARVN’s brutality toward civilians. Vann feared that the dominant counterinsurgency strategy of destroying rural villages and forcibly relocating inhabitants while hunting down enemy forces was driving the people into the arms of the Viet Cong.

But as Colin Powell arrived, he was untainted by these worries. He was a gung-ho young Army officer with visions of glory. He brimmed with trust in the wisdom of his superiors.

Soon after his arrival, Powell and his ARVN unit left for a protracted patrol that fought leeches as well as Viet Cong ambushes. From the soggy jungle brush, the Viet Cong would strike suddenly against the advancing government soldiers. Often invisible to Powell and his men, the VC would inflict a few casualties and slip back into the jungles.

In My American Journey, Powell recounted his reaction when he spotted his first dead Viet Cong.

“He lay on his back, gazing up at us with sightless eyes,” Powell wrote. “I felt nothing, certainly not sympathy. I had seen too much death and suffering on our side to care anything about what happened on theirs.”
 
While success against the armed enemy was rare, Powell’s ARVN unit punished the civilian population systematically. As the soldiers marched through mountainous jungle, they destroyed the food and the homes of the region’s Montagnards, who were suspected of sympathizing with the Viet Cong.

Old women would cry hysterically as their ancestral homes and worldly possessions were consumed by fire.

“We burned down the thatched huts, starting the blaze with Ronson and Zippo lighters,” Powell recalled. “Why were we torching houses and destroying crops?  Ho Chi Minh had said the people were like the sea in which his guerrillas swam. …

“We tried to solve the problem by making the whole sea uninhabitable. In the hard logic of war, what difference did it make if you shot your enemy or starved him to death?”
For nearly six months, Powell and his ARVN unit slogged through the jungles, searching for Viet Cong and destroying villages.

Then, while on one patrol, Powell fell victim to a Viet Cong booby trap. He stepped on a punji stake, a dung-poisoned bamboo spear that had been buried in the ground.

The stake pierced Powell’s boot and quickly infected the young officer’s right foot. The foot swelled, turned purple and forced his evacuation by helicopter to Hue for treatment.

Although Powell’s recovery from the foot infection was swift, his combat days were over. By late autumn 1963, Powell’s first Vietnam tour had ended.

Vann’s Revolt

On his return to the United States, Powell did not join Vann and other early American advisers in warning the nation about the self-defeating counterinsurgency strategies.

In 1963, Vann carried his prescient concerns back to a Pentagon that was not ready to listen to doubters. When his objections fell on deaf ears, Vann resigned his commission and sacrificed a promising military career.

In contrast, Powell recognized that his early service in Vietnam put him on a fast track for military success.

In 1966, as the numbers of U.S. servicemen in Vietnam swelled, Powell received a promotion to major, making him a field-grade officer before his 30th birthday.

Recognizing Powell as an emerging “water-walker” who needed more seasoning in the field, the Army dispatched Powell to a command position back in Vietnam.

But on his second tour, Powell would not be slogging through remote jungles. On July 27, 1968, he arrived at an outpost at Duc Pho to serve as an executive officer.
Then, to the north, at the Americal Division headquarters in Chu Lai, the commander, Maj. Gen. Charles Gettys, saw a favorable mention of Powell in the Army Times.

Gettys plucked Powell from Duc Pho and installed him on the general’s own staff at Chu Lai. Gettys jumped the young major ahead of more senior officers and made him the G-3 officer in charge of operations and planning.

The appointment made “me the only major filling that role in Vietnam,” Powell wrote in his memoirs.

But history was awaiting Colin Powell.

The Americal Division was already deep into some of the cruelest fighting of the Vietnam War. The “drain-the-sea” strategy that Powell had witnessed near the Laotian border continued to lead American forces into harsh treatment of Vietnamese civilians.

Though it was still a secret when Powell arrived at Chu Lai, Americal troops had committed an act that would stain forever the reputation of the U.S. Army. As Major Powell settled into his new assignment, a scandal was waiting to unfold.

My Lai

On March 16, 1968, a bloodied unit of the Americal Division stormed into a hamlet known as My Lai 4.

With military helicopters circling overhead, revenge-seeking American soldiers rousted Vietnamese civilians – mostly old men, women and children – from their thatched huts and herded them into the village’s irrigation ditches.

As the round-up continued, some Americans raped the girls. Then, under orders from junior officers on the ground, soldiers began emptying their M-16s into the terrified peasants.

Some parents used their bodies futilely to shield their children from the bullets. Soldiers stepped among the corpses to finish off the wounded.

The slaughter raged for four hours. A total of 347 Vietnamese, including babies, died in the carnage.

But there also were American heroes that day in My Lai. Some soldiers refused to obey the direct orders to kill and some risked their lives to save civilians from the murderous fire.

A pilot named Hugh Clowers Thompson Jr. from Stone Mountain, Georgia, was furious at the killings he saw happening on the ground. He landed his helicopter between one group of fleeing civilians and American soldiers in pursuit.

Thompson ordered his helicopter door gunner to shoot the Americans if they tried to harm the Vietnamese. After a tense confrontation, the soldiers backed off.

Later, two of Thompson’s men climbed into one ditch filled with corpses and pulled out a three-year-old boy whom they flew to safety.

Several months later, the Americal’s brutality would become a moral test for Major Powell, too. A letter had been written by a young specialist fourth class named Tom Glen, who had served in an Americal mortar platoon and was nearing the end of his Army tour.

In the letter to Gen. Creighton Abrams, the commander of all U.S. forces in Vietnam, Glen accused the Americal Division of routine brutality against civilians. Glen’s letter was forwarded to the Americal headquarters at Chu Lai where it landed on Major Powell’s desk.

“The average GI’s attitude toward and treatment of the Vietnamese people all too often is a complete denial of all our country is attempting to accomplish in the realm of human relations,” Glen wrote.

He added that many Vietnamese were fleeing from Americans who “for mere pleasure, fire indiscriminately into Vietnamese homes and without provocation or justification shoot at the people themselves. …

“What has been outlined here I have seen not only in my own unit, but also in others we have worked with, and I fear it is universal. If this is indeed the case, it is a problem which cannot be overlooked, but can through a more firm implementation of the codes of MACV (Military Assistance Command Vietnam) and the Geneva Conventions, perhaps be eradicated.”

When interviewed in 1995, Glen said he had heard second-hand about the My Lai massacre, though he did not mention it specifically. The massacre was just one part of the abusive pattern that had become routine in the division, he said.

The letter’s troubling allegations were not well received at Americal headquarters. Major Powell undertook the assignment to review Glen’s letter, but did so without questioning Glen or assigning anyone else to talk with him.

Powell simply accepted a claim from Glen’s superior officer that Glen was not close enough to the front lines to know what he was writing about, an assertion Glen denied.

After that cursory investigation, Powell drafted a response on December 13, 1968. He admitted to no pattern of wrongdoing. Powell claimed that U.S. soldiers in Vietnam were taught to treat Vietnamese courteously and respectfully.

“There may be isolated cases of mistreatment of civilians and POWs,” Powell wrote. But “this by no means reflects the general attitude throughout the Division. … In direct refutation of this [Glen’s] portrayal … is the fact that relations between Americal soldiers and the Vietnamese people are excellent.”

Ridenhour’s Probe

It would take another Americal veteran, an infantryman named Ron Ridenhour, to piece together the truth about the atrocity at My Lai. After returning to the United States, Ridenhour interviewed Americal comrades who had participated in the massacre.

On his own, Ridenhour compiled this shocking information into a report and forwarded it to the Army inspector general. The IG’s office conducted an aggressive official investigation, in contrast to Powell’s review.

Courts martial were held against officers and enlisted men who were implicated in the murder of the My Lai civilians. But Powell’s peripheral role in the My Lai cover-up did not slow his climb up the Army’s ladder.

Luckily for Powell, Glen’s letter also disappeared into the National Archives – to be unearthed only years later by British journalists Michael Bilton and Kevin Sims for their book, Four Hours in My Lai.

In his memoirs, Powell did not mention his brush-off of Tom Glen’s complaint. Powell did include, however, another troubling recollection that belied his 1968 official denial of Glen’s allegation that American soldiers “without provocation or justification shoot at the people themselves.”

After a brief mention of the My Lai massacre, Powell penned a partial justification of the Americal’s brutality. Powell explained the routine practice of murdering unarmed male Vietnamese.

“I recall a phrase we used in the field, MAM, for military-age male,” Powell wrote. “If a helo spotted a peasant in black pajamas who looked remotely suspicious, a possible MAM, the pilot would circle and fire in front of him.

“If he moved, his movement was judged evidence of hostile intent, and the next burst was not in front, but at him. Brutal? Maybe so. But an able battalion commander with whom I had served at Gelnhausen [West Germany], Lt. Col. Walter Pritchard, was killed by enemy sniper fire while observing MAMs from a helicopter.

“And Pritchard was only one of many. The kill-or-be-killed nature of combat tends to dull fine perceptions of right and wrong.”

While it’s certainly true that combat is brutal and judgments can be clouded by fear, the mowing down of unarmed civilians in cold blood does not constitute combat. It is murder and, indeed, a war crime.

Neither can the combat death of a fellow soldier be cited as an excuse to murder civilians. That was precisely the rationalization that the My Lai killers cited in their own defense.

Donaldson Case

After returning home from Vietnam in 1969, Powell was drawn into another Vietnam controversy involving the killing of civilians. In a court martial proceeding, Powell sided with an Americal Division general who was accused by the Army of murdering unarmed civilians while flying over Quang Ngai province.

Helicopter pilots who flew Brig. Gen. John W. Donaldson had alleged that the general gunned down civilian Vietnamese almost for sport.

In an interview in 1995, a senior investigator from the Donaldson case told Robert Parry that two of the Vietnamese victims were an old man and an old woman who were shot to death while bathing.

Though long retired – and quite elderly himself – the Army investigator still spoke with a raw disgust about the events of a quarter century earlier. He requested anonymity before talking about the behavior of senior Americal officers.

“They used to bet in the morning how many people they could kill – old people, civilians, it didn’t matter,” the investigator said. “Some of the stuff would curl your hair.”

For eight months in Chu Lai during 1968-69, Powell had worked with Donaldson and apparently developed a great respect for this superior officer. When the Army charged Donaldson with murder on June 2, 1971, Powell rose in the general’s defense.

Powell submitted an affidavit dated August 10, 1971, which lauded Donaldson as “an aggressive and courageous brigade commander.” Powell did not specifically refer to the murder allegations, but added that helicopter forays in Vietnam had been an “effective means of separating hostiles from the general population.”

The old Army investigator claimed that “we had him [Donaldson] dead to rights,” with the testimony of two helicopter pilots who had flown Donaldson on his shooting expeditions.

Still, the investigation collapsed after the two pilot-witnesses were transferred to another Army base and apparently came under pressure from military superiors. The two pilots withdrew their testimony, and the Army dropped all charges against Donaldson.

While thousands of other Vietnam veterans joined the anti-war movement upon returning home and denounced the brutality of the war, Powell held his tongue.

To this day, Powell has avoided criticizing the Vietnam War other than to complain that the politicians should not have restrained the military high command.

Making Contacts

The middle years of Colin Powell’s military career – bordered roughly by the twin scandals of My Lai and Iran-Contra – were a time for networking and advancement.

Powell won a prized White House fellowship that put him inside Richard Nixon’s White House. Powell’s work with Nixon’s Office of Management and Budget brought Powell to the attention of senior Nixon aides, Frank Carlucci and Caspar Weinberger, who soon became Powell’s mentors.

When Ronald Reagan swept to victory in 1980, Powell’s allies – Weinberger and Carlucci – took over the Defense Department as secretary of defense and deputy secretary of defense, respectively.

When they arrived at the Pentagon, Powell, then a full colonel, was there to greet them. But before Powell could move to the top echelons of the U.S. military, he needed to earn his first general’s star.

That required a few command assignments in the field. So, under Carlucci’s sponsorship, Powell received brief assignments at Army bases in Kansas and Colorado.

By the time Powell returned to the Pentagon in 1983, at the age of 46, he had a general’s star on his shoulder. Powell was named military assistant to Weinberger. It was a position that made Powell the gatekeeper for the Defense Secretary.

Top Pentagon players quickly learned that Powell was more than Weinberger’s coat holder or calendar handler. Powell was the “filter,” the guy who saw everything when it passed into the secretary for action and who oversaw everything that needed follow-up when it came out.

Powell’s access to Weinberger’s most sensitive information would be a mixed blessing, however.  Some of the aggressive covert operations ordered by President Reagan and managed by CIA Director William Casey were spinning out of control.

Like a mysterious gravitational force, the operations were pulling in the Pentagon. This expanding super nova of covert operations began to swallow the Pentagon a few months after Powell’s return.

Yellow Fruit

On September 1, 1983, an Army civilian, William T. Golden, stumbled onto billing irregularities at a U.S. intelligence front company in suburban Annandale, Virginia, which was handling secret supplies for Central America.

The supply operation fell under the code name “Yellow Fruit,” an ironic reference to the region’s banana republics. The billing irregularities seemed modest at first, the doctoring of records to conceal vacation flights to Europe.

But Golden began to suspect that the corruption went deeper. By October 1983, Yellow Fruit had turned thoroughly rotten, and the Army began a criminal inquiry.

“The more we dig into that,” Gen. Maxwell R. Thurman, vice chief of the U.S. Army, later told congressional Iran-Contra investigators, “the more we find out that it goes into agencies using money, procuring all sorts of materiel.”

Reacting to the scandal, Thurman implemented new secret accounting procedures for supporting CIA activities. “We have tried to do our best to tighten up our procedures,” Thurman said.

But the muck of the Central American operations was oozing out elsewhere, too. Reagan’s favorite rebels, the Nicaraguan contras, were gaining a reputation for brutality, as stories of rapes, summary executions and massacres flowed back to Washington.

Led by House Speaker Thomas O’Neill, the Democratic-controlled House capped the CIA’s contra funding at $24 million in 1983 and then moved to ban contra aid altogether.

Meanwhile, in the Middle East, Reagan’s policies were encountering more trouble. Reagan had deployed Marines as peacekeepers in Beirut, but he also authorized the USS New Jersey to shell Shiite Muslim villages.

On October 23, 1983, Islamic militants struck back, sending a suicide truck bomber through U.S. security positions and demolishing a high-rise Marine barracks. A total of 241 U.S. servicemen died.

“When the shells started falling on the Shiites, they assumed the American ‘referee’ had taken sides,” Powell wrote in his memoir.

After the bombing, U.S. Marines were withdrawn to the USS Guam off Lebanon’s coast. But Casey ordered secret counterterrorism operations against Islamic radicals.

As retaliation, the Shiites targeted more Americans. Another bomb destroyed the U.S. Embassy and killed most of the CIA station.
Casey dispatched veteran CIA officer William Buckley to fill the void. But on March 14, 1984, Buckley was spirited off the streets of Beirut to face torture and eventually death.

The grisly scenes – in the Middle East and in Central America – had set the stage for the Iran-Contra scandal.

Iran-Contra

In 1985, the White House maneuvered into dangerous geopolitical straits in its policy toward Iran. The Israelis were interested in trading U.S. weapons to Iran’s radical Islamic government to expand Israel’s influence in that important Middle Eastern country.

It was also believed that Iran might help free American hostages held by Islamic extremists in Lebanon.

Carrying the water for this strategy within the Reagan administration was National Security Adviser Robert McFarlane. He circulated a draft presidential order in June 1985, proposing an overture to supposed Iranian moderates.

The paper passed through Weinberger’s “filter,” Colin Powell. In his memoir, Powell called the proposal “a stunner” and a grab by McFarlane for “Kissingerian immortality.”

After reading the draft, Weinberger scribbled in the margins, “this is almost too absurd to comment on.”

On June 30, 1985, as the paper was circulating inside the administration, Reagan declared that the United States would give no quarter to terrorism.

“Let me further make it plain to the assassins in Beirut and their accomplices, wherever they may be, that America will never make concessions to terrorists,” the President said.

But in July 1985, Weinberger, Powell and McFarlane met to discuss details for doing just that. Iran wanted 100 anti-tank TOW missiles that would be delivered through Israel, according to Weinberger’s notes.

Reagan gave his approval, but the White House wanted to keep the operation a closely held secret. The shipments were to be handled with “maximum compartmentalization,” the notes said.

Legal Line

On August 20, 1985, the Israelis delivered the first 96 missiles to Iran. It was a pivotal moment for the Reagan administration. With that missile shipment, the Reagan administration stepped over an important legal line.

The transfer violated laws requiring congressional notification for shipment of U.S. weapons and prohibiting arms to Iran or any other nation designated a terrorist state. Violation of either statute could be a felony.

The available evidence from that period suggested that Weinberger and Powell were very much in the loop, even though they may have opposed the arms-to-Iran policy.

On August 22, two days after the first delivery, Israel notified McFarlane of the completed shipment. From aboard Air Force One, McFarlane called Weinberger.

When Air Force One landed at Andrews Air Force Base outside Washington, McFarlane rushed to the Pentagon to meet Weinberger and Powell. The 40-minute meeting started at 7:30 p.m.

That much is known from the Iran-Contra public record. But the substance of the conversation remains in dispute.

McFarlane said he discussed Reagan’s approval of the missile transfer with Weinberger and Powell, and the need to replenish Israeli stockpiles. That would have put Weinberger and Powell in the middle of a criminal conspiracy.

But Weinberger denied McFarlane’s account, and Powell insisted that he had only a fuzzy memory of the meeting without a clear recollection of any completed arms shipment.

“My recollection is that Mr. McFarlane described to the Secretary the so-called Iran Initiative and he gave to the Secretary a sort of a history of how we got where we were that particular day and some of the thinking that gave rise to the possibility of going forward … and what the purposes of such an initiative would be,” Powell said in an Iran-Contra deposition two years later.

Congressional attorney Joseph Saba asked Powell if McFarlane had mentioned that Israel already had supplied weapons to Iran. “I don’t recall specifically,” Powell answered. “I just don’t recall.”

In a later interview with the FBI, Powell said he learned at that meeting with McFarlane that there “was to be a transfer of some limited amount of materiel” to Iran.

But he did not budge on his claim of ignorance about the crucial fact that the first shipment had already gone and that the Reagan administration had promised the Israelis replenishment for the shipped missiles.

Not Making Sense

This claim of only prospective knowledge of future arms shipments, not past knowledge of completed transfers, would be key to Powell’s Iran-Contra defense.

But it made little sense for McFarlane to learn of Israel’s August 1985 missile delivery to Iran and the need for replenishment of the Israeli stockpiles, then hurry to the Pentagon, only to debate a future policy that, in reality, was already being implemented.

The behavior of Powell and Weinberger in the following days also suggested that they knew an arms-for-hostage swap was under way.

According to Weinberger’s diary, he and Powell eagerly awaited a release of an American hostage in Lebanon, the payoff for the clandestine weapons shipment to Iran.

In early September 1985, Weinberger dispatched a Pentagon emissary to meet with Iranians in Europe, another step that would seem to make little sense if Weinberger and Powell were indeed in the dark about the details of the arms-for-hostage operation.

At the same time, McFarlane told Israel that the United States was prepared to replace 500 Israeli missiles, an assurance that would have required Weinberger’s clearance since the missiles would be coming from Defense Department stockpiles.

On September 14, 1985, Israel delivered the second shipment, 408 more missiles to Iran. The next day, one hostage, the Rev. Benjamin Weir, was released in Beirut.

Back at the Pentagon, Weinberger penned in his diary a cryptic reference to “a delivery I have for our prisoners.”

But when the Iran-Contra scandal broke more than a year later, Weinberger and Powell would plead faulty memories about the Weir case, too.

Saba asked Powell if he knew of a linkage between an arms delivery and Weir’s release. “No, I have no recollection of that,” Powell answered.

After Weir’s freedom, the job of replenishing the Israel missiles fell to White House aide Oliver North, who turned to Powell for logistical assistance.

“My original point of contact was General Colin Powell, who was going directly to his immediate superior, Secretary Weinberger,” North testified in 1987.

But in their later sworn testimony, Powell and Weinberger continued to insist that they had no idea that 508 missiles had already been shipped via Israel to Iran and that Israel was expecting replenishment of its stockpiles.

NSA Intercept

Powell stuck to that story even as evidence emerged that he and Weinberger read top-secret intelligence intercepts in September and October 1985 in which Iranians described the U.S. arms delivery.

One of those reports, dated October 2, 1985, and marked with the high-level classification, “SECRET SPOKE ORCON,” was signed by Lt. Gen. William Odom, the director of the National Security Agency.

According to Odom’s report, a sensitive electronic intercept had picked up a phone conversation a day earlier between two Iranian officials, identified as “Mr. Asghari” who was in Europe and “Mohsen Kangarlu” who was in Teheran.

“A large part of the conversation had to do with details on the delivery of several more shipments of weapons into Iran,” wrote Odom. “Asghari then pressed Kangarlu to provide a list of what he wanted the ‘other four planes’ to bring. …

“Kangarlu said that he already had provided a list. Asghari said that those items were for the first two planes. Asghari reminded Kangarlu that there were Phoenix missiles on the second plane which were not on the first. … [Asghari] said that a flight would be made this week.”

In 1987, when congressional Iran-Contra investigators asked about the intercepts and other evidence of Pentagon knowledge, Powell again pleaded a weak memory.

He repeatedly used phrases such as “I cannot specifically recall.” At one point, Powell said, “To my recollection, I don’t have a recollection.”

Making It Happen

In the next phase of the evolving Iran operation – the direct delivery of U.S. missiles to the Islamic fundamentalist government – Powell would play an even bigger role.

Indeed, without the prodigious work of Colin Powell, the unfolding disaster might never have happened, or might have stopped much sooner.

In early 1986, Powell exploited his bureaucratic skills to begin short-circuiting the Pentagon’s covert procurement system that had been put in place after the Yellow Fruit scandal.

Defense procurement officials said that without Powell’s manipulation of the process, the Pentagon’s internal auditing systems would have alerted the military brass that thousands of TOW anti-tank missiles and other sophisticated weaponry were headed to Iran, designated a terrorist state.

But Powell managed to slip the missiles and the other hardware out of U.S. Army inventories without key Pentagon officials knowing where the equipment was going.

The story of Powell’s maneuvers can be found in a close reading of thousands of pages from Iran-Contra depositions of Pentagon officials, who pointed to Weinberger’s assistant as the key Iran-Contra action officer within the Defense Department.

For his part, Powell insisted that he and Weinberger minimized the Pentagon’s role. Powell said they delivered the missiles to the CIA under the Economy Act, which regulates transfers between government agencies.

“We treated the TOW transfer like garbage to be gotten out of the house quickly,” Powell wrote in My American Journey.

But the Economy Act argument was disingenuous, because the Pentagon always uses the Economy Act when it moves weapons to the CIA.

Powell’s account also obscured his unusual actions in arranging the shipments without giving senior officers the information that Pentagon procedures required, even for sensitive covert activities.

Reagan’s Sign-off

Weinberger officially handed Powell the job of shipping the missiles to Iran on January 17, 1986. That was the day Reagan signed an intelligence finding, a formal authorization that is required by law for the conduct of covert operations, in this case, the transfer of arms from U.S. stockpiles and their shipment to Iran.

In testimony, Powell dated his first knowledge of the missile transfers to this moment.

A day after Reagan’s finding, Powell instructed Gen. Max Thurman, then acting Army chief of staff, to prepare for a transfer of 4,000 TOW anti-tank missiles, but Powell made no mention that they were headed to Iran.

“I gave him absolutely no indication of the destination of the missiles,” Powell testified.

Though kept in the dark, Thurman began the process of transferring the TOWs to the CIA, the first step of the journey.

Powell’s orders “bypassed the formal [covert procedures] on the ingress line,” Thurman acknowledged in later Iran-Contra testimony. “The first shipment is made without a complete wring-out through all of the procedural steps.”

As Powell’s strange orders rippled through the top echelon of the Pentagon, Lt. Gen. Vincent M. Russo, the assistant deputy chief of staff for logistics, called Powell to ask about the operation.

Powell immediately circumvented Russo’s inquiry. In effect, Powell pulled rank by arranging for “executive instructions” commanding Russo to deliver the first 1,000 TOWs, no questions asked.

“It was a little unusual,” commented then Army chief of staff, Gen. John A. Wickham Jr. “All personal visit or secure phone call, nothing in writing – because normally through the [covert logistics office] a procedure is established so that records are kept in a much more formal process. …

“I felt very uneasy about this process. And I also felt uneasy about the notification dimension to the Congress.” Under federal law, the Executive was required to notify Congress both of covert action “findings” and the transfer of military equipment to third countries.

However, on January 29, 1986, thanks to Powell’s intervention, 1,000 U.S. TOWs were loaded onto pallets at Redstone Arsenal and transferred to the airfield at Anniston, Alabama.

As the shipment progressed, senior Pentagon officers grew edgier about Powell withholding the destination and other details. The logistics personnel also wanted proof that somebody was paying for the missiles.

Major Christopher Simpson, who was making the flight arrangements, later told Iran-Contra investigators that Gen. Russo “was very uncomfortable with no paperwork to support the mission request.  He wasn’t going to do nothin’, as he said, without seeing some money. … ‘no tickey, no laundry.’”

Swiss Accounts

The money for the first shipment was finally deposited into a CIA account in Geneva, Switzerland, on February 11, 1986. Three days later, Russo released the 1,000 TOWs.

Inside the Pentagon, however, concern grew about Powell’s unorthodox arrangements and the identity of the missile recipients. Major Simpson told congressional investigators that he would have rung alarm bells if he had known the TOWs were headed to Iran.

“In the three years that I had worked there, I had been instructed … by the leadership … never to do anything illegal, and I would have felt that we were doing something illegal,” Simpson said.

Even without knowing that the missiles were going to Iran, Simpson expressed concern about whether the requirement to notify Congress had been met.

He got advice from a Pentagon lawyer that the 1986 intelligence authorization act, which mandated a “timely” notice to Congress on foreign arms transfers, had an “impact on this particular mission.”

The issue was bumped up to Secretary of the Army John Marsh. Though still blind about the shipment’s destination, the Army high command was inclined to stop the peculiar operation in its tracks.

At this key moment, Colin Powell intervened again. Simpson said, “General Powell was asking General Russo to reassure the Secretary of the Army that notification was being handled, … that it had been addressed and it was taken care of.”

Despite Powell’s assurance, Congress had not been notified.

Army Secretary Marsh shared the skepticism about Powell’s operation. On February 25, 1986, Marsh called a meeting of senior Army officers and ordered Russo to “tell General Powell of my concern with regard to adequate notification being given to Congress,” Russo testified.

Army chief of staff Wickham demanded that a memo on congressional notification be sent to Powell. “The chief wanted it in writing,” stated Army Lt. Gen. Arthur E. Brown, who delivered the memo to Powell on March 7, 1986.

Five days later, Powell handed the memo to President Reagan’s national security adviser John Poindexter with the advice: “Handle it … however you plan to do it,” Powell later testified.

Poindexter’s plan for “timely notification” was to tell Congress on the last day of the Reagan presidency, January 20, 1989. Poindexter stuck the Pentagon memo into a White House safe, along with the secret “finding” on the Iran missile shipments.

Prohibited Shipments

Col. John William McDonald, who oversaw covert supply, added his voice to the Pentagon objections when he learned that key Army officials had no idea where the weapons were headed.

“One [concern] was inadvertent provision of supplies to the [Nicaraguan] contras in violation of the Boland Amendment,” which prohibited military shipments to the contras, McDonald testified.

“The second issue was inadvertent supply to countries that were on the terrorist list. … There is a responsibility to judge the legality of the request.”

When McDonald was asked by congressional investigators how he would have reacted if told the weapons were going to Iran, he responded, “I would have told General Thurman … that I would believe that the action was illegal and that Iran was clearly identified as one of the nations on the terrorist list for whom we could not transfer weapons.”

But when McDonald joined other Pentagon officers in appealing to Powell about the missile shipment’s destination, they again were told not to worry.

Powell “reiterated [that it was] the responsibility of the recipient” agency, the CIA, to notify Congress, “and that the Army did not have the responsibility to do that.”

Then, in March 1986, Powell conveyed a second order, this time for 284 HAWK antiaircraft missile parts and 500 HAWK missiles. This time, Powell’s order set off alarms not only over legal questions, but whether the safety of U.S forces might be jeopardized.

The HAWK order would force a drawdown of U.S. supplies to a dangerous level. Henry Gaffney, a senior supply official, warned Powell that “you’re going to have to start tearing it out of the Army’s hide.”

But the Pentagon again followed Powell’s orders. It stripped its shelves of 15 spare parts for HAWK missiles that were protecting U.S. forces in Europe and elsewhere in the world.

“I can only trust that somebody who is a patriot … and interested in the survival of this nation … made the decision that the national policy objectives were worth the risk of a temporary drawdown of readiness,” said Lt. Gen. Peter G. Barbules.

If there had been an air attack on U.S. forces in Europe during the drawdown, the HAWK missile defense batteries might not have had the necessary spare parts to counter an enemy attack.

As implemented by Powell, the Iran initiative had taken priority over both legal safeguards and the safety of U.S. soldiers around the world.

Ironically, after helping set in motion the Iranian arms shipments that left U.S. forces in Europe potentially vulnerable, Powell was dispatched to West Germany, where he was made commander of the V Corps in pursuit of another general’s star.

For more on Colin Powell’s real history, see Neck Deep: The Disastrous Presidency of George W. Bush, available directly from the publisher at http://www.neckdeepbook.com or from Amazon.com.

Click on “comments” below to read or post comments

  postCount(‘article18802.htm’);Comments (8) Comment (0)

Comment Guidelines
Be succinct, constructive and relevant to the story.
We encourage engaging, diverse and meaningful commentary. Do not include personal information such as names, addresses, phone numbers and emails. Comments falling outside our guidelines – those including personal attacks and profanity – are not permitted.
See our complete Comment Policy and use this link to notify us
if you have concerns about a comment. We’ll promptly review and remove any inappropriate postings.

Send Page To a Friend

In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, this material is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included information for research and educational purposes. Information Clearing House has no affiliation whatsoever with the originator of this article nor is Information ClearingHouse endorsed or sponsored by the originator.)

 
Email Newsletter icon, E-mail Newsletter icon, Email List icon, E-mail List icon

 Sign up for our Daily Email Newsletter

  Amazon Honor System

HOME

COPYRIGHT NOTICE

Video


Cell-phone Towers and Fake Trees….

November 30, 2007

One with Cell-phone Towers and Fake Trees

July 13, 2006 by Vurdlak | Email This Post
Nice trees, aren’t they (other pictures are inside the post)? There’s just one problem… these aren’t trees at all! Actually it’s a homage to the fake trees that disguise USA cell phone towers. Have you ever noticed them? Well I think the idea is more than great! Having them hiddious cell-towers, is necessary, but with a bit of imagination and artistic touch, you can transform them in such way, that very few would spot they’re fake. These Sham Shrubs have been manufactured so that you and I can communicate with each other, while protecting our delicate aesthetic sensibilities. They’re hidden pretty well. But if you look for them, they’re easy to spot. Be sure to jump inside this post to see more of them, but don’t forget to visit original website to see whole bunch more of them. Thanks Mike for submitting this illusion!
Go To….
http://tinyurl.com/3×78r8
for the rest of the storu, pics, etc.

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


100 walk out on Ashcroft talk Former AG defends security measures in CU speech

November 30, 2007

This is a printer friendly version of an article from theithacajournal.com
To print this article open the file menu and choose Print.

Back


Article published Nov 30, 2007
100 walk out on Ashcroft talk
Former AG defends security measures in CU speech
By Topher Sanders
Journal Staff
ITHACA — In the face of shouting dissenters and shrouded protesters, former U.S. Attorney General John Ashcroft stood firmly behind his conviction Thursday that the 2001 USA Patriot Act strengthened America’s freedom and continues to protect the country from terrorist attacks.Ashcroft spoke about the need for the change in national security thinking after the attacks of Sept. 11, 2001 to a crowd of more than 700 at Cornell University’s Statler Hall.

The former attorney general described his experience on 9/11 and how the increased ease with which a terrorist could cause harm to civilians changed the way the government needed to think about national security.

“We have a circumstance that compels us to protect this nation,” he said. “It is unacceptable to rely on the old strategy of preventing by prosecution. We assumed that people would fear prosecution so that they would not perpetrate.

“But when people design their criminal acts in such a way as to kill thousands and they are willing to extinguish themselves in the perpetration of the crime, the potential for prosecution is empty,” he said.

Ashcroft diffused random shouts and objections from some in the crowd with wit-filled retorts and humor.

About 13 minutes into the attorney general’s speech, more than 100 students and Ithaca community members stood up from their seats, turned their backs to Ashcroft and placed black shrouds over their heads. The protesters stood in silence for another 14 minutes before walking out of his speech together.

When the protesters left, Ashcroft responded with “Good,” and his supporters in the crowd applauded.

“There are hundreds of Arab American and Muslim Americans who were rounded up after 9/11 with no charges and were removed from the country and never had any contact with their family,” said David Jacobus, a second-year law student at Cornell who was among the protesters. “We’re standing in solidarity with those people whose voices are silenced under the Patriot Act and the domestic war on our liberties that John Ashcroft has been pursuing when he was in office and now spreading with his ideology around university campuses.”

“We felt that a silent protest was particularly appropriate because of the people who’ve been silenced by John Ashcroft, including the librarians of America who, when they tried to challenge the order to turn over patron records, weren’t even allowed to talk to the (American Civil Liberties Union) about it,” said Ginger McCall, also a second-year law student at Cornell.

Ashcroft continued his speech seemingly unfettered. When he arrived at his question-and-answer session, he took a tough question about his justification of Guantanamo Bay detentions head on.

“You can either continue to let people fight against you, detain them or kill them on the battlefield,” Ashcroft said.

“I find it to be commendable that our people didn’t say that when someone had a gun and was captured on the battlefield, that they gave it back and said, ‘Hey, take another shot at Ashcroft’s boy,’” he said, referring to his son, who has served in the military overseas.

The event was sponsored by the Cornell College Republicans, the Cornell Political Coalition, the Cornell Law Student Association, the office of the vice president for student and academic services, the office of the vice president for university communications, the office of the vice provost for undergraduate education and several other co-sponsors.




rs: http://tinyurl.com/2b6eb9

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
~~~~~
News-n-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
~~~~~
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

~~~~~
The “Original/The Only “Gunny G”
**********


YES SIR: MARINES ARE SOLDIERS!

November 30, 2007

Ref
http://tinyurl.com/23uaau

ARE MARINES SOLDIERS?

Gunny G’s!

DON’T YOU DARE CALL ME A SOLDIER!!! Marines’ sites and bulletin boards on the Internet are nothing short of amazing regarding what many do not know about Marine Corps history and traditions. There are numerous cases where Marines–some of them even senior enlisted Marines and officers–post and respond to downright erroneous information demonstrating a definite lack of knowledge on various topics of Marine Corps interest. I have addressed several of these individual topics elsewhere on Gunny G’s.

Perhaps, some independent study would be in order–better start at the top.

One random example, among many I have noticed, are several items lately where Marines are lambasting someone or other on the subject of one’s having dared to refer to a Marine, or Marines, using the term “soldier.”

With righteous indignation they scream that they are Marines, not soldiers, and they decry those who call them such! And rightfully so, in some cases, where the media or an individual, whatever, is using that term within an inappropriate context.

Of course, they (both the writer and the Marine) are acting out of their own lack of knowlege. The user of the term “soldier” is not aware that he should generally refer to all Marines as “Marines”; and the Marine is very likely ignorant of the fact that the word “soldier” is also correct, in some cases.

Members of our sister-service, for example, the U.S. Army, are soldiers, that is their name, but Marines are not soldiers in that sense at all. I am referring to Marines as soldiers in a much broader, higher sense, as a class of soldier that goes to the root of what a Marine is and does.

Reminds me of an oft-times repeated story of a U.S. Army major visiting the wounded in a WWI French hospital in 1918. As the story goes, the major asked a young soldier if he was indeed an American. “No sir,” he replied, “I’m a Marine.” (Ref US Marine Corps In World war I 1917-1918, Osprey, by Henry/Pavlovic, 1999) Such it is that Marines have always exemplified the inherent pride in their identity as a member of the MarineCorps.

But, many Marines seem to be unaware of the fact that the Marine Corps itself, as well as individual Marines, has long referred with pride to themselves as soldiers. To be sure, we are, each of us, a United States Marine, that is our TITLE, earned and claimed by us all as the capstone of that which we are. But somewhere within that coveted title lies the soldier referred to in the following examples.

One dictionary defines the word Marine as, an infantry soldier associated with a navy. No doubt there are many references to the Royal Marines as soldiers back through history. But we need not go back that far. Our own U.S. Marine Corps has a long listing of examples supporting the notion of Marines as soldiers.

A U.S. Marine Corps Recruiting Service poster, dated May 1866, announces that it is seeking MEN for its ranks; it then goes on to refer to such recruits as SOLDIERS no less than six times, and not once using the word Marine or Marines! (Ref the book, The Marines, by Simmons/Moskin, Marine Corps Heritage Foundation, 1998)

And there is the USMC Recruiting Poster of more recent vintage, shown at the top of this page. And, in the book, Marine Corps Book of Lists, by Nofi, Combined Publishing, 1997, the following.

“The Marines are both soldiers and sailors, a part of the sea services.” (Page 154)

“Some Marine Wisdom on Soldiering” ‘To be a sergeant, you have to show your stuff. I’d rather be an outstanding sergeant than just another officer,” -GySgt Dan Daly (Page 159)

“In 1928 the period of the training was reduced to seven weeks, divided into two phases. The first phase, lasting three weeks, included the basic instruction necessary to convert civilians into soldiers, plus an innovation. This was an interview of each recruit by a selection clerk, who recorded the recruit’s qualifications of education and experience. In embryo form, this procedure anticipated the specialty classification which was later to become indispensable as the complexity of paperwork increased and the material of war became even more technical and complicated. The four-week second phase was spent on the rifle range.<26>”
Ref Marine Corps Historical Reference Series No. 8, A Brief History of MCRD, Parris Island, SC, 1891-1962 http://www.maxwell.af.mil/au/awc/awcgate/usmchist/parris.txt

“Soldiers trained in the ways of the sea,” -CMC, BGen Benjamin H. Fuller, c. 1934 (Page 181)

“A Dozen Nicknames For Marines” 2. “The Soldiers of the Sea, a traditional term for Marines dating back at least to the seventeenth century.” (Page 180)

“The finest soldier any captain could wish to have,” said of Dan Daly by BGen W.P. Upshur (Page 182)

The book, “Soldiers of the Sea: The U.S. Marine Corps,” by Col Robert D. Heinl USMC (Ret.), Annapolis, 1962

The play, (and later, two films) “What Price Glory,” by Andersen/Shillings, 1926, has numerous references to Marines as soldiers.

“He turned down the gold bars of a second lieutenant. ‘I’m a plain soldier,’ he said, ‘and I want to stay one.’”
-GySgt John Basilone (Ref John Basilone –Italian-American Hero www.cimorelli.com/pie/heroes/basilone.htm)

Chapter XX, page 69,The United States Marine Corps in the World War, by Major Edwin N. McClellan, USMC,1920, Historical Branch, HQMC, Wash, DC
“In recent years the Marine Corps has devoted a great deal of time and energy to rifle practice, believing that one of the first requirements of a soldier is to know how to shoot….”

And, finally, the more recent (2001) book,”Chesty The Story of Lieutenant General Lewis B. Puller, USMC,” by Jon T. Hoffman, LtCol USMCR, in which he named Chapter 1, “Making a Man and a Soldier” Genesis of a Marine.

And many more references can be found, but suffice to say, for the purpose of my little spiel here, that these few examples should establish that the use of “soldier” was long commonly in use in the Corps.

And so is the use of the term “soldier” valid? Yes, I think all of the above has shown that it is, but please consider this information within the context which I have presented it. At the same time, however, I agree that the use of that term has generally fallen out of use, but not altogether. It may be that its decline began at the end of WW II when the Marine Corps was fighting for it’s continued existence when Congress, and the US Army, was seeking to severly cut back the size of the Corps and/or eliminate it altogether.

Marines are also very critical of Marines, and others, who use terms that were in use before their own time, or perhaps terms they never really understood in the first place, like ex-Marine, preferring “former Marine” in its place. In some cases, they even now consider certain terms to have been derogatory in nature, although not the case to begin with. These things come and go; Semper Fidelis was shortened to “Semper Fi” by WW II Marines–and it’s meaning even replaced at that time. Many of today’s Marines resent some of these terms mainly because they have little knowledge of the finer points of our own history, heritage and traditions, falling back onto whatever they now perceive to have been the truth of their Old Corps. Their present explanations, opinions and beliefs regarding many of these things are invalid. For those with the mind for it, there is much in the way of information on these topics on the Internet, books, etc. It’s out there if anybody wishes to take the trouble to research and find it!

The U. S. Marine Corps has a long and glorious history. There is no need to be defensive or “touchy” when occasionally being referred to as a soldier, even when the person speaking is not totally aware of all involved in the fact he is alluding to.

Rather, be yourself informed of what is so and what isn’t, through your own research and studies. Nor is it of any benefit to deride those of other services, as is a common practice– doing so merely reveals your own ignorance, and it belittles our Corps.

As one old recruiting poster states, “Be a Marine!”

~~~~~
ALSO SEE:
Maj Dick Culver’s “WHAT PRICE GLORY”

http://www.jouster.com/cgi-bin/review/index.pl?noframes;read=460

EXCERPT BELOW…
“This is one of my favorite Marine Corps films, not so much for the story line, but for the authenticity of the language used, the equipment, uniforms, and the attitudes that pervade the film. In order to truly enjoy the presentation, a bit of explanation is necessary. Being a Marine Corps History buff (imagine that? Heh, heh, heh�), I could identify with the characters and the language. My Dad was a WWI Marine (as well as a WWII and Korean era Marine), and I was raised in a house that virtually �dripped� Marine Corps nautical and tactical terminology. If any of you are nit pickers on period equipment and uniforms, this one is for you.” “One of the movie reviews on Amazon chides the director (John Ford no less) for allowing Marines to refer to each others as soldiers or to mentioning soldiering as an occupation. This particular reviewer apparently believes many old wives tales concerning Marines never allowing themselves to be called soldiers. � wrong again �gopher-breath,� within the Corps we often spoke of soldiering as an occupation, and one of the best of Marine Corps History Books is Robert D. Heinl�s �Soldiers of the Sea� (1962).

“We might take a bit unkindly to a civilian referring to �us� as soldiers assuming he had mistaken us for soldiers of the U.S. Army, but the term is hardly verboten within the Corps. Laurence Stalling�s buddy, a certain Captain John W. Thomason, author of �Fix Bayonets�, mentions in his description of Marines �old timers who regarded the service as a home and war as an occupation… Thomason�s description of the WWI Marine is worth the price of �Fix Bayonets� in of itself, and will lay to rest much of the modern day critics of the Marine terminology used in the Movie.”
~~~~~
(And another one, from Dr. R.E. Sullivan, Col USMC (Ret.)

Date: Fri, 1 Aug 2003 04:33:48 -0700 (PDT)
To:

Subject: Soldier
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069/message/1116684380/
On+Soldiers%2C+Sailors%2C+Airmen%2C+and…Marines%21

“Sometime ago in a thread you argued vociferously about the use of the term “Soldier.” You were correct by the way, at least in the way I understand the use of that word to apply to Marines. When I was a callow youth, in 1951, I returned from Korea and was stationed at MB, Shumaker, Arkansas. I commanded the Guard Company, and did many other chores as any junior officer does in a command that had only four Marine officers. The base commander was a Navy captain, and almost as new as I was to the command.”

“Anyway, I had occasion to report to the Captain as the recorder of a Board of Investigation. As I was under arms, I of course saluted, made my report, saluted again, about-faced and headed for the door. The Captain stopped me and made several complimentary remarks about my appearance and “Soldierly bearing.” He also used the term “Soldier” once or twice more in referring to me. In my total ignorance, I was furious.”

“Later that day I complained to the MC CO about the base commander referring to me as a “Soldier.” My CO got a real chuckle out of my complaint, and told me that instead of the Captain demeaning me, he had instead paid me the highest compliment possible. My CO was LtCol Louis Nathaniel King, and had been a white hat in 1936 when he passed the exam for the Naval Academy, graduated from there, and chose to enter the MC.

Of course, he, unlike myself, was steeped in Naval traditions and knew all about the use of the term “Soldier.” On occasion I’ve referred to other Marines as “Soldiers,” always explaining that was the highest compliment that I could call them with our “Soldiers of the sea” origins. I’m afraid that with the decline in Navy capital ships, that the MC is loosing much of its naval traditions since the chance of service as a member of a Marine Detachment has undoubtedly declined. We always said that: “A Marine was everything of a Soldier, and half a Sailor too.”

“We also said that the reason that Marines were kept embarked in Navy ships for thirty days prior to a combat landing was that after thirty days on one of those buckets that when you got off you just had to kill someone. Wasn’t really fair to the Japanese, I suppose.”

“Please note that I always capitalize “Soldiers,” “Sailors,” and “Airmen.” In my book they deserve the same respect that I pay to my beloved Marines.”

Semper Fidelis,
tientsin (Sully)

Web Site:

http://sullyusmc.com/

~~~~~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
ADDENDUM:
Once, not too long ago, 2003, I believe, a dedication stone was said to have been placed in Puller Park, in Virginia. The stone fully identified General Puller as a Marine, LtGen Lewis B. “Chesty” Puller, USMC (Ret.)–and in addition it also bore the words. Patriot, and Soldier. In the months thereafter, Marines of one category or another raised such a public stink about it (the word Soldier) that they were successful in getting the stone replaced. Amazing. Call it vanity, political correctness, mistaken pride, whatever–it’s a changed world.
-RWG


**************************
“Every Soldier, a term I use here as representative of all branches of the Armed Forces of the United States, knows his purpose and his potential sacrifice. Yet, he Soldiers on each day.”

Ref
http://jdpendry.com/2007/07/04/independence-day/

I also like the way the above author (a Soldier) puts it.
~~~~~~~~~~

Semper Fidelis
Dick Gaines
GySgt USMC (Ret.)
1952-72
GyG’s Old Salt Marines Tavern Sites & Forums

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
~~~~~
News-n-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
~~~~~
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

~~~~~
The “Original/The Only “Gunny G”
**********


‘Betrayal’ motivates man to back Ron Paul

November 30, 2007

Print This Article

Posted on Fri, Nov. 30, 2007

‘Betrayal’ motivates man to back Ron Paul

By BETH REINHARD

Trevor Lyman is an unlikely political mastermind: an Internet music promoter who has modeled and waited tables, a New Englander who moved to South Beach for the night life, a 37-year-old who has never voted, let alone worked on a campaign.Then he became an overnight sensation. Literally, overnight.

On Nov. 5, Lyman helped raise $4.2 million online for Republican presidential candidate Ron Paul, laying claim to the most money collected by a campaign over the Internet in a single day.

Lyman is ready to do it again, with a more modest goal of $2.5 million by midnight Friday. He started soliciting pledges only nine days ago, and this time, the national media is paying attention; he’s juggling interviews this week from The Los Angeles Times, The Chicago Tribune and The Christian Science Monitor.

”Dr. Paul,” a former obstetrician, current congressman from Texas, and the lone Republican presidential candidate to vote against the war in Iraq, is typically a footnote in campaign coverage.

”Nobody took him seriously until we brought money to the campaign. It’s a sad state of affairs,” Lyman said in a telephone interview from New Hampshire, where he’s rounding up support for his candidate before the first-in-the-nation primary (Iowa holds a caucus before New Hampshire votes.). “This [fundraising drive] was pretty spur of the moment, so we’ll see how it goes.”

If it fails, Paul runs the risk of being dismissed as a one-hit wonder, especially since his online popularity has barely surfaced in the polls. On the eve of Wednesday’s debate in St. Petersburg, his support in Florida was smaller than the CNN poll’s margin of error.

GOP donor Mark Guzzetta, who helped organize a $2,300-per-person reception in Coral Gables on Thursday for the more-established candidate Mitt Romney, said the Internet can’t and won’t replace traditional fundraisers.

‘MAXIMIZED’ THE WEB

”People want to meet the candidate — shake his or her hand, test his mettle, watch his speech,” Guzzetta said. “Having said that, I do think all of us can learn a thing or two from someone who has maximized the Internet.”

It all started when Lyman was noodling online in October and came across speeches by Paul, an anti-tax, pro-gun, non-interventionalist who touts home schooling and above all, the Constitution.

”It was a betrayal,” Lyman said of the promises by Democrats in Congress to bring the troops home. “So in the midst of a betrayal, when you find someone who’s been consistent, you know that’s your guy.”

WEBSITE

Lyman launched a website called ThisNovember5th.com, paying homage to a revolutionary who tried to blow up the English Parliament with 36 barrels of gunpowder on that day in 1605. More than $4 million later, Lyman had overthrown the conventional wisdom about Paul.

Lyman planned to drop a second ”money bomb” on Dec. 15 and 16, Bill of Rights Day and the anniversary of the Boston Tea Party, tapping into the Libertarian spirit that infuses Paul’s politics.

MONEY FOR ADS

But the campaign realized it needed a quicker infusion of cash to pay for commercials before the Iowa caucus on Jan. 3 and New Hampshire primary on Jan. 8.

The Nov. 30 fundraising drive centers on a spat between Paul and national front-runner Rudy Giuliani during a May presidential debate.

Giuliani attacked Paul for suggesting that U.S. military action in the Middle East provoked the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks.

Paul referred Giuliani to findings in the 9/11 Commission Report, giving rise to the new website: rudysreadinglist.com.

BLIMP PLAN

Lyman is also raising money for a Ron Paul blimp, another surefire publicity stunt.

Paul followers are not just trolling the Internet; they pop up with their signs and fliers at South Florida events where you least expect them — on the beach, at the Susan G. Komen Race for the Cure in Bayfront Park, at the Tamiami Park Adopt-a-Tree Festival.

”We attend just about every function out there that is political — or not political — to meet the people and introduce them to Ron Paul,” said Dean Santoro, of Miami, who started the ninth of what is now more than 1,300 ”meet-up” groups for Paul supporters around the country.

INSPIRED

Santoro was so moved by Paul that he embarked on a long-shot bid for Congress against Republican U.S. Rep. Lincoln Díaz-Balart of Miami. He said he’s not surprised by Lyman’s fundraising success on behalf of Paul.

”Honestly, no, considering the passion I feel myself for this candidate,” Santoro said. “I see something different. I see fire in people’s eyes.”


© 2007 Miami Herald Media Company. All Rights Reserved.
http://www.miamiherald.com
http://tinyurl.com/yrhudt

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
~~~~~
News-n-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
~~~~~
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

~~~~~
The “Original/The Only “Gunny G”
**********


Did You Know That Senator Obama….???

November 30, 2007

Excerpt Only

Go To Link Below….

Senator Obama is a Muslim extremist who wants to overthrow the government. That’s the rumor I read about on the front page of the Washington Post. They’re evidently in the business of whisper campaigning now. Yes, the Washington Post has elevated itself to the level of Glenn Beck’s awesome question to Congressman Ellison: Prove to me that you’re not working for our darkie enemies, you America-hating darkie you.

Click here to read more.

http://tinyurl.com/3yqnfh
The Huffington Post….

???

See More-the link above….

SEE ALSO:

Obama: I’m Not Muslim….

http://tinyurl.com/3blqg8
**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


Pain at the Pump

November 29, 2007

Ron Paul's Texas Straight Talk - A weekly Column


Pain at the Pump

This past week Americans traveled approximately 2 billion miles to celebrate the Thanksgiving holiday with family and loved ones. While you cannot put a price on time with family, Americans sure felt the pain of higher fuel prices at the gas pump.  It is time to take an honest look at the government’s direct and indirect role in inflating those prices.

Taxation is the most direct way government increases Americans’ cost at the pump. The national average price of gas now is well over $3.00 per gallon now, $4 in some areas. Federal taxes take 18.4 cents, while state and local taxes average another 28.5 cents per gallon. That’s an average of 47 cents per gallon Americans are paying just for government, but that is just the tip of the iceberg. Less directly, our loose monetary policy gives taxpayers double jeopardy at the pump, simultaneously increasing prices and undermining purchasing power. Wages always lag behind price increases, making average Americans feel as though they can never quite keep up, never quite get out of debt. Not to mention the ripple effect of higher diesel costs on the trucking industry. When trucking and shipping is more expensive, everything is more expensive.

The indirect costs government imposes on gas prices are much more serious. A major bottleneck that causes gas prices to surge is our very meagre and vulnerable refinery capacity due mostly to regulatory red tape. Environmental regulations and litigation have kept our existing refinery capacity barely adequate. In fact, no new refineries have been built since the 70’s and these are operating at capacity, which makes our gasoline market especially vulnerable as demonstrated by skyrocketing gas prices in the aftermath of Hurricane Katrina when many coastal oil facilities were brought to a halt. In addition, many foreign refineries don’t have the ability to produce the specialized blends of gasoline mandated by our government, and therefore 90% of our gasoline is refined in the United States under extreme regulatory burden. When our domestic refineries are damaged or jeopardized, there are few options other than soaring prices or long lines.

I’ve introduced The Affordable Gas Price Act (HR 2415) to deal with some of these issues. My bill would suspend Federal fuel taxes when prices rise above $3.00 a gallon, giving some immediate relief at the pump. It would also repeal misguided legislation that causes more investment in attorneys and nuisance litigation than in actually producing affordable gasoline and strengthening our refining capacity. Also, it would open up ANWR for oil exploration and repeal the federal moratorium on off-shore drilling.

Much of government intervention in the oil industry in the past has been counter-productive and has resulted in disastrous unintended consequences. This Thanksgiving, I am grateful for every mile Americans can still afford to travel to be with family. I am working hard in Congress to reverse the costly trend of government interference and return markets, including oil markets, to true economic freedom.


America in the Time of Empire

November 29, 2007
http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/20071126_america_in_the_time_of_empire/

America In The Time of Empire

Posted on Nov 26, 2007

By Chris Hedges

This column was originally published by the Philadelphia Inquirer.

All great empires and nations decay from within. By the time they hobble off the world stage, overrun by the hordes at the gates or vanishing quietly into the pages of history books, what made them successful and powerful no longer has relevance. This rot takes place over decades, as with the Soviet Union, or, even longer, as with the Roman, Ottoman or Austro-Hungarian empires. It is often imperceptible.

Dying empires cling until the very end to the outward trappings of power. They mask their weakness behind a costly and technologically advanced military. They pursue increasingly unrealistic imperial ambitions. They stifle dissent with efficient and often ruthless mechanisms of control. They lose the capacity for empathy, which allows them to see themselves through the eyes of others, to create a world of accommodation rather than strife. The creeds and noble ideals of the nation become empty cliches, used to justify acts of greater plunder, corruption and violence. By the end, there is only a raw lust for power and few willing to confront it.

The most damning indicators of national decline are upon us. We have watched an oligarchy rise to take economic and political power. The top 1 percent of the population has amassed more wealth than the bottom 90 percent combined, creating economic disparities unseen since the Depression. If Hillary Rodham Clinton becomes president, we will see the presidency controlled by two families for the last 24 years.

Massive debt, much of it in the hands of the Chinese, keeps piling up as we fund absurd imperial projects and useless foreign wars. Democratic freedoms are diminished in the name of national security. And the erosion of basic services, from education to health care to public housing, has left tens of millions of citizens in despair. The displacement of genuine debate and civil and political discourse with the noise and glitter of public spectacle and entertainment has left us ignorant of the outside world, and blind to how it perceives us. We are fed trivia and celebrity gossip in place of news.

An increasing number of voices, especially within the military, are speaking to this stark deterioration. They describe a political class that no longer knows how to separate personal gain from the common good, a class driving the nation into the ground.

“There has been a glaring and unfortunate display of incompetent strategic leadership within our national leaders,” retired Lt. Gen. Ricardo S. Sanchez, the former commander of forces in Iraq, recently told the New York Times, adding that civilian officials have been “derelict in their duties” and guilty of a “lust for power.”

The American working class, once the most prosperous on Earth, has been politically disempowered, impoverished and abandoned. Manufacturing jobs have been shipped overseas. State and federal assistance programs have been slashed. The corporations, those that orchestrated the flight of jobs and the abolishment of workers’ rights, control every federal agency in Washington, including the Department of Labor. They have dismantled the regulations that had made the country’s managed capitalism a success for ordinary men and women. The Democratic and Republican Parties now take corporate money and do the bidding of corporate interests.

Philadelphia is a textbook example. The city has seen a precipitous decline in manufacturing jobs, jobs that allowed households to live comfortably on one salary. The city had 35 percent of its workforce employed in the manufacturing sector in 1950, perhaps the zenith of the American empire. Thirty years later, this had fallen to 20 percent. Today it is 8.8 percent. Commensurate jobs, jobs that offer benefits, health care and most important enough money to provide hope for the future, no longer exist. The former manufacturing centers from Flint, Mich., to Youngstown, Ohio, are open sores, testaments to a growing internal collapse.

The United States has gone from being the world’s largest creditor to its largest debtor. As of September 2006, the country was, for the first time in a century, paying out more than it received in investments. Trillions of dollars go into defense while the nation’s infrastructure, from levees in New Orleans to highway bridges in Minnesota, collapses. We spend almost as much on military power as the rest of the world combined, while Social Security and Medicare entitlements are jeopardized because of huge deficits. Money is available for war, but not for the simple necessities of daily life.

Nothing makes these diseased priorities more starkly clear than what the White House did last week. On the same day, Tuesday, President Bush vetoed a domestic spending bill for education, job training and health programs, yet signed another bill giving the Pentagon about $471 billion for the fiscal year that began Oct. 1. All this in the shadow of a Joint Economic Committee report suggesting that the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan have been twice as expensive than previously imagined, almost $1.5 trillion.

The decision to measure the strength of the state in military terms is fatal. It leads to a growing cynicism among a disenchanted citizenry and a Hobbesian ethic of individual gain at the expense of everyone else. Few want to fight and die for a Halliburton or an Exxon. This is why we do not have a draft. It is why taxes have not been raised and we borrow to fund the war. It is why the state has organized, and spends billions to maintain, a mercenary army in Iraq. We leave the fighting and dying mostly to our poor and hired killers. No nationwide sacrifices are required. We will worry about it later.

It all amounts to a tacit complicity on the part of a passive population. This permits the oligarchy to squander capital and lives. It creates a world where we speak exclusively in the language of violence. It has plunged us into an endless cycle of war and conflict that is draining away the vitality, resources and promise of the nation.

It signals the twilight of our empire.

flags at the capitalAP photo / Gerald Herbert


A Progressive Journal of News and Opinion. Editor, Robert Scheer. Publisher, Zuade Kaufman.
Copyright © 2007 Truthdig, L.L.C. All rights reserved.Web site development by Hop Studios | Hosted by NEXCESS.NET


**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


‘We are at war with all Islam’

November 29, 2007

The Spectator

‘We are at war with all Islam’

‘We are at war with all Islam’

Mary Wakefield

Wednesday, 28th November 2007

An interview with Ayaan Hirsi Ali

Last Tuesday at nightfall, as the servants of democracy fled SW1, a young Somali woman stood spotlit on a stage in Westminster. Behind her was the illuminated logo for the Centre for Social Cohesion: a white hand reaching down across England to help a brown one up; in front, an audience of some of Britain’s biggest brains — politicians, editors, academics. She drew her shawl a little closer round her shoulders, looked up and said: ‘We are not at war with “terror”, that would make no sense.’

‘Hear, hear,’ said a voice at the back. ‘Terror is just a tactic used by Islam,’ she continued. ‘We are actually at war, not just with Islamism, but with Islam itself.’

Out in the dark began a great wobbling of heads. Neocons nodded, Muslims shook their heads; others, uncertain, waggled theirs anxiously from side to side: at war with all Islam, even here in the UK? What does that mean?

It would be easier in some ways to ignore Ayaan Hirsi Ali, to label her as bonkers — but it would also be irresponsible. She’s not just another hawkish hack, anxious to occupy the top tough-guy media slot — she has the authority of experience, the authenticity of suffering. In the spring of 2004 she wrote a film called Submission (an artsy 11-minute protest against Islamic cruelty to women) which was shown on Dutch TV. In November 2004 the film’s director, Theo van Gogh, was assassinated and the killer left a long letter to Hirsi Ali knifed into his corpse which said, in short: you’re next. But Hirsi Ali couldn’t be silenced. She has since written an autobiography (Infidel) about growing up a Muslim (in Somalia, then Saudi Arabia and Ethiopia), describing her circumcision, the beatings she received, her arranged marriage, her flight to Holland. She risks her life daily, speaking out against what she calls the ‘fairytale’ that Islam is in essence a religion of peace.

The other reason to take her seriously is that Hirsi Ali’s ideas about Islam (that it is unamenable to reform, and intrinsically opposed to Western values) are attracting attention worldwide. In Holland where, until 2006, she was an MP for the People’s Party for Freedom and Independence (VVD), the famous ‘pillarisation’ approach to immigration — where each new culture becomes a pillar upon which the state rests — has given way to a ‘new realism’, much more in tune with Hirsi Ali’s way of thinking, and in part because of her. In Britain and in America, Ayaan Hirsi Ali has become a sort of popstar for neocons, and she now lives in Washington, and works as a fellow of the American Enterprise Institute.

But is she right? And what does ‘war with Islam’ mean? I went to find out; to meet Ayaan Hirsi Ali in the House of Lords on a bitter and blustery afternoon last week, bustling past the police, down the corridors of partial power, to the visitors’ room where she was waiting. We haven’t got much time, so can we dive straight into Islam? I ask. ‘Yes, absolutely, go ahead,’ she smiles. Up close she is disconcertingly beautiful, and fragile-looking. OK then, right. Well, you say that Islam is a violent religion, because the Prophet advocated violence. But isn’t that open to interpretation? I ask. Karen Armstrong, (a non-Muslim biographer of Mohammed) has said the Prophet was a loving man who’d have been horrified at 9/11.

‘Karen Armstrong is ridiculous,’ says Hirsi Ali in her quick, light voice — Africa still audible in the clipped consonants. ‘The Prophet would have not have disapproved of 9/11, because it was carried out in his example. When he came to Medina, the Prophet had a revelation, of jihad. After that, it became an obligation for Muslims to convert others, and to establish an Islamic state, by the sword if necessary.’

But there is such a thing as moderate Islam, I say. Muslims aren’t all terrorists. There are some like Ed Husain (author of The Islamist) who argue that there are many peaceful traditions of Koranic scholarship to choose from. Isn’t it a mistake to dismiss this gentler, acceptable branch of Islam?

‘I find the word “moderate” very misleading.’ There’s a touch of steel in Hirsi Ali’s voice. ‘I don’t believe there is such a thing as “moderate Islam”. I think it’s better to talk about degrees of belief and degrees of practice. The Koran is quite clear that it should control every area of life. If a Muslim chooses to obey only some of the Prophet’s commandments, he is only a partial Muslim. If he is a good Muslim, he will wish to establish Sharia law.’

But I don’t call myself a ‘partial Christian’ just because I don’t take the whole Bible literally, I say. Why can’t a Muslim pick and choose his scriptures too? Before Hirsi Ali can answer, the door to the waiting room flies open and a House of Lords doorman stands theatrically on the threshold. ‘You must stop this interview immediately!’ he says. Why? Is there a breach of security? A terrorist threat? ‘I have not received authorisation for it,’ he says. But we’re here with a peer, I say. I’m sure he has cleared it. ‘Please proceed to the waiting area in silence.’ So off we trudge to the foyer to sit by a fake fire — ‘it’s much nicer here, anyway,’ says Hirsi Ali kindly — and to continue our discussion about the superiority of the free, enlightened West in urgent whispers behind my rucksack.

‘Christianity is different from Islam,’ says Hirsi Ali, ‘because it allows you to question it. It probably wasn’t different in the past, but it is now. Christians — at least Christians in a liberal democracy — have accepted, after Thomas Hobbes, that they must obey the secular rule of law; that there must be a separation of church and state. In Islamic doctrine such a separation has not occurred yet. This is what makes it dangerous! Islam — all Islam, not just Islamism — has not acknowledged that it must obey secular law. Islam is hostile to reason.’

Ayaan Hirsi Ali’s eyes are now aglow. She is a terrific believer in reason. For her, Western civilisation is built on the bedrock not of Judaeo-Christian values, but of logic. After seeking asylum in Holland, she spent five years at Leiden university studying political science, absorbing the Enlightenment philosophers — Spinoza, Hobbes, Voltaire — and she mentions them fondly, as if they’re family. But there’s a steely side to her atheism, which says with Voltaire: Ecraser l’infâme! During a recent debate with Ed Husain, as Husain was explaining his moderate Islam, she began to laugh at him, saying: ‘When you die you rot, Ed! There is no afterlife, Ed!’ And it makes me wonder whether, for Hirsi Ali, Islam’s crime is as much against reason as humanity; whether she sees the point of spirituality at all.

Are you so sure you understand what is at the heart of Islam? I ask her. Isn’t there a peaceful prayerfulness — apart from the politics — that an atheist might not understand? ‘I was a Muslim once, remember, and it was when I was most devout that I was most full of hate,’ she says.

OK then, you talk about your conscience, and how your conscience was pricked by 9/11. But if there’s no God, what do you mean by a conscience? And why should we obey it?

‘My conscience is informed by reason,’ says Hirsi Ali, surprised I should ask. ‘It’s like Kant’s categorical imperative: behave to others as you would wish they behaved to you.’

I say, so let’s assume Islam is hostile and not open to reason, that it needs to be wiped out. The next question then is how? We can’t just ban it. Isn’t it destructive to curtail freedom so much in the interests of protecting it? Don’t you risk loving freedom to death?

Hirsi Ali looks at me with pity. ‘You, here in the UK, are in danger. Of course you can’t ban Islam outright, but you need to stop the spread of ideology, stop native Westerners converting to Islam. You definitely need to ban the veil in schools, and to close down Muslim schools because that’s where kids are indoctrinated.’

But, what about freedom of belief and free speech? I ask (with a nervous look at the doorman). And if you close down Muslim schools, don’t you, by the same logic, have to close all faith schools?

‘Islam is different from other faiths because it is not just a faith, it is a political ideology. Children learn that Allah is the lawgiver, and that is a political statement. You wouldn’t allow the BNP to run a school, would you?’

But if we crack down like this, won’t it make Muslims angry? I say, thinking about terrorists and my safety. ‘Well perhaps anger is no bad thing,’ says Hirsi Ali, thinking about ordinary Muslims, and their enlightenment. ‘Perhaps it’ll make Muslims more aware, help them question their beliefs. If we keep on asking questions, maybe Muslim women will realise, as I did, that they don’t have to be second-class citizens.’

Ayaan Hirsi Ali is on her favourite topic now (the subjection of women), leaning forward, gesticulating. And as she talks I realise (belatedly) what makes her different from her neocon pals. Whereas they seem motivated by fear of Muslims, she is out to protect Muslims from submission to unreason. When she speaks of a ‘war against Islam’, she’s thinking not of armies of insurgents, but of an ideological virus, in the same way a doctor might talk of the battle against typhoid. ‘Yes, I am at war with Islam,’ she says, as she gets up to leave, ‘but I am not at war with Muslims.’ It’s a crucial difference.

It’s teatime now and the House of Lords hallway is suddenly full of peers’ wives chattering, shaking their brollies. Sorry about all these women in headscarves, I say unnecessarily, as I shake her hand goodbye. ‘Don’t worry,’ says Ayaan Hirsi Ali, ‘It’s not the hijab, the headscarves are just to protect them against the rain!’ And she walks off, laughing.

The Spectator, 22 Old Queen Street, London, SW1H 9HP. All Articles and Content Copyright ©2007 by The Spectator (1828) Ltd. All Rights Reserved

http://tinyurl.com/2u4aqt

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


“Pro-Life” Candidates Should Put Up Or Shut Up

November 29, 2007


“Pro-Life” Candidates Should Put Up Or Shut Up

By Pastor Chuck Baldwin

November 30, 2007

NewsWithViews.com


http://www.newswithviews.com/baldwin/baldwin415.htm

Please consider this scenario. Several youngsters are drowning in a neighborhood lake. They are thrashing the water and crying out for help. There is a large, heavy raft nearby that could be used to rescue the drowning youths, but it would take several people to haul it into the water and then row it out to the victims.

Now, as it happens, there are more than enough people standing around the lake whose combined efforts would be more than adequate to rescue the drowning young people. Instead of grabbing the life raft and heading out to save the victims, however, they all start making speeches.

One by one, the would-be rescuers holler out that they believe in life; they believe in saving the lives of the drowning young people. They are all “pro-life.” The only problem is, none of them grabs the raft and actually attempts to save the victims. So, here is the sixty-four million dollar question: are these people really “pro-life”? Do they really want to save the victims, or are they simply pro-life pretenders who only want to talk about saving lives but not actually do anything about it?

There is no one reading this column who would accept the pro-life rhetoric of the people around the lake as justification for not grabbing the life raft and actually saving the lives of those who were drowning. Then, why do “pro-life” conservatives accept the rhetoric of Republican politicians when there is no action to back it up?

If Mitt Romney, John McCain, Fred Thompson, and Mike Huckabee are truly “pro-life,” they need to do more than just talk. They need to put up or shut up!

Ladies and gentlemen, it doesn’t take some magical Supreme Court appointment to overturn Roe v. Wade and end abortion-on-demand. If all the Republicans who keep telling us that they are “pro-life” (including President George W. Bush) were really pro-life, then why, in spite of having had ample time and opportunity to end the abortion holocaust, have they not done so?

In fact, the GOP has controlled the U.S. Supreme Court since the infamous Roe v. Wade ruling that legalized abortion-on-demand was handed down in 1973. That means GOP appointments have dominated the Court for over thirty years, and yet abortion-on-demand is still the law of the land.

Beyond that, for six years (2000-2006), “pro-life” Republicans controlled the entire federal government. And, for six years, millions of unborn babies cried their silent screams as the abortionists’ scalpels ripped their little bodies apart in abortuaries throughout America. And to use my opening analogy, all these “pro-life” Republicans did was stand by the side of the lake and talk “pro-life,” while the youngsters drowned in front of their eyes. During all this time, the life raft sat unused on the shore.

Dear reader, the life raft for the millions of unborn babies victimized by abortion-on-demand is the U.S. Constitution. However, we have a bunch of arrogant and conceited imbeciles in Washington, D.C., who have neither the smarts nor guts to use this wonderful life raft. It seems that the vast majority of them have absolutely no knowledge of the Constitution–even though each and every one of them takes an oath to preserve, protect, and defend it.

The only presidential candidate who has a commitment to saving the lives of unborn babies and who understands the constitutional authority of Congress to end abortion-on-demand is Texas Congressman Ron Paul (with the exception of Alan Keyes, who recently announced his candidacy). You read it right. At this point, John McCain is all talk; Mitt Romney is all talk; Fred Thompson is all talk. And even Mike Huckabee is all talk.

Huckabee says that when he was Governor of Arkansas he required parental notification for abortions, required a woman give informed consent before having an abortion, and required a woman be told that her baby would experience pain and be given the option of anesthesia for her baby. (Source: Mike Huckabee’s website) While this is commendable, none of Huckabee’s actions did anything to actually end abortion-on-demand.

When it comes to ending abortion-on-demand and overturning Roe v. Wade, the only thing Mike Huckabee (and the rest of the Republican presidential candidates, save Ron Paul and Alan Keyes) will say is that they will appoint the right judges, as if they have no power as President to do anything else. (Good grief! Even Rudy Giuliani says as much.) My friends, these “pro-life” Republicans are either woefully ignorant themselves or they are pulling the proverbial wool over our eyes.

Ron Paul seems to be the only presidential candidate who understands that under Article. III. Section. 2., the Constitution gives to the Congress of the United States the power to hold rogue courts in check and to overturn outlandish rulings such as Roe v. Wade.

Accordingly, Ron Paul has introduced and reintroduced the Sanctity of Life Act (including in the current Congress). If passed, this Bill would recognize the personhood of all unborn babies by declaring that “human life shall be deemed to exist from conception.” The Bill also recognizes the authority of each State to protect the lives of unborn children. In addition, this Bill would remove abortion from the jurisdiction of the Court, thereby nullifying the Roe v. Wade decision. The Bill would also deny funding for abortion providers. In plain language, the Bill would overturn Roe v. Wade and end abortion-on-demand.

Is it not more than interesting that “pro-life” President George W. Bush, along with the “pro-life” Republican Party leadership of both houses of Congress, refused–and continues to refuse–to support Ron Paul’s Sanctity of Life Act? In addition, not a single “pro-life” presidential candidate outside of Ron Paul has even bothered to mention the Sanctity of Life Act, much less aggressively call for its implementation with a promise that, if elected President, he would sign it into law. Not Huckabee; not McCain; not Thompson; not Romney; none of them!

Why did John McCain not introduce Dr. Paul’s Sanctity of Life bill in the U.S. Senate? Why have Mike Huckabee, Mitt Romney, and Fred Thompson not committed to use the power of the bully pulpit of the White House to push Congress to implement this Act? Again, either these men are ignorant of their constitutional duties and responsibilities (in which case, they are unqualified for the office of President) or they are not truly serious about overturning Roe v. Wade and ending abortion-on-demand (in which case, they are conservative phonies and frauds).

I say again, it is time for “pro-life” Republicans to put up or shut up!

Beyond that, it is time for Christian conservatives to stop being so gullible. We need to start looking beyond eloquent rhetoric and campaign clichés. We need to begin demanding results.

Every four years, Republicans trot out a conservative façade during an election season for the purpose of obtaining the votes of susceptible Christians. And every four years, conservative Christians–like starving catfish–take the bait: hook, line, and sinker.

“Save us from the monster,” seems to be the cry of well-meaning–but easily manipulated–conservatives. The “monster” is whoever the Democrats nominate, of course. But, ladies and gentlemen, the Republican Party has done absolutely nothing to change the course of the country. Nothing! In fact, it has only gotten worse with Republicans in charge.

Ron Paul is the only candidate running against the status quo. He is the only candidate who takes his oath to the Constitution seriously. He is the only candidate who, if elected, would actually turn the country around. A Ron Paul victory would launch a new American revolution: a revolution of freedom and independence such as we have not seen since 1776. Furthermore, among the major Republican presidential contenders, Ron Paul is the only candidate whose pro-life commitment extends beyond rhetoric.

(c) Chuck Baldwin

PS. One further note regarding Mike Huckabee. He will not win the GOP nomination, but what he will do is wind up endorsing (or perhaps even being selected as the Vice Presidential candidate) whichever Republican candidate wins the nomination–even if he is a pro-abortion candidate. Thus, he will fulfill his role in this election: to bring Christian conservatives into the Republican fold, even without a commitment to the life issue by their standard-bearer. In other words, Huckabee is the establishment’s guy to make sure that the Christian conservatives stay “in line.”

© 2007 Chuck Baldwin – All Rights Reserved

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale


Chuck Baldwin is Founder-Pastor of Crossroads Baptist Church in Pensacola, Florida. In 1985 the church was recognized by President Ronald Reagan for its unusual growth and influence.

Dr. Baldwin is the host of a lively, hard-hitting syndicated radio talk show on the Genesis Communications Network called, “Chuck Baldwin Live” This is a daily, one hour long call-in show in which Dr. Baldwin addresses current event topics from a conservative Christian point of view. Pastor Baldwin writes weekly articles on the internet http://www.ChuckBaldwinLive.com and newspapers.

To learn more about his radio talk show please visit his web site at: www.chuckbaldwinlive.com. When responding, please include your name, city and state.

E-mail: chuck@chuckbaldwinlive.com

 


 

Home

http://www.newswithviews.com/baldwin/baldwin415.htm

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~


Bush renews pledge to back Israel if Iran attacks

November 29, 2007

Bush renews pledge to back Israel if Iran attacks Thursday, 29th November 2007

WASHINGTON (Reuters) – President George W. Bush on Wednesday reiterated his pledge the United States would defend Israel if it was attacked by Iran, a country whose president has urged that the Jewish state be “wiped off the map.”

“I have made it clear that … we will support our ally Israel if attacked by Iran,” Bush said in an interview with CNN that comes on the heels of a Middle East summit aimed at rekindling peace talks between Israel and Palestinians.

“I hope it doesn’t happen,” he said.

Still, Bush said he took seriously the various comments by Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad about Israel. Ahmadinejad has questioned whether the genocide by the Nazis against Jews took place, one of a number of comments that have fueled international criticism.

The United States and other Western powers have accused Tehran of seeking nuclear weapons under the cover of a nuclear energy program, a charge Iran denies. The White House has also accused Iran of aiding insurgents in neighboring Iraq.

Iran’s top authority, Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, denounced the Middle East peace talks and said they were “doomed to failure.” Iran was not invited to the talks but several other Arab neighbors participated in the three-day conference.


Obama: I’m Not Muslim

November 29, 2007

Obama: I’m Not Muslim

Last Update: 1:56 pm

Print Story | Email Story

Experience more news: Video | Photos

United Press International

Obama, a member of the United Church of Christ, is fending off claims circulating among the conservative right that he is a Muslim trained at Islamic schools in Indonesia, The Washington Post said Thursday.

Obama, D-Ill., often speaks of his childhood in Indonesia and notes his paternal grandfather was a Muslim.

With religious affiliation at the center of the presidential campaign, polls show a rising anti-Muslim sentiment in politics.

An August poll by the Pew Research Center for the People and the Press said 45 percent of those polled would be oppose a Muslim presidential candidate, while 25 percent responded in kind about a Mormon candidate, such as the GOP’s former Massachusetts Gov. Mitt Romney, and 16 percent opposed to an evangelical Christian, the Post said.

Conservative voices circulated rumors that Obama spent at least four years in a so-called madrassa, or Muslim seminary, in Indonesia and Rush Limbaugh said in September he gets confused between Obama and Osama bin Laden.

Obama continually denies the rumors, telling an audience in Iowa, “If I were a Muslim, I would let you know.”

Photo Copyright Getty Images

© YellowBrix, Inc. Copyright 1997-2007


McCain Peddles False History, Takes Cheap Shot at Ron Paul

November 29, 2007

Infowars.net – Printer Friendly / Low Graphics Page


McCain Peddles False History, Takes Cheap Shot at Ron Paul

Kurt Nimmo
Prison Planet
Thursday, November 29, 2007

 

As if to desperately claw his way back into the limelight, almost forgotten presidential candidate John McCain attacked Ron Paul during the CNN/YouTube debate. It looked more like “an episode of Jerry Springer than a presidential debate,” notes Crooks & Liars. “Senator John McCain was asked a question about taxes and decided to go way off topic and attack Rep. Ron Paul for his stance on Iraq and wanting to bring the troops home.” Instead, it looked like a classic drive-by, a crass attempt to discredit Ron Paul, a break-away candidate with a good chance of taking the Republican nomination.

In his attack, John McCain comes off as a blithering idiot, not that many probably noticed. McCain, citing the long ago discredited official history, declared Ron Paul to be an isolationist and World War II the fault of American isolationism, a claim so out of touch with reality as to be speculative fiction.

“Mussolini enjoyed a great deal of admiration in corporate America from the moment he came to power in a coup that was hailed stateside as ‘a fine young revolution,’” writes the historian Jacques R. Pauwels. “In the 1920s many big American corporations enjoyed sizeable investments in Germany…. By the early 1930s, an élite of about twenty of the largest American corporations had a German connection including Du Pont, Union Carbide, Westinghouse, General Electric, Gilette, Goodrich, Singer, Eastman Kodak, Coca-Cola, IBM, and ITT.”

Finally, many American law firms, investment companies, and banks were deeply involved in America’s investment offensive in Germany, among them the renowned Wall Street law firm Sullivan & Cromwell, and the banks J. P. Morgan and Dillon, Read and Company, as well as the Union Bank of New York, owned by Brown Brothers & Harriman. The Union Bank was intimately linked with the financial and industrial empire of German steel magnate Thyssen, whose financial support enabled Hitler to come to power. This bank was managed by Prescott Bush, grandfather of George W. Bush. Prescott Bush was allegedly also an eager supporter of Hitler, funnelled money to him via Thyssen, and in return made considerable profits by doing business with Nazi Germany; with the profits he launched his son, the later president, in the oil business.

In other words, the United States was not isolationist, as McCain claims, but was in bed with fascism. Prescott Bush’s relationship with the Hitler regime is more than an allegation, it is a fact entombed in the U.S. National Archives, although “little of Bush’s dealings with Germany has received public scrutiny, partly because of the secret status of the documentation involving him,” according to Ben Aris and Duncan Campbell, writing for the Guardian. The documents “reveal that the firm [Prescott Bush] worked for, Brown Brothers Harriman (BBH), acted as a US base for the German industrialist, Fritz Thyssen, who helped finance Hitler in the 1930s before falling out with him at the end of the decade. The Guardian has seen evidence that shows Bush was the director of the New York-based Union Banking Corporation (UBC) that represented Thyssen’s US interests and he continued to work for the bank after America entered the war.”

As Robert Lederman notes, the Bush family was far more involved in the banking business of the Nazi regime than even the Guardian would have us believe. “As senior managers of Brown Brothers Harriman, [the Bush family] had to have known that their American clients, such as the Rockefellers, were investing heavily in German corporations, including Thyssen’s giant Vereinigte Stahlwerke. As noted historian Christopher Simpson repeatedly documents, it is a matter of public record that Brown Brother’s investments in Nazi Germany took place under the Bush family stewardship…. The enormous sums of money deposited into the Union Bank prior to 1942 is the best evidence that Prescott Bush knowingly served as a money launderer” for both the Nazis and the Rockefellers. “If Union Bank was not the conduit for laundering the Rockefeller’s Nazi investments back to America, then how could the Rockefeller-controlled Chase Manhattan Bank end up owning 31% of the Thyssen group after the war?”

It should be noted that this money laundering was accomplished under the aegis of Bernhard of Lippe-Biesterfeld, the Dutch monarch, who proudly served in the German Reiter SS Corps. Prince Bernhard also worked for IG Farben, the chemical company married to Standard Oil, that is to say the Rockefellers.

Lederman concludes:

The bottom line is harsh: It is bad enough that the Bush family helped raise the money for Thyssen to give Hitler his start in the 1920’s, but giving aid and comfort to the enemy in time of war is treason. The Bush’s bank helped the Thyssens make the Nazi steel that killed allied soldiers. As bad as financing the Nazi war machine may seem, aiding and abetting the Holocaust was worse. Thyssen’s coal mines used Jewish slaves as if they were disposable chemicals. There are six million skeletons in the Thyssen family closet, and a myriad of criminal and historical questions to be answered about the Bush family’s complicity.

In short, McCain should be accusing the head of his party, George W. Bush, or his family, of causing World War II, not the sort of “isolationism” Ron Paul supposedly advocates. But then, of course, John McCain is a neocon, albeit one who will soon drop from sight in the presidential campaign, as increasing numbers of people realize Ron Paul is the only viable candidate, one who is not so much “isolationist” as dedicated to constitutional principles.

It was George Washington who wisely stated that the country must avoid “foreign entanglements” and “foreign alliances, attachments, and intrigues,” as “overgrown military establishments” are, “under any form of government… inauspicious to liberty, and which are to be regarded as particularly hostile to republican liberty.”

John McCain, however, does not represent “republican liberty,” but instead its obverse: neocon military totalitarianism, both abroad and at home.

If elected in 2008, Ron Paul will put an end to all of this destructive nonsense.


Copyright © Infowars.net All rights reserved.

Printed from: http://www.prisonplanet.com/articles/november2007/291107_b_mccain.htm


Ron Paul’s Headshake At McCain….

November 29, 2007

Ron Paul’s Headshake At McCain….

http://tinyurl.com/2erlv6

CLick-Above, Please!

~~~~~~~~~~

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


Decisions to name storms draw concern

November 29, 2007

Decisions to name storms draw concern
http://tinyurl.com/38gqpn
With another hurricane season set to end this Friday, a controversy is brewing over decisions of the National Hurricane Center to designate several borderline systems as tropical storms.

Some meteorologists, including former hurricane center director Neil Frank, say as many as six of this year’s 14 named tropical systems might have failed in earlier decades to earn “named storm” status.

“They seem to be naming storms a lot more than they used to,” said Frank, who directed the hurricane center from 1974 to 1987 and is now chief meteorologist for KHOU-TV. “This year, I would put at least four storms in a very questionable category, and maybe even six.”

Most of the storms in question briefly had tropical storm-force winds of at least 39 mph. But their central pressure — another measure of intensity — suggested they actually remained depressions or were non-tropical systems.

Any inconsistencies in the naming of tropical storms and hurricanes have significance far beyond semantics.

The number of a season’s named storms forms the foundation of historical records used to determine trends in hurricane activity. Insurance companies use these trends to set homeowners’ rates. And such information is vital to scientists trying to determine whether global warming has had a measurable impact on hurricane activity.

Forecasters at the hurricane center deny there’s any inconsistency in the practice of naming tropical storms.

“For at least the last two decades, I am certain most, if not all, the storms named this year would have also been named,” said Bill Read, deputy director of the Miami-based center.

What everyone agrees has changed is the ability of meteorologists to more accurately analyze tropical systems, thanks to an increased number of reconnaissance flights with sophisticated tools and the presence of more satellites to monitor storms from above.

Scientists generally agree that prior to the late 1970s and widespread satellite coverage, hurricane watchers annually missed one to three tropical storms that developed far from land or were short-lived.

But this season’s large number of minimal tropical storms whose winds exceeded 39 mph for only a short period has ignited a separate debate: whether even more modern technology and a change in philosophy has artificially inflated the number of storms in recent years.

Launch of QuikSCAT A case in point is Tropical Storm Chantal, a short-lived system that formed in late July south of Nova Scotia and moved toward the northeast, out to sea.

Some meteorologists say the storm was never a tropical system at all, because it formed well out of the tropics. Others say it wouldn’t have been named before the 1999 launch of the QuikSCAT satellite, which measures surface winds and alerted forecasters to Chantal’s organization.

“Without QuikSCAT, Chantal might never have gotten named,” said Jeff Masters, a meteorologist and founder of The Weather Underground Web site, a popular resource for tracking hurricanes.

As the technology to observe storms has grown better, the definition of a tropical storm has remained unchanged. Such systems have a center of low pressure with a closed circulation, organized bands of thunderstorms and winds of at least 39 mph. Storms are upgraded to hurricanes when their winds reach 74 mph.

In earlier years before widespread satellite coverage, the hurricane center placed more emphasis on measurements of central pressure than wind speeds in designating tropical storms and giving those systems names, Frank said. Central pressures and wind speed are related, but the relationship isn’t absolute.

Frank said he prefers using central pressure, because it can be directly measured by aircraft dropping an instrument into a tropical system.

If a reconnaissance plane had measured a wind speed above 39 mph during Frank’s tenure, the system would not automatically have been named. His forecasters might have waited a day to see if the central pressure fell, he said, to ensure that the system really was a tropical storm.

That practice probably would have prevented some systems, such as Tropical Storm Jerry, from getting named this year, Frank said. After being upgraded, Jerry remained a tropical storm for less than a day in the northern Atlantic.

“In the past, we would have waited to see if another observation supported naming the system,” Frank said. “We would have been a little more conservative.”

Data inconsistencies The apparent change in the philosophy of naming systems has rankled some longtime hurricane watchers. Jill Hasling, president of Houston’s Weather Research Center, said comparing the number of tropical storms and hurricanes today with the historical record is almost impossible.

But Read, of the hurricane center, believes wind speeds are the true indicator of a tropical system’s status. Now that more accurate wind measurements are available, it only makes sense to use the best technology to quickly determine if a system has reached tropical storm strength, he said.

“An oncologist today would use the latest technology for determining and assessing one’s cancer,” Read said. “Would you use a doctor who only used X-rays instead of the latest MRI?”

Inconsistencies with the data have plagued scientists trying to determine whether global warming has increased the number or intensity of hurricanes.

In fact, there are reasons to believe that historical storms have been overcounted as well as undercounted, said Judith Curry, chair of the School of Earth and Atmospheric Sciences at the Georgia Institute of Technology.

Before satellites, scientists had few ways to tell the difference between tropical systems and non-tropical storms. As a result, some non-tropical storms probably were named.

“The bottom line is that, yes, we do have errors in tropical cyclone counts,” said Curry. “But it is not clear whether this adds a net negative or positive bias to any trend.”
http://tinyurl.com/38gqpn

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


CNN Debates Reveal Strong, Long Clinton Ties

November 29, 2007

CNN Debates Reveal Strong, Long Clinton Ties

CNN earned the reputation of being the “Clinton News Network” long ago. Wolf Blitzer and Company carried Bill and Hillary Clinton water during their two terms in the White House, so no one should be surprised that CNN is doing it now. The two most recent debates broadcast demonstrate the shameless collusion with the Clinton machine and the Democratic Party.

In the Democratic debate, Wolf acted more like a lamb after being warned by Clinton campaign officials not to pull a “Russert” on their candidate, that is, to ask a tough question. Blitzer complied, meekly giving Mrs. Clinton the opportunity to give a poll-tested, one-word answer about New York Governor Elliot Spitzer’s plan to give drivers’ licenses to illegal immigrants, the query she tripped over in the previous debate and not follow up. The charade included a plethora of “undecided voters” who turned out to be partisan activists reciting planted questions. The discovery of the fraud brought a Clintonian wave of denials, then admissions and finally promised not to repeat the offense.

Yet in the Republican debate hosted by CNN, the network chose a handful of YouTube video questions from thousands of submissions that “just happened” to be from Democratic activists and political operatives. So far, bloggers have discovered four such phony questioners:

Concerned Young Undecided Person “Journey” = John Edwards supporter “Journey”
Concerned Undecided Log Cabin Republican supporter David Cercone = Obama supporter David Cercone
Concerned Undecided Mom LeeAnn Anderson = Activist for the John Edwards-endorsing United Steelworkers union LeeAnn Anderson
Concerned Undecided Gay Military Retiree Brig. Gen. Keith H. Kerr = Hillary/Kerry supporter and anti-”Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell” activist Keith H. Kerr

CNN not only selected Gen. Kerr’s question, but …
Continues, Please Click Below…
http://tinyurl.com/28aeyb

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


The Essence of Liberty #193, Professor Yeager and 100 Percent Gold

November 29, 2007


Jimmy T. LaBaume, PhD, ChFC is a full professor teaching economics and statistics in the School of Agricultural and Natural Resource Sciences, Sul Ross State University, Alpine, TX. He wishes to make it abundantly clear that he does not speak for Sul Ross State University and Sul Ross State University does not think for him.

Dr. LaBaume has lived in Mexico and spent extended periods of time in South and Central America as a researcher, consultant and educator.

“Gunny” LaBaume is a decorated veteran of the Vietnam War and Desert Storm. His Marine Corps career spanned some 35 years intermittently from 1962 until 1997 when he refused to re-enlist with less than 2 years to go to a good retirement. In his own words, he “simply got tired of being guilty of treason.”

He is also currently the publisher and managing editor of FlyoverPress.com, a daily e-source of news not seen or head anywhere on the mainstream media. He can be reached at jlabaume@sulross.edu.
***********************
http://www.flyoverpress.com
editor@flyoverpress.com
~~~~~


The Essence of Liberty: Part 193 (1)
 

Compiled by 

Dr. Jimmy T. (Gunny) LaBaume 

A Summary of Rothbard, Murray N. The Case For A 100 Percent GOLD DOLLAR by Jimmy T. LaBaume and Toni Jolin 

(The complete book is available for download at http://www.mises.org/story/1829 ) 

Professor Yeager and 100 Percent Gold

One of the most important discussions of the 100% gold standard is by Professor Leland Yeager. “The main objections to the gold standard are its vulnerability to great and sudden deflations and difficulties that national authorities face when a specie drain abroad threatens domestic bank reserves and forces contraction.” Yeager recognizes that none of these problems would exist with a 100% gold standard.

Yeager points out that the problem with fractional-reserves are due to the fractional reserve nature of the gold standard and not gold itself. The problem arises from the fact that individual actions no longer automatically insure the proper distribution of the gold supply. Then add central banking and you make things worse. Yeager concedes that, whether the Central Bank amplifies, remains indifferent or “offsets” gold flows, its behavior is not compatible with the principles of the full-fledged gold standard. Despite this view, he still flatly rejects a 100% gold standard in favor of freely fluctuating fiat money. He does this because, in his view, “only with fiat money can each governmental unit stabilize the price level in its own area in times of depression.”

But, a policy of stabilization is both fallacious and disastrous. To illustrate how a “stabilization” policy might work, consider a steel union in a certain area that causes unemployment by keeping its wage rates up, even though prices have fallen. Not only is this unjust, it also causes misallocations and distortions of production. Furthermore, it is futile to try to solve the problem by forcing consumers to pay higher prices.

Now, with reference to freely floating fiat moneys, if we push the logic to its reductio ad absurdum, the ultimate in freely fluctuating fiat money would be a different money issued by each and every individual. Although this could never come about on a free market, assume for a moment that it did. The world would be back to a very complex and chaotic barter and world trade would essentially cease.

Finally, Professor Yeager wonders why such “orthodox liberals” as Mises insisted on the “monetary internationalism” of the gold standard. One reason is because they favored monetary freedom rather than government management and manipulation of money. Secondly they favored the existence of money as compared to barter because they believed that money is one of the greatest and most significant features of the modern market economy—indeed of civilization itself.

Our alternatives are stark. We can either return to gold or we can pursue the fiat path and return to barter. Ultimately civilization itself may very well be at stake.

Next Previous


Copyright ©2004, FlyoverPress.com

Jimmy T. LaBaume, PhD, ChFC is a full professor teaching economics and statistics in the School of Agricultural and Natural Resource Sciences, Sul Ross State University, Alpine, TX. He does not speak for Sul Ross State University. Sul Ross State University does not think for him.

Dr. LaBaume has lived in Mexico and spent extended periods of time in South and Central America as a researcher, consultant and educator.

“Gunny” LaBaume is a decorated veteran of the Vietnam War and Desert Storm. His Marine Corps career spanned some 35 years intermittently from 1962 until 1997 when he refused to re-enlist with less than 2 years to go to a good retirement. In his own words, he “simply got tired of being guilty of treason.”

He is also currently the publisher and managing editor of FlyoverPress.com, a daily e-source of news not seen or heard anywhere on the mainstream media. He can be reached at jlabaume@sulross.edu.

Permission is granted to forward as you wish, circulate among individuals or groups, post on all Internet sites and publish in the print media as long as the article is published in full, including the author’s name and contact information and the URL www.flyoverpress.com.

FlyoverPress.com can be contacted at editor@flyoverpress.com


*Note: We hold no special government issued licenses or permits. We don’t accept government subsidies, bailouts, low-cost loans, insurance, or other privileges. We don’t lobby for laws that hurt our competitors. We actively oppose protectionism and invite all foreign competitors to try to under price us. We do not lobby for tariffs, quotas, or anti-dumping laws. We do not support the government’s budget deficits: we hold no government or agency securities.


HOME

E-mail

To Subscribe to our daily e-mail alert service, send an e-mail with the word “subscribe” on the subject line.

OUR SPONSORS


Options for Homeland Defense, Inc.

Professional Firearms Training at its finest.

Private and Descrete

Liberty Knows No Compromise

Protecting Liberty Through Private Firearms Ownership


AMERICAN LAPEL PINS & EMBLEMS, INC. has a large selection of patriotic lapel and hat pens, embroderied patches, badges, and service awards.

They also do custom work and can make just about anything. Your own pin complete with your logo or motto.

Visit their site.


The Warrior’s Press, Inc.

Military Manuals and Correspondence Courses

Infantry, Armor, Recon, Special Forces, Seals

Weapons; Tactics; Security; Intelligence; Nuclear, Biological and Chemical Warfare

We also carry a selection of unusual, outrageous and even banned books

Liberty Knows No Compromise

© Flyover Press All Rights Reserved.

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


Naomi Wolf: America’s Fascist Coup Owes Legacy To Bush’s Nazi Grandfather

November 29, 2007

Naomi Wolf: America’s Fascist Coup Owes Legacy To Bush’s Nazi Grandfather
Author of “10 steps” speaks publicly for the first time about origins of modern-day tyranny

Paul Joseph Watson
Prison Planet
Thursday, November 29, 2007

digg_title = ‘Americas Fascist Coup Has Origins In Bushs Nazi Grandfather’; digg_bodytext = ‘Author Naomi Wolf, who made headlines earlier this year after she identified the ten steps to fascism that were being followed to a tee by the Bush administration, spoke publicly for the first time yesterday about the origins of what we see unfolding today, Prescott Bushs attempt to launch a Nazi coup in 1930s America.’;

Author Naomi Wolf, who made headlines earlier this year after she identified the ten steps to fascism that were being followed to a tee by the Bush administration, spoke publicly for the first time yesterday about the origins of what we see unfolding today, Prescott Bush’s attempt to launch a Nazi coup in 1930’s America.

Speaking on the Alex Jones Show, Wolf said that she was first alerted to begin researching America’s slide into fascism when her friend, the daughter of a Holocaust survivor, warned her that the same events that laid the foundations for the rise of the Third Reich in early 1930’s Germany, when it was still a Parliamentary democracy, were being mirrored in modern-day America.

“A small group of people began very systematically to use the law and dismantle the Constitution and put pressure on citizens to subvert the law – and that opened the door for everything that followed,” said Wolf.

“When I started reading, not only are tactics and strategy being reproduced exactly right now by the Bush administration – but actual sound bytes and language and images and scenarios are being reproduced,” she added. Wolf’s essay, Fascist America, In 10 Easy Steps, has received plaudits for how it succinctly describes the ways in which dictatorships the world over throughout the 20th century have evolved by following the exact same blueprint for tyranny that we see unfolding in America today.

“Everybody that wants to close down a Democracy does the exact same ten things, the same classic steps and unfortunately we’re starting to see these ten steps being put in place in the United States,” said Wolf.

For the first time publicly, Wolf traced the origins of contemporary developments back to President Bush’s Nazi grandfather, Prescott Bush, and his plan to launch a fascist coup in the 1930’s.

“There was a scheme in the 30’s and Prescott Bush was one of the leaders of this scheme, an industrialist who admired fascism and thought that was a good idea – to have a coup in the United States along the lines of the coup they saw taking place in Italy and Germany,” said Wolf, referring to the testimony of Marine Corps Maj.-Gen. Smedley Butler, who was approached by a wealthy and secretive group of industrialists and bankers, including Prescott Bush – the current President’s grandfather, who asked him to command a 500,000 strong rogue army of veterans that would help stage a coup to topple then President Franklin Delano Roosevelt.


Prescott Bush and George Herbert Walker Bush.

A recent BBC radio report confirmed that there was an attempted coup led by Prescott Bush.

“Smedley Butler had been involved with violent regime change throughout his career, but he was approached by these conspirators, including Prescott Bush, and he outed them and he testified to Congress that they were planning a coup in the United States – it’s in the Congressional record,” said Wolf, adding that the coup was being bankrolled by German industrialist and one of Hitler’s chief financiers Fritz Thyssen.

“What is amazing to me and resonant to me is that when the Nuremberg trials were finally put in place, these Nazi industrialists, some of whom had colluded with Americans including IBM, were about to be brought to trial and sent to prison – there was a moment at which they were going to look into turning the spotlight on their American partners,” said Wolf.

The author added that laws such as the Military Commissions Act of 2006 were consciously designed to protect current President Bush and his co-conspirators from being indicted for war crimes, harking back to Prescott Bush’s history.

“The family history is that you can make so much money uniting corporate interests with a fascist state that violently represses people, that’s why when I saw the recycling of so much Nazi language, Nazi tactics, Nazi strategies, Nazi imagery in the Bush White House and then finally belatedly people brought to me this history of Prescott Bush’s attempted coup and Smedley Butler’s revelations – it gives me absolute chills,” said Wolf.

———————————————————————————-
ENDGAME 1.5: THE PhD COURSE IN UNDERSTANDING THE GLOBAL ELITE
Endgame 1.5 documents how the global elite are seizing the infrastructure of the United States as part of a long-term plan to integrate the U.S. with Canada and Mexico.
Watch it online at Prison Planet.tv!

———————————————————————————-

The fact that Bush’s grandfather was a Nazi cannot be presented alone as proof that President Bush is carrying on the legacy, but his policies and rhetoric, which in her essay Wolf clearly documents are borrowed from the Nazi playbook, and in particular the recent move to smear administration critics as potential terrorists, are evidence that George W. Bush is the figurehead for a modern-day fascist coup in America led by the Neo-Cons.

Wolf concluded that history shows the only safe course for preserving freedom in such a climate is to prosecute and jail the protagonists of the coup as early as possible, a process many would argue should have been enacted several years ago.

——————————

Alex Jones’ Endgame features rare archive footage of Smedley Butler exposing the fascist coup. Martial Law features an interview with researcher John Buchanan, who was the first to discover documents pertaining to Prescott Bush’s activities in the national archives. Watch for free at Google Video here.

Click here to listen to the MP3 interview with Naomi Wolf.


Copyright © Prisonplanet.com. All rights reserved.

Printed from: http://www.prisonplanet.com/articles/november2007/291107_fascist_coup.htm


Snoop Drones: First Texas, Now Florida

November 29, 2007

Snoop Drones: First Texas, Now Florida

Kurt Nimmo
TruthNews
Thursday November 29, 2007

digg_title = ‘Snoop Drones: First Texas, Now Florida’; digg_url = ‘http://www.truthnews.us/?p=1021′;

“The Miami-Dade police department will begin experimenting with high-tech drones as law enforcement tools beginning next year,” reports Local 10. “Although the military has been using unmanned aircraft systems for years, this will be the first time they are used in law enforcement…. Only the Miami-Dade police department and the Houston police department were given permission by the FAA to experiment with the drones.”

All of this is just the beginning, of course. Next up, a special “agile air traffic system” which establishes “routine access to the national airspace for UAVs and other new vehicles,” according to Next Generation Air Transportation System, a plan enacted in 2003 by Bush and Congress under VISION 100 – Century of Aviation Reauthorization Act (P.L. 108-176).

In 2004, “Access 5, a joint government-industry program was initiated. The program brings together NASA, the Federal Aviation Administration, the Department of Defense and six major industry members. Their goal: to plan the safe, orderly and efficient integration of UAVs into civil airspace over the next five years.” In other words, expect UAVs in your neighborhood in the future.

In March of last year, a House of Representatives panel “heard testimony from police agencies that envision using UAVs for everything from border security to domestic surveillance high above American cities. Private companies also hope to use UAVs for tasks such as aerial photography and pipeline monitoring,” Declan McCullagh wrote for CNET News at the time.

In a scene that could have been inspired by the movie “Minority Report,” one North Carolina county is using a UAV equipped with low-light and infrared cameras to keep watch on its citizens. The aircraft has been dispatched to monitor gatherings of motorcycle riders at the Gaston County fairgrounds from just a few hundred feet in the air–close enough to identify faces–and many more uses, such as the aerial detection of marijuana fields, are planned.

Or, as well, photographing those pesky antiwar and anti-globalization demonstrators. In fact, it appears the Pentagon or the Ministry of Homeland Security is one step ahead of local police departments. In September, during an antiwar demo in Lafayette Square, people reported “dragonflies or little helicopters” buzzing around, according to the San Francisco Chronicle.

No agency admits to having deployed insect-size spy drones. But a number of U.S. government and private entities acknowledge they are trying. Some federally funded teams are even growing live insects with computer chips in them, with the goal of mounting spyware on their bodies and controlling their flight muscles remotely.

The robobugs could follow suspects, guide missiles to targets or navigate the crannies of collapsed buildings to find survivors.

Call them “beamed power micro UAVs,” as blogger David Hambling does. “Beamed power micro UAVs would have obvious limitations — they’re not going to be flying hundreds of miles away over enemy territory. But for covert surveillance in the domestic arena, they might be just the thing. I have no idea whether there are any dragonfly spies out there yet; but if there aren’t now, there soon will be.”

If the antiwar people in Washington are to believed, little dragonfly-sized snoop drones are already a reality. But then the CIA was cranking out similar devices more than a decade ago.

As for the larger cousins of the micro UAVs, back in December of 2002 Senate Armed Services Committee Chairman John Warner said “UAVs could be an effective means of watching the home front in the war on terror” while admitting “they’re quite intrusive,” not that intrusiveness and violating privacy ever concerned our rulers.

Among the agencies now committed to deploying UAVs are the Coast Guard and Border Patrol, both of which are moving to the Homeland Security Department. Other non-Defense Department agencies, such as the Transportation Department, are in the early stages of exploring possible security roles for drones. Meanwhile, the Energy Department, which set up a UAV program in 1993 to study clouds and climate change, has been developing high-altitude instruments to measure radiation in the atmosphere….

Since the Sept. 11, 2001, terrorist attacks, interest in UAVs among federal agencies has swelled, industry sources said. “There’s been a lot more activity over the last couple of months,” said one manufacturing executive who asked not to be named. “It’s been really intense. We’re doing things now that we wouldn’t have been doing a year ago.”

It appears everybody’s getting in on the action, so why not the local cops?

If you think they government will limit itself to studying clouds and so-called climate change, think again. Remember Operation TIPS, the supposedly stillborn effort to usher in a chapter out of George Orwell’s 1984? The FBI, CIA and NSA have snooped on — and infiltrated and sabotaged — the political opposition for decades (recall COINTELPRO, Operation Chaos, Project MERRIMAC, Project MINARET, Project SHAMROCK, ECHELON, NSA warrantless surveillance, etc., on and on, ad nauseam).

And then there was that confidential FBI memorandum sent to over 15,000 local law enforcement agencies back in October, 2003, urging them to be on the look-out for the “criminal activities” of protesters (for instance, using the “internet to recruit, raise funds, and coordinate … activities prior to demonstrations,” and “[d]uring the course of a demonstration … using cell phones or radios to coordinate activities or to update colleagues about ongoing events,” and other such suspicious behavior). During COINTELPRO in the 60s and early 70s, the FBI kept over 500,000 domestic intelligence files at their headquarters and an undetermined amount at regional offices.

Of course, we are told the drones in Texas — the maiden flight was supposed to be a secret, but an intrepid news team put the kibosh to that — will be used for monitoring traffic. No doubt the UAVs will be used for traffic, as local police are keen to increase revenues, but if history is any indicator, they will be taking orders from the feds as well — and the federal government, like any self-perpetuating leviathan, is interested in not only keeping tabs on political opponents but also destroying them, same as any other criminal organization does to the competition or those who might endanger their livelihood.


Copyright © Infowars.net All rights reserved.

Printed from: http://www.prisonplanet.com/articles/november2007/291107Snoop.htm


Bush’s Next Preemptive Strike

November 29, 2007

Washington Post
November 29, 2007
Pg. 25

Bush’s Next Preemptive Strike

By Harold Meyerson

George W. Bush is focusing now on his legacy. Duck. Run. Hide.

Some of his legacy-building, I’ll allow, is commendable, if overdue — most particularly, his efforts to resurrect the Israeli-Palestinian peace process, which he ignored for seven long years. But the linchpin of Bush’s legacy, it appears, is to make his Iraq policy a permanent fixture of American statecraft.

On Monday, Bush and Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki signed a declaration pledging that their governments would put in place a long-term political and security pact sometime next year. “The shape and size of any long-term, or longer than 2008, U.S. presence in Iraq will be a key matter for negotiation between the two parties, Iraq and the United States,” Lt. Gen. Douglas Lute, the White House official in charge of Iraq war matters, said at the briefing unveiling the agreement.

What Bush will almost surely be pushing for is permanent U.S. bases in Iraq, enshrined in a pact he can sign a few months before he leaves office. And here, as they used to say, is the beauty part: As far as Bush is concerned, he doesn’t have to seek congressional ratification for such an enduring commitment of American force, treasure and lives.

“We don’t anticipate now that these negotiations will lead to the status of a formal treaty which would then bring us to formal negotiations or formal inputs from the Congress,” Lute said. The administration is looking to sign a status-of-forces agreement, which requires Senate ratification if it’s classified as a treaty but not if it’s classified as an executive agreement. One need not be able to solve the riddle of the Sphinx to guess which of those classifications the Bush White House will go for.

But if Bush tries to lock the next president into permanent U.S. bases in Iraq, he may also be locking in a Democrat as the next president. Ironically, just when events on the ground in Iraq aren’t looking as disastrous as they did six months ago, Bush’s efforts to make the U.S. presence permanent would drape the necks of the Republican presidential and congressional candidates with one large, squawking albatross.

Having to defend permanent U.S. bases in Iraq would be difficult enough for Republicans on the 2008 ballot. There are a few major differences, after all, between Iraq and states such as Germany, Japan and South Korea, where we’ve stationed forces for more than half a century. For starters, those countries are internally peaceable, and their governments are recognized as legitimate by their citizens. Nobody is setting roadside bombs or shooting at our troops or contesting the authority of their government to govern.

But imagine the political dilemma for Republican candidates if Bush argues that he can put such an agreement into effect without getting Congress’s approval. A lame-duck president with a 30 percent approval rating would be claiming that he alone has the authority to keep our Iraqi occupation going for years to come, preempting the power of both Congress and the next president to chart a different course. What would nominee Romney or Giuliani or McCain have to say about that? What would the Republicans in Congress do? Thus far, they’ve all proven themselves utterly incapable of breaking with Bush on the war.

By negotiating such an accord, Bush would in fact ensure that the 2008 election becomes the last thing the Republicans can afford: a referendum on Bush and his war. If the dividing line between the two parties is that one backs Bush on Iraq and the other does not, the Republicans might as well give up the ghost and nominate Dick Cheney as their presidential standard-bearer. Bush’s policy legacy, in short, poses a serious threat to what one presumes he wishes his political legacy to be — a thriving Republican Party.

I am presupposing here that the Democrats have both the gumption and the sense to oppose a pact with the Maliki government that commits our forces to an open-ended presence in a nation of unreconciled sects. The party’s leading presidential candidates have managed to be both reticent and confusing when it comes to their ultimate vision of the U.S. role in Iraq. The Bush-Maliki negotiations should concentrate the Democratic mind on the inadvisability of keeping U.S. forces indefinitely in a land where instability and civil strife will go on indefinitely as well.

The president who waged a preemptive war now wants to lock in place a preemptive occupation. Only this time, instead of preempting a foreign nation, he is seeking to preempt Congress and his successor. It’s the logical conclusion for his misshapen and miserable presidency, and I doubt the American people — if they have any say in the matter — will stand for it.

****************

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


Author Who Wants To Kick Christianity Out of Military – Honored

November 29, 2007


 

Posted 1:00 AM Eastern

Author Who Wants To Kick Christianity Out of Military – Honored

by Jim Kouri
November 29, 2007
© 2006 NewsWithViews.com

http://tinyurl.com/2jzf3c

Mikey Weinstein, author of “With God on Our Side, One Man’s War against an Evangelical Coup in America’s Military” and Founder/President of the Military Religious Freedom Foundation is scheduled to be honored with the John F. Kennedy Profile in Courage Award for his work in removing Christianity from US Armed Services.

Weinstein and his international team of researchers and producers are launching a series of lawsuits against the Pentagon in a concentrated effort to deprive certain military personnel from openly practicing their religion — Christians.

“Try removing Allah or Mohammed from the military and see what happens? With Christians you can get away with anything. Judge Andrew Napolitano’s new book “A Nation of Sheep” is right on. Christians are truly sheep,” said Lorraine Tillman.

Those who support Weinstein and his non-profit MRFF claim that he’s “breaking the chokehold on the Evangelical encroachment into the most technologically lethal organization in the world — the US Military.”

“Their reasoning is ridiculous. Wouldn’t having military personnel who believe in — and rely on — Jesus Christ make for better soldiers?” asks former US Marine intelligence officer and NYPD detective Sidney Francis.

“Weinstein and his followers cloak their actions with the US Constitution, but I don’t see it in my copy. Perhaps it’s in the section adjacent to a woman’s right to kill an unborn baby,” said Det. Francis.

According to political consultant Mike Baker, many of the members of the Military Religious Freedom Foundation are left-wingers from the Hollywood elite. Their website lists many liberal-left activists including television producer and People for the American Way founder Norman Lear, actors Ed Azner and Ed Begley, Jr., former “Mamas and Papas” singer Michelle Phillips, and has-been movie star Eric Roberts.


Advertisement

“It’s the same cast of anti-American activists under a different banner. These people want to kick God and Jesus Christ out of the schools, the military, the courts and anywhere else they can think of,” said Baker.

In a Los Angeles Times op-ed piece, Weinstein and one of his cohorts published the following:

“What [did] the packages to contain? Not body armor or home-baked cookies. Rather, they held Bibles, proselytizing material in English and Arabic and the apocalyptic computer game ‘Left Behind: Eternal Forces’ (derived from the series of post-Rapture novels), in which ’soldiers for Christ’ hunt down enemies who look suspiciously like UN peacekeepers.

“The packages were put together by a fundamentalist Christian ministry called Operation Straight Up, or OSU. Headed by former kickboxer Jonathan Spinks, OSU is an official member of the Defense Department’s “America Supports You” program. The group has staged a number of Christian-themed shows at military bases, featuring athletes, strongmen and actor-turned-evangelist Stephen Baldwin. But thanks in part to the support of the Pentagon, Operation Straight Up has now begun focusing on Iraq, where, according to its website , it planned an entertainment tour called the ‘Military Crusade.’”

The MRFF website boasts of the organization’s close relationship with the big media such as CNN, the New York Times, MSNBC, Dan Rather, Bill Moyers and others.

“These are well-connected people who only wish harm to our military… and what’s more harmful than removing Christianity. MRFF is a front group for the ultra-left People for the American Way,” said former US Air Force intelligence officer now a police lieutenant in New Jersey Stephan Rogers.

Rogers believes the goal is to change the loyalty of the US military. “If our soldiers don’t believe in God and Country, they will be more inclined to accept United Nations honchos as their superiors and less inclined towards loyalty to the American people.”

© 2007 NewsWithViews.com – All Rights Reserved

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale


For radio interviews regarding this article:
COPmagazine@aol.com


 

Home

http://tinyurl.com/2jzf3c

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


Sailor to Spend 12th Christmas Behind Bars

November 29, 2007


http://tinyurl.com/3xdnhd

Sailor to Spend 12th Christmas Behind Bars

© Jack Cashill
WND.com – November 29, 2007

Still a little drunk and almost assuredly drugged, Steven Nary regained his senses as Juan Pifarre climbed on his back and attempted to rape him.

“Please, stop,” the lanky, 18 year-old sailor begged as he struggled through a paralyzing stupor. The 53 year-old Pifarre would not.

Finally, in desperation, Nary grabbed a glass mug by Pifarre’s bedside and smacked the chunky, coked-up Pifarre in the head with it. Pifarre fought back.

When the young sailor finally subdued him, he grabbed his clothes and fled back through the deserted streets to his ship. That was nearly twelve years ago, and the last time Steven Nary would negotiate the world as a free man.

I recount Steven’s incredible story in my book, What’s The Matter With California , and his was the review I was most concerned about. Getting the book to him was not easy in the first place.

I had to send the book to the Catholic chaplain at the ironically named Pleasant Valley State Prison where Steven now resides. The chaplain, in turn, had to rip the covers off lest some contraband be smuggled within them.

“You did a great job in telling what happened to me,” Steven wrote in his customary longhand last week, much to my relief.

“Oh,” he added, “it was hard reading about me, but for some reason it is all the good things that people say that bring me to tears.”

Steven made an additional point. “Thank you,” he wrote, “for the extra insight into the political atmosphere in the city at that time.”

As Steven learned for the first time, the political stars were not in alignment for him that early March 1996 morning. Had he been in any other city at any other time and been assaulted by any other man he would not likely have been tried for anything let alone the preposterous charge of second-degree murder.

But this was San Francisco in a Clinton re-election year. After Steven reported what happened to a Navy chaplain, the politically sensitive Navy washed its hands of the young sailor in unseemly and likely illegal haste.

As to Pifarre, not only was he gay in America’s gayest city, but he was also among the most influential movers and shakers in the Hispanic community. As publisher of Horizontes, a Spanish language paper, he had real presence in the Latino community and serious pull at City Hall.

That Pifarre had secured his residency through a fraudulent marriage only burnished his star in this would-be sanctuary city for illegal immigrants. That he had several priors for sexual assault and exposure, a history of violent sexual encounters, and a cocaine jones seemed to many altogether normative.

So blind has the left become in a people’s republic like San Francisco, that they fail to see the obvious. A young sailor in the “homophobic” military of 1996 had no more chance for justice in San Francisco than the Scottsboro boys did in 1930’s Alabama.

Less actually. The U.S. Supreme court intervened on the Scottsboro boys’ behalf, freeing several. Finally even the Alabama governor commuted the death sentence of another. But to date, no official in this hyper-sensitive city or state has bothered himself on Steven’s behalf.

Steven Nary is no Leonard Peltier or Mumia Abu Jamal, both radical, cold-blooded killers who have become darlings of the left by sticking to the classic lie, “Some other dude did it.”

He is not looking for excuses. Not long after being handed over to the San Francisco authorities, Steven had a necessary awakening.

“I felt my life was over, nonexistent,” he tells me of that period. “I was a 18-year-old kid who was scared, alone, and hopeless. I had no contact with my parents or anyone else. The military at the time just abandoned me.”

Steven recalls his constant struggle to check his tears lest the hard cases in the jail sense a weakness. One morning, which started as grim as any other, several nuns walked by his cell and others asking if anyone wanted to attend church services.

Although not Catholic or particularly religious, Steven “couldn’t resist their precious, happily glowing nature.” He attended the service, which he found to be “beautiful.”

At this service, he learned that these were Sisters of Charity, Mother Teresa’s group, working out of San Francisco. Impressed, Steven started going every Saturday. To this day, he credits those sisters not only with his newly found faith but also with his sanity.

In his conversion to Catholicism he feels the need to accept responsibility for everything he has done, including the death of Pifarre, even if unintentional.

Besides, he knows that if he goes into his first parole hearing a few years hence playing innocent victim, even if true, “This system will never let me out.”

Now, finally, as he faces his twelfth Christmas in prison the world is beginning to pay just a little bit of attention. For those readers interested in sharing their Christmas wishes with Steven, please check my website at cashill.com (see below) to learn how.

* Please send letters, not cards, in regulation envelopes to:

Steven Nary P-61614
P.V.S.P. BFB3-132 L
PO Box 8502
Coalinga, CA 93210

* Paperback books can be sent to:

Brian Phillips
229 W. Merced St.
Avenal, CA 93204

Please specify that they are intended for Steven.

Cashill’s newest book, What’s the Matter with California, is available in bookstores – or you can order your autographed copy online .

to top of page
Subscribe to the Cashill mailing list. It’s FREE!

Receive political news, invitations to political events and special offers.

http://tinyurl.com/3xdnhd

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


Medals Carry Great Weight: Marine Corporal Declined The Navy Cross….

November 28, 2007

“In a rare gesture, Marine Cpl. Dominic Esquibel declined the Navy Cross he earned on Nov. 25, 2004, as a scout sniper. On that day, he destroyed two enemy machine gun nests and saved two of five Marines who lay wounded in a Fallujah courtyard. Marine Lt. Col. Curtis Hill says Esquibel turned down the award “for personal reasons.” Hill declined to elaborate.”

See Also:
Photos, etc.
http://tinyurl.com/39vvm5
~~~~~~~~~~
Medals carry great weight, as do men who wear themUpdated 11/10/2006 12:32 AM ETBy Gregg Zoroya and Oren Dorell, USA TODAY

World War I had Alvin York, who led an attack that killed or captured 164 German troops. In World War II, Audie Murphy became the most decorated U.S. soldier for his exploits against the Germans in France.

Now, as the nation observes Veterans Day, America is witnessing a new generation of combat heroes from the battlefields of Afghanistan and Iraq.

PHOTOS:  America’s 21st-century war heroes

Sgt. Maj. Bradley Kasal is one. Shot seven times during close-quarter combat in Fallujah, Iraq, in 2004, he rolled atop a fellow Marine to shield him from a grenade blast.

Navy corpsman Luis Fonseca Jr., 25, ran through enemy fire in Nasiriyah in 2003 to rescue or treat at least eight wounded Marines.

Army Delta Force Master Sgt. Donald Hollenbaugh, 42, held off insurgents from the rooftop of a building in Fallujah in 2004 until wounded U.S. troops were evacuated. Hollenbaugh retired last year after 20 years of service.

Only one person — Army Sgt. 1st Class Paul Smith has received the Medal of Honor, the military’s highest, since the war on terrorism began in 2001. Smith died at the trigger of a .50-caliber machine gun in April 2003 outside Baghdad. He earned the award for killing dozens of Iraqi soldiers who threatened to overrun his small detachment of engineers.

Twenty-six others — Kasal, Fonseca and Hollenbaugh among them — have earned the nation’s second-highest awards for heroism: Navy Crosses for 14 Marines and six sailors; Distinguished Service Crosses for four soldiers; and Air Force Crosses for two airmen.

More awards are in the pipeline. “There are multiple Medals of Honor being reviewed to make their way to the president for his review,” says Bill Carr, a deputy undersecretary of Defense. “We’re a nation that loves the struggle of men and women being better, being bigger than themselves, being selfless and taking risks on behalf of one another.”

During Vietnam, almost 2,000 troops earned the nation’s highest awards. For the 38-day battle of Iwo Jima during World War II, 27 Medals of Honor were awarded.

Compared with other American wars, the number of medal recipients in Iraq and Afghanistan is small. That’s because the earlier conflicts lasted longer, involved more U.S. troops and featured more intense combat, says retired Marine lieutenant colonel Thomas Richards. He earned a Navy Cross in Vietnam and is a senior official with the Legion of Valor, an association of medal recipients

As with those earlier heroes, the stories of gallantry coming out of Iraq and Afghanistan offer glimpses into the horrors of war. This new generation of decorated troops talks of acting without thinking, except for moments of clarity when death seemed inevitable.

“I thought I’d bleed to death,” recalls Kasal, 40, who earned a Navy Cross. “That’s why I rolled over (the wounded Marine) to save him.”

The medal recipients describe the shock of witnessing, and playing a part in, unimaginable violence. Some talk of emotional wounds still raw long after the fighting. Others say the medal itself bears a psychological weight — and carries consequences.

After receiving the Navy Cross, Marine reservist Scott Montoya, 37, says he was slightly embarrassed to see his face plastered on billboards in Orange County, Calif., where he’s a sheriff’s deputy.

Airman John Chapman, 31, of San Antonio, a combat air controller posthumously awarded the Air Force Cross for action in Afghanistan, had a ship named after him.

A toy company created an action figure in the image of Air Force Cross recipient Jason Cunningham, 26, of Camarillo, Calif. Marine Capt. Brian “Tosh” Chontosh’s charge down an enemy trench became a segment in a video game, and he was asked to escort President Bush at a 2004 inaugural ball.

“They went in with the human frailties we all possess,” says Wynton Hall, co-author of Home of the Brave, a book on contemporary valor, “and they managed to perform somehow in an extraordinary way.”

Action born of desperation

Heroics in Iraq and Afghanistan were often desperate acts triggered by something that went wrong — an ambush, a counterattack, unexpected enemy resistance.

On Nov. 14, 2004, Army Col. James Coffman Jr. accompanied 85 Iraqi army commandos to relieve a police station that was under attack in Mosul. He and his Iraqi force were ambushed.

“They had baited a trap for us to roll into,” Coffman remembers. As they took defensive positions in a street, waves of insurgents attacked. More than half the Iraqi commandos with Coffman were wounded and 13 were killed before U.S. troops came to rescue them.

“I was ready to rush forward and engage them, hand-to-hand if need be,” says Coffman, 52, who was down to four bullets in his rifle when help arrived. “I was determined that my (severed) head was not going to be on TV.”

Medal recipients remember these experiences in images frozen in time.

Kasal recalls the sight of a grenade seconds from detonation. Already critically wounded on the floor of the house in Fallujah on Nov. 13, 2004, he tried to strip the gear off the fallen Marine next to him, Alex Nicoll, to locate a wound. That’s when Kasal heard something land close by.

“I looked, and there was a grenade sitting right there,” he says. “I pushed Nicoll over and rolled on top of him and covered him up. The grenade went off. It rang my doorbell. The blast hit me in the leg, back of the arms, buttocks. The flak jacket took a lot of the blast.”

Both men were carried from the building by other Marines, and the structure was destroyed with a satchel charge. After a lengthy convalescence, Kasal now runs a recruiting station. Nicoll’s left leg was amputated.

Many of the medal recipients were certain they would die.

Fonseca received a Navy Cross for heroism on March 23, 2003, in the opening days of the war, when a column of Marine tracked vehicles came under intense machine-gun, rocket and mortar fire. Then they were strafed accidentally by a U.S. jet. Through it all, Fonseca was running from one vehicle to the next, treating wounded Marines.

“All this chaos around you, and I told myself real quick, ‘I’m not going to make it out of here,’ ” Fonseca recalls. Seventeen Marines died that day, and Fonseca remembers waiting to be next. “Is it going to be quick? Is it going to be painful? Am I going to feel anything?”

The moment of clarity for Marine Staff Sgt. Anthony Viggiani, 26, came during a frantic search for an enemy machine gun nest while he was exposed to intense fire in Afghanistan on June 3, 2004.

The insurgents firing the machine gun had pinned down five of Viggiani’s Marines — his “boys,” as he calls them, though they are just a few years his junior. Two were wounded, and Viggiani plunged down a steep hillside searching for that enemy position. Then he saw something: a piece of clothing draped over an arm that barely jutted from an opening in the rocks.

“I’ll never forget. It was smoky gray with red piping on it.”

Viggiani fired his rifle into the cave and dropped a grenade inside. The blast killed the five insurgents and silenced the machine gun. “I took the heat off my boys,” he says.

The lingering images for former Marine Cpl. Marco Martinez put him at the center of a terrifying action movie in which people are trying to kill him, but he kills them first.

“It’s kind of surreal to shoot somebody from an arm’s length away. You can see what their teeth look like, what their hair looks like. And you look into their eyes and their blood spatters on you,” says Martinez, 25, today a college student living in Laguna Niguel, Calif.

He led a squad of Marines in clearing two large residences in Tarmiya, Iraq, filled with Iraqi fighters. The battle ended only after Martinez single-handedly charged an enemy bunker and used a grenade and his rifle to kill the five insurgents inside.

“The grenade blew up. I saw half-bodies flying through the air, arms flying,” he says. “I can’t emphasize enough how violent and fast the close-quarter battle is.”

Hard thing to bear

Most medal recipients question whether they deserved the honor. “I have my definition of a hero and names I put there. And my name doesn’t fit,” says Hollenbaugh, recipient of the Distinguished Service Cross for his rooftop defense on April 26, 2004.

In a rare gesture, Marine Cpl. Dominic Esquibel declined the Navy Cross he earned on Nov. 25, 2004, as a scout sniper. On that day, he destroyed two enemy machine gun nests and saved two of five Marines who lay wounded in a Fallujah courtyard. Marine Lt. Col. Curtis Hill says Esquibel turned down the award “for personal reasons.” Hill declined to elaborate.

Some recipients say the medal can be difficult to bear, either because it begs comparison with heroes of the past, or because it reminds them of a terrible day.

“I didn’t wear my medal. I didn’t want to wear it,” says Marine Sgt. Jeremiah Workman, who received the Navy Cross for fighting his way up a Fallujah stairwell three different times to save fellow Marines or recover their bodies. Three Marines and 47 insurgents died there. “I looked at it (the medal), and all I had was bad memories.”

Battling demons, as well

The medals don’t shield recipients from the lingering emotional effects of combat. Workman, ultimately diagnosed with post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), had been transferred to Parris Island, S.C., to be a drill instructor when the demons of that day in 2003 caused him to suffer an emotional “meltdown” in the chow hall.

“I was in a world of (trouble). I was heading down fast,” he says.

His wife, Jessica, found him toying with a rifle in the garage of her parents’ home during a visit there last June. Since then, counseling has eased his stress, she says.

“I’m not going to say I’m out of the ocean yet,” he says. “But at least my head’s above water.”

Jessica Workman says the medal creates its own stress.

“In the long run, I think it caused him a lot more trouble,” she says. “Everyone kind of looks up to him, and it’s hard when he hasn’t even sorted out all his issues yet.”

Fonseca says his stress led him to alcohol abuse that grew worse after the Navy Cross was awarded. “I was in denial,” he says. “I was looked upon as this doc who did great things out there in Iraq. And so it was hard for me to say that I needed help, that I was having nightmares and dealing with issues I couldn’t control.”

Fonseca says he was lucky his commanders intervened to see he got counseling and medication. Now Fonseca lectures on the issue of PTSD. He has come to grips with knowing that even a hero, a Navy Cross recipient, can have flaws.

“It was like Superman coming out and saying, ‘OK, Kryptonite is my weakness.’ PTSD was my weakness,” he says.

Montoya, the Marine reservist and sheriff’s deputy, earned his Navy Cross for heroism on April 8, 2003, when he rushed into the open on five separate occasions to rescue a civilian and Marines.

In one instance, he hoisted a Marine over his shoulder and ran 200 yards despite enemy fire. “I could feel I was going to get shot,” he says. He wasn’t.

As a medal recipient, Montoya has visited with veterans groups, and the old warriors embraced him, expressed pride in his heroism and taught him that he was now part of a military legacy.

“I am just learning now to become more proud of my award,” Montoya says. “But I also want to make the distinction that it is not mine. I basically hold the Navy Cross in trust for the next generation of Marines that come aboard.”

 
Find this article at:
http://www.usatoday.com/news/nation/2006-11-09-vets-cover-usat_x.htm


**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


Hot Interview: KAJO’s Carl Wilson Interviews Judge Andrew Napolitano

November 28, 2007

www.NewsWithViews.com
November 28, 2007

Hot Interview

Fox News Senior Judicial Analyst, Judge Andrew Napolitano and co-host of Fox News Talk’s “Brian & the Judge” radio show and author of his new book; “A Nation of Sheep” interviewed by talk show host Carl Wilson.  Excellent interview and highly recommended.  Judge talks about Ron Paul and answers Devvy Kidd’s question about judges legislating from the bench.

KAJO’s Carl Wilson Interviews Judge Andrew Napolitano
Napolitano on Ron Paul, the Constitution and answers Devvy Kidd’s Question   wma
Napolitano on Ron Paul, the Constitution and answers Devvy Kidd’s Question   mp3
KAJO Radio


Americans pay for emerging world government

November 28, 2007

SmallGovTimes.com

Americans pay for emerging world government

By: Cliff Kincaid | Published on 11/28/07    

In its new Human Development Report calling for another $86 billion in aid to the rest of the world, supposedly to fight the effects of climate change, the United Nations acts distressed that people in “rich” countries like the U.S. don’t take the theory of man-made global warming more seriously. Its answer ― and this is actually spelled out in the report ― is that too much “editorial balance” in the media has prevented “informed debate” about the need for “urgent action” in the form of higher taxes on energy.

The U.N. report complains that, according to one poll, roughly four in ten Americans believe that human activity is responsible for global warming, but just as many believe it is a natural phenomenon. This is not acceptable to the global elite.

The U.N. is calling for more propaganda from the media, in order to push the American people toward acceptance of the alarmist view and higher energy taxes and the increased foreign aid that would result. It just so happens this would also result in more money flowing into the coffers of the U.N. at a time when the world body has already been found guilty of exaggerating the AIDS problem to generate more funds for itself.

In order to provide the “new and additional” foreign aid, the report calls for exploring a range of “innovative financing options.” This is U.N.-speak for global taxes. Indeed, the report openly calls for carbon taxes and aviation taxes. It proposes a “Climate Change Mitigation Facility” to mobilize the $25 – $50 billion “needed annually” for developing countries.

Not surprisingly, the report hails Al Gore’s “An Inconvenient Truth” film but says nothing about the numerous errors in it. Yet, “For all the progress that has been achieved,” the report declares, “the battle for public hearts and minds is not yet won.” Put another way, it says that “…the current state of public opinion does not provide a secure foundation for urgent action.”

In other words, you are not yet worked up into enough of a panic.

You, Mr. and Mrs. America, helped pay for this. The Human Development Report is a product of the U.N. Development Program. The U.S. is the largest contributor to this U.N. agency, providing more than $100 million annually.

This U.N. report has one of the most devious rationales for censorship that you will ever see. In a section of the report (page 67) about “The Role of the Media,” the U.N. informs us that “The media have a critical role to play in informing and changing public opinion.” It goes on to lament that “one study” in the U.S. on coverage of climate change “found that the balance norm resulted in over half of articles in the country’s most prestigious newspapers between 1990 and 2002 giving equal weight to the findings of the IPCC [Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change] and of the climate science community, and the views of the climate skeptics―many of them funded by vested interest groups. Continued confusion in public opinion is one consequence.”

The U.N. is saying, in effect, that the American people haven’t been indoctrinated enough, and that the media have to provide even more one-sided coverage.

“Editorial balance is a laudable and essential objective in any free press,” the report goes on to say. “But balance between what? If there is a strong and overwhelming ‘majority’ view among the world’s top scientists dealing with climate change, citizens have a right to expect to be informed about that view. Of course, they also have a right to be informed about minority views that do not reflect a scientific consensus. However, informed judgment is not helped when editorial selection treats the two views as equivalent.

Notice how the contrary view is being marginalized as unscientific, uninformed and the product of the special interest groups. But nobody is supposed to question the wisdom of those on the U.N. side of the issue.

This reminded me of when Socialist Senator Bernie Sanders gave a speech at the leftist National Conference on Media Reform and faulted the media for covering two sides of the global warming debate “when there is no debate in the scientific community.” Ironically, in the same speech, Sanders claimed conservatives were 99 percent in control of talk radio and that it was time “to open the question of the fairness doctrine again” to restrict what they say and how they say it. Clearly, the purpose in a “Fairness Doctrine” is not to offer different points of view but to silence viewpoints liberals regard as unsound or unpopular.

The U.N.’s Human Development Report is an example of this mindset at the international level. It’s a scandal that we are being forced to pay for it.

In various tables in the report, countries are judged on how many of the “major international environmental treaties” and “major international human rights instruments” they have signed and ratified. Here, again, the U.S. comes up short. The U.S. has failed to ratify the U.N. Law of the Sea Treaty, as well as treaties on women’s rights, children’s rights, and others. The Sea Treaty could come up for a Senate vote at any time.

The goal was spelled out in the 1994 edition of the Human Development Report, which included an essay by Jan Tinbergen calling for a strengthening of the United Nations system. Ultimately, he said, “What is needed is a World Government.”

Our major media can be expected to follow the advice of the Human Development Report and further propagandize the American people on global warming and other issues. That effort will complement the campaign to bring back the “Fairness Doctrine” and silence conservative and dissenting voices in the media. Our new book, The Death of Talk Radio?, addresses this threat.

It is time to recognize that our freedom and sovereignty are under all-out attack. The least we can and should do is to stop subsidizing our enemies. That means defunding the United Nations and defeating the Law of the Sea Treaty.

Original URL:
http://www.smallgovtimes.com/story/07nov28.world.government/index.html


What The World Could Expect From Dr. Ron Paul’s Non-Interventionist America

November 28, 2007

What The World Could Expect From Dr. Ron Paul’s Non-Interventionist America

by Michael Scheuer
by Michael Scheuer


DIGG THIS

Amidst the cacophony of everyday events around world, people outside the United States ought to cock an ear toward America States and listen closely for the quiet but resonant voice of a Texas gentleman named Dr. Ron Paul. Dr. Paul is a retired obstetrician, a 10 term Republican congressman from the 14th district of Texas and a Republican candidate in the 2008 race for the US presidency. And if you listen closely to Dr. Paul, you will hear the only authentic American voice in a field of nearly twenty presidential candidates from both parties.

It is, these days, both trite and inaccurate to say that “America is a nation of laws and not men.” Since 1945, for example, U.S. presidents routinely have involved the United States in wars that Congress does not declare, notwithstanding the U.S. Constitution’s clear mandate that only Congress can declare war. For more than thirty years, successive U.S. Congresses and presidents have refused to enforce border control and immigration laws already on the books, thereby abetting the deterioration of America’s social cohesion, social and educational services, and national security. And for just as long, presidents, congressman, and senators of both parties have ignored the interests of everyday Americans to earn donations and retirement sinecures – both, really, barely disguised bribes – from the U.S.-based military industry, the multinational oil companies, and foreign lobbies flush with money, such as those representing Israel and Saudi Arabia. The foreign lobbies are particularly despicable because American parents pay for U.S. politicians’ kowtowing for money to these foreign entities with the lives of their soldier-children and their savings. Sadly, therefore, it is a bad joke to say that America is today a country of laws not men.

But that is why Dr. Paul’s voice is important and, increasingly, is being listened to by Americans. It also the reason that the slander machines of the Democrat and Republican parties, U.S. military-related industries and their financiers, and the foreign lobbies are working overtime to discredit and ridicule Dr. Paul. These self-appointed elites know that Dr. Paul’s voice is not only the authentic voice of Americans and their historical experience, but also potentially the voice of their doom, because impotence, shame, and drastically less war-profiteering will be theirs if the rule-of-law endorsed by Mr. Paul is reestablished in the United States.

Mr. Paul places his faith in the Constitution of the United States and the legacy left to Americans by their founding generation. The republican government created by America’s revolutionary generation was meant to be the agent of an expanding domain for freedom, liberty, prosperity, and equal opportunity at home. It was never intended to be the militarized installer of those attributes abroad. “Wherever the standard of freedom and Independence has been or shall be unfurled, there will her [the United States'] heart, her benedictions, and her prayers be,” said Secretary of State John Quincy Adams, in 1821, in words that Americans are today being reminded of by Dr. Paul.

But she does not go abroad, in search of monsters to destroy. She is the well-wisher to the freedom and independence of all. She is the champion and vindicator only of her own. … She well knows that by once enlisting under other banners than her own, were they even the banners of foreign independence, she would involve herself beyond the power of extrication, in all the wars of interest and intrigue, of individual avarice, envy and ambition, which assume the colors and usurp the standard of freedom. The fundamental maxims of her policy would insensibly change from liberty to force. … She might become the dictatress of the world. She would no longer be the ruler of her own spirit.

Dr. Paul speaks in the tradition of Secretary Adams, and in plainer words he speaks against – indeed, he damns – the bipartisan American governing class which, since 1945, has “insensibly chang[ed] from liberty to force” the spirit of the American nation and people. In his campaign, Dr. Paul draws attention to the disasters in Iraq, Afghanistan, and Pakistan that have resulted from U.S. interventionism, and from the U.S. elite’s arrogant and foolish determination to be the “vindicator” of avaricious and ambitious foreigners who conceal their lust for arbitrary power behind the words of the American founders. He accuses and rebukes the bipartisan U.S. elite for having involved America in endless wars – especially religious wars – in which no genuine U.S. interest is at stake, and for having brazenly reached into the pockets of Americans and stolen their money to support and/or protect states – Saudi Arabia, Israel, Egypt, etc. – that have drawn America ever more deeply into wars that are none of our business or concern.

If you listen to Mr. Paul you will hear a man devoted to his country’s welfare and his countrymen; knowledgeable about and respectful of its history; realistic about the increasingly barbaric world in which it exists; and, most of all, fully aware of the fragility of America’s republican experiment and its absolute dependence on the constant nurturing provided by the rule of law. If elected, Mr. Paul would reshape America in a direction that would be in America’s best interests.

  • Going to war would once again require a formal, constitutional declaration by the U.S. Congress; the world would see America involved in far fewer wars, and none started by the whim of a single man and the foreign-influenced ideological clique around him. And when war was declared, America’s foes would absorb an application of U.S. military force that would both utterly destroy them and their supporters, and serve as a warning to other miscreants bent on doing America harm.
  • Immigration and U.S. borders would re-subjected to the rule of law, and America would get the flow of immigrants it needs in an orderly manner and based protecting national security and, only then, on the needs of the country’s society and economy.
  • Foreign aid would be eliminated and defense spending better targeted to real threats so as to end the tax-tyranny of a perennially spendthrift federal government; reduce the amount of debt held by foreigners, especially that held by regimes such as China and Saudi Arabia; and encourage the reemergence of the traditional but long dormant pay-as-you-go thriftiness of individual Americans and their families.
  • Most important, the world would see a massively reduced U.S. voice, presence, involvement in events that have no conceivable impact on U.S. national interest. Other nations would have to begin looking out for themselves; they will have to amicably settle their religious, ethnic, tribal, and territorial spats or fight each other to the death – no U.S. cavalry will be riding to the rescue.

As you listen to Dr. Paul, you will hear his opponents describe him as an evil isolationist, but neither Dr. Paul nor America has ever been isolationist. Indeed, the term “isolationist” is merely a deceptive slur that America’s bipartisan elite hurls at those citizens who prefer not to waste their wealth or children’s lives in other peoples’ wars. Since its inception, the United States has been a trading nation and a country fully involved in economic, scientific, educational, and commercial affairs around the world. At its best, America has been sturdily non-interventionist, recognizing both that it has more than enough to do to expand liberty’s domain and the equality of opportunity at home, and that non-essential foreign adventures can only slow or even undo liberty and opportunity for Americans at home.

In an America led by the non-interventionist Dr. Paul, the world would see a more confident and less aggressive nation; a nation more humble, prosperous, and equitable; and a nation willing to let all other nations and peoples work out their own destinies, peaceably or violently, as they wish. America would get back to its own business and interests, and the rest of the post-Cold War world’s nations would be left alone to try, at long last, to grow into responsible adults.

November 28, 2007

Michael Scheuer [send him mail] is the author of Imperial Hubris and Through Our Enemies’ Eyes. He recently resigned after 22 years at the CIA.

Copyright 2007 © LewRockwell.com

 
Find this article at:
http://www.lewrockwell.com/orig6/scheuer6.html


**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


Feminist Abuse of Domestic Violence Laws

November 28, 2007

Feminist Abuse of Domestic Violence Laws


by Phyllis Schlafly, November 28, 2007

The radical feminists have devised a scheme to cash in on a flow of taxpayers’ money in a big way. Their good buddy Senator Joseph Biden (D-DE) has just introduced a bill called I-VAWA (International Violence Against Women Act, S. 2279). I-VAWA earmarks at least 10 percent of its program funds to be granted to a certain type of women’s organizations. Biden’s press release identifies the favored groups: N.O.W.’s Legal Momentum, Family Violence Prevention Fund, Women’s Edge Coalition, and Center for Women’s Global Leadership.

I-VAWA would create a new Office of Women’s Global Initiatives that would control all foreign domestic-violence programs and funds in the Departments of State, Justice, Labor, Health and Human Services, and Homeland Security.

The radical feminists who would be the recipients of I-VAWA’s awesome bureaucratic and money power are very selective about the kinds of violence they will target in 10 to 20 foreign countries. They have no interest in speaking up for the hundreds of thousands of unborn girls in China and India who are victims of sex-selection abortions.

Feminist ideology about the goal of gender-neutrality and the absence of innate differences between males and females goes out the window when it comes to the subject of domestic violence. Feminist dogma is that the law should assume men are batterers and women are victims.

How this malicious ideology plays out in U.S. courts every day is described in a revealing article in the November Illinois Bar Journal. Titled “Sword or Shield: Combating Orders-of-Protection Abuse in Divorce,” the article spells out how petitioners can gain unfair advantage in divorce and child custody by using the Illinois Domestic Violence Act.

Political correctness requires that the Illinois Bar Journal use gender-neutral words, but anyone familiar with this subject knows that the term petitioner overwhelmingly means wife and respondent means husband.

Orders of Protection (OP) were designed to be a “shield” to protect against domestic violence. This article bluntly describes how a petitioner can use an OP as a “sword” to obtain child custody in an expedited manner, to restrict a father’s visitation with his children, and to gain exclusive use of the home.

The petitioner simply bypasses the Illinois Marriage and Dissolution of Marriage Act (IMDMA) and instead goes to court under the Illinois Domestic Violence Act (DVA) because that statute has a clear bias. As artfully described in the Illinois Bar Association article, it is “petitioner-friendly.”

Orders of Protection, available at any courthouse, are easy to file even by non-lawyers, and rarely require any fees. The DVA permits non-attorney domestic-abuse advocates to sit at counsel table and give confidential and privileged advice to the petitioner.

It’s also much easier to get an OP, and once granted along with exclusive possession of the home, the law clearly favors the wife maintaining child custody and the home unless the husband is able to present a preponderance of evidence that the custody arrangement is a hardship to HIM. The divorce act gives no such preferential presumption.

Accusations of abuse and demands for an OP are extremely useful in denying child custody to the respondent. The DVA includes “a rebuttable presumption that awarding physical care to respondent would NOT be in the minor child’s best interest.”

The DVA requires that a petition for an OP be expedited, and judges typically allot only 15 or 20 minutes to each case, which is not enough time to hear all the relevant evidence. Resolving a custody decision in a divorce proceeding usually requires many months.

The Illinois Bar article concludes: “If a parent is willing to abuse the system, it is unlikely the trial court could discover (her) improper motives in an Order of Protection hearing.”

Under the divorce law, a parent is entitled to “reasonable visitation rights.” But he loses those rights in an OP hearing under the DVA because the standards of evidence do not apply and the court has “wide discretion to restrict visitation.”

The greatest potential for abuse of the system is that a petitioner can circumvent the divorce law and thereby restrict visitation by the other parent. The longer a parent is able to retain temporary custody, the greater her opportunity to obtain permanent custody.

The use of Orders of Protection is a “high stakes matter,” not only because it can irrevocably affect the lives of the children, but because violating an OP is a crime for which the respondent can be jailed.

The Law Journal’s advice to lawyers on how to prevent their clients from being railroaded as a victim of OP is pretty pathetic: “spend time and money.”

Eagle Forum • PO Box 618 • Alton, IL 62002 phone: 618-462-5415 fax: 618-462-8909 eagle@eagleforum.org

Read this article online: http://www.eagleforum.org/column/2007/nov07/07-11-28.html


The Essence of Liberty #192, Objections to 100 Percent Gold

November 28, 2007

http://www.flyoverpress.com

The Essence of Liberty: Part 192 (1) 

Compiled by 

Dr. Jimmy T. (Gunny) LaBaume 

A Summary of Rothbard, Murray N. The Case For A 100 Percent GOLD DOLLAR by Jimmy T. LaBaume and Toni Jolin 

(The complete book is available for download at http://www.mises.org/story/1829) 

Objections to 100 Percent Gold

Several standard objections are raised against 100% banking and 100% gold currency. One accepted argument against 100% banking is that, with a 100% reserve requirement, banks would not be able to continue profitably in business. But, if the benefits of banks are really so wonderful, then consumers will be willing to pay a service charge for them. At any rate, there is no reason why banking should not have to take its chances in the free market with every other industry.

The major objection against 100% gold is that this would supposedly leave the economy with an inadequate money supply. Some economists advocate a steady increase in the money supply. Others call for the supply to be adjusted to achieve stable prices. In both cases, the adjusting and manipulating can only be done by the government. Furthermore, this looks the great monetary lesson of classical economics—the supply of money really does not matter. Money performs as a medium of exchange. Any increase in its supply will cause the purchasing power of each unit to decline. Furthermore, the very idea of a stable price level is open to challenge. In the first place, why “stable?” There is no reason why government manipulators should be able to deprive the consuming public of the right to lower prices.

So in sum, just as with all other weights, money’s weight should be eternally fixed. And, “its value, like all other values, should be left to the judgment, estimation, and ultimate decision of every individual consumer.”

Next Previous


Copyright ©2004, FlyoverPress.com

Jimmy T. LaBaume, PhD, ChFC is a full professor teaching economics and statistics in the School of Agricultural and Natural Resource Sciences, Sul Ross State University, Alpine, TX. He does not speak for Sul Ross State University. Sul Ross State University does not think for him.

Dr. LaBaume has lived in Mexico and spent extended periods of time in South and Central America as a researcher, consultant and educator.

“Gunny” LaBaume is a decorated veteran of the Vietnam War and Desert Storm. His Marine Corps career spanned some 35 years intermittently from 1962 until 1997 when he refused to re-enlist with less than 2 years to go to a good retirement. In his own words, he “simply got tired of being guilty of treason.”

He is also currently the publisher and managing editor of FlyoverPress.com, a daily e-source of news not seen or heard anywhere on the mainstream media. He can be reached at jlabaume@sulross.edu.

Permission is granted to forward as you wish, circulate among individuals or groups, post on all Internet sites and publish in the print media as long as the article is published in full, including the author’s name and contact information and the URL www.flyoverpress.com.

FlyoverPress.com can be contacted at editor@flyoverpress.com


*Note: We hold no special government issued licenses or permits. We don’t accept government subsidies, bailouts, low-cost loans, insurance, or other privileges. We don’t lobby for laws that hurt our competitors. We actively oppose protectionism and invite all foreign competitors to try to under price us. We do not lobby for tariffs, quotas, or anti-dumping laws. We do not support the government’s budget deficits: we hold no government or agency securities.


HOME

E-mail

To Subscribe to our daily e-mail alert service, send an e-mail with the word “subscribe” on the subject line.

OUR SPONSORS


Options for Homeland Defense, Inc.

Professional Firearms Training at its finest.

Private and Descrete

Liberty Knows No Compromise

Protecting Liberty Through Private Firearms Ownership


AMERICAN LAPEL PINS & EMBLEMS, INC. has a large selection of patriotic lapel and hat pens, embroderied patches, badges, and service awards.

They also do custom work and can make just about anything. Your own pin complete with your logo or motto.

Visit their site.


The Warrior’s Press, Inc.

Military Manuals and Correspondence Courses

Infantry, Armor, Recon, Special Forces, Seals

Weapons; Tactics; Security; Intelligence; Nuclear, Biological and Chemical Warfare

We also carry a selection of unusual, outrageous and even banned books

Liberty Knows No Compromise

 

 

© Flyover Press All Rights Reserved.


World would be better off without Cheney

November 28, 2007

World would be better off without Cheney

By Chris Elliott

November 28, 2007 10:44 AM

George W. Bush is a heartbeat away from having to become president of the United States, a heartbeat that is becoming more and more tenuous.

The heartbeat I am referring to of course is that of Dick Cheney, who has been shouldering the duties of the presidency since its current inception, and whose ticker needed a jump-start early this week in order to resume normal heart rhythm after displaying atrial fibrillation. I would have provided him with my home remedy that involves a motorcycle battery, a pair of alligator clips and two vice-presidential nipples but I wasn’t asked.

While one might easily confuse the two, atrial fibrillation is not the result of the tremendous amount fibbing that President Cheney has been doing lately. It comes instead from eating lots of steak and spending time on the phone making sure one’s constituents are sufficiently wealthy.

Cheney has real cause for concern. He has had four heart attacks, two artery-clearing angioplasties, one quadruple bypass surgery, and an operation to implant a defibrillator that monitors his heartbeat. In July, he had surgery to replace the defibrillator.

This guy makes the Tin Man look like Lance Armstrong. He must have more zippers than George Bush’s airman costume. When Cheney walked toward a senile Joe Garigiola in the sauna last week, Joe said, “Curve ball, I think it’s breaking left.” There’s no real cause to rejoice though, because if acting President Dick Cheney dies, the honor of selecting George W. Bush’s new puppet master would ostensibly fall to Bush himself. Of course the Republican National Committee will make sure he picks the right stooge and then run the show by committee from an undisclosed location in much the same way it has been done for the past seven years. It being much easier to leave things the way they are, however, an elite medical unit was assembled to put Humpty Dumpty back together again.

Once the skeptical surgical team determined that Cheney actually had a heart, they went to work immediately to correct its rhythm. The elite physicians determined that, like many soulless white people, Cheney’s heart was clapping on the one and the three. “Honestly, it was like watching a Debbie Boone concert,” said lead surgeon Kwame Adebayo. “It’s back to normal now.” According to a recent Associated Press report, “The main treatment is to try an electrical shock to restore normal heartbeat. If that doesn’t work, patients may need to take the blood thinner Warfarin to reduce stroke risk.” Let me back up the tape for a second: “If that doesn’t work, patients may need to take the blood thinner Warfarin to reduce stroke risk.” I’m not kidding. The blood thinner that Cheney is taking is called Warfarin. One has to assume that Warfarin was prescribed in Cheney’s case because of his fondness for the apostrophic version of the word.

I can see Cheney turning beet red in his Johnny and stalking the hospital hallway like General George S. Patton addressing his troops. “Warfarin’ men have charted the evolution of society since the Mongolian hordes and before. I loves me some warfarin’ men. Hannibal! Napoleon! Rommel! Genghis Khan! G-r-r-r-r-r-r-r! Churchill! G-r-r-r-r-r-r! Charlemagne! Mao Tse-Tung!! Hitl — um, all of the great warriors!!!” I imagine the Nurse Ratchet version of the hospital staff at the D.C. hospital of choice suffering Cheney’s tirade, but indeed topping off his syringe just a little more than the other patients.

“Where’s that Warfarin? Make mine a double dose! Make my blood so thin I have no conscience at all! Wait, it’s too late for that. Whatever, never mind. G-r-r-r-r-r-r! See how unwittingly aware I can be? R-r-r-a-a-r-r-r! G-r-r-r-r-r!! R-a-a-o-o-w-w-w!!! Let’s fare some war! Let’s war some fare! Let’s fare some unfair warfare! G-r-r-r-r-r!!!” You could say that Cheney was using Warfarin as a preemptive stroke. After all, he’s done very similar things before with warfarin’, why not with Warfarin? He has bumbled into sovereign nations armed with faulty intelligence and warfarin’, and achieved results that are the opposite of the intention. Hopefully his current strategy will have equally catastrophic results with Warfarin, and subsequent to the giddily anticipated final heart attack, people won’t be fooled by the robot with the Cheney carcass over it that the RNC would attempt before ceding even the vice presidency to anyone who wasn’t already a shill for the corporatocracy. Best wishes to the veep’s family, but I submit this devil to the ghoul pool; the rest of the world would benefit by his absence.

http://tinyurl.com/2g86bq

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


Have Liberals Ever Embraced Basic Tenets of America?

November 28, 2007

Have Liberals Ever Embraced Basic Tenets of America?

Paul R. Hollrah

While rank-and-file Democrats may belong to any one of six or seven powerful special interests that dominate the Democrat Party, they all have one thing in common.  Unlike Republicans, few Democrats are willing or able to: a) describe what it is that their party stands for, or b) deliver a comprehensive two minute dissertation on why they, themselves, identify with the party.

 

Recently, while reading Ann Coulter’s new book, If Democrats Had Any Brains, They’d Be Republicans , I put it aside temporarily to read Kathleen Willey’s new book, Target, a gripping tale of how Bill Clinton sexually assaulted her in the Oval Office and the frightening campaign of intimidation that followed, making her fear for her life and ending forever her fidelity to the Democrat Party.

 

When Willey’s husband, an attorney, embezzled $500,000 from a client’s account and was unable to make restitution, Kathleen, a White House volunteer, went to the Oval Office to ask the president for a full time paying position.  It was then that Clinton forced her against a wall and assaulted her.  Ironically, as that assault was taking place, her husband was driving to a remote wooded area in King and Queen County, Virginia where he shot himself to death.

 

Still a loyal Democrat, Willey tried to keep the president’s behavior a secret.   But there were witnesses to her smeared lipstick, her tousled hair, and her disheveled clothing as she rushed from the Oval Office.  And once she confided in a friend, who later betrayed that confidence, it was no longer a secret.  Needless to say, it was of particular interest to Paula Jones’s lawyers who were looking for “pattern of behavior” evidence in their sexual harassment lawsuit against the president.

 

Approximately two years after her husband’s death, Willey was introduced to Nate Landow, a wealthy Democrat fundraiser, friend of Bill, and chairman of the Maryland Democratic Party.  Willey and Landow dated occasionally, and when she was subpoenaed to testify in the Paula Jones case the Clinton intimidation machine went on full-court press.  

 

Landow sent a plane to pick her up and flew her to his estate on the Maryland eastern shore.   Willey described their conversations, saying, “Nate advised me to try to dodge the subpoena.  And he pressured me to lie in the (sworn) deposition, to just say that nothing happened…”   Landow argued, “Only two people in this world really know what happened in there – you and him.  You do not need to talk about this…”

 

It was in that moment that Willey’s disillusionment was complete.

 

Returning to Coulter’s book, I read a chapter in which she discussed the blatant contradictions in Democrat attitudes on a broad range of issues… contradictions that baffle conservatives and Republicans.

 

While Democrats claim to support our troops, they do everything in their power to undercut the president and the commanders who lead them into battle.  While they claim to be the champions of the middle class they propose tax increases on the rich… which they then define to include the middle class.  They pretend to be in favor of protecting our borders from foreign invasion, yet they work tirelessly to capture illegal aliens as yet another Democrat voting bloc.  They pander to African Americans, decrying the fact that more than a million blacks are incarcerated in our nation’s prisons, yet they’ve supported the abortion of more than 15 million black babies (equal to 1/3 of the black population) in the years since Roe v. Wade.  (As Coulter writes, “when your position on abortion is identical to the Klan’s, maybe it’s time to reconsider.”) 

 

For the politically astute, Democrat or Republican, there were few surprises in Kathleen Willey’s account of the inner workings of the Democrat Party and the Clinton White House.  But the question that the reader confronts, a question that literally screams to be asked, is what is it about Democrats that blinds them to the seamy underbelly of their party and that allows them to look the other way when their party or its leaders engage in criminal wrongdoing?

 

Is it because liberals and Democrats are, at heart, dishonest?  Not necessarily.   The problem with liberals and Democrats… aside from their win-at-any-cost approach to politics… is that, since the early days of our republic, they have never fully bought into the basic tenets upon which our nation was founded.  The terms “progressive” and “liberal” are, by direct implication, indicative of dissatisfaction with the established order… including dissatisfaction with the most basic principles of our great American experiment.

  

Liberals and Democrats consistently promise “change” and a “new direction” without ever describing exactly what “change” they recommend or what their “new direction” might be.  It’s as if they were asking voters to go to the airport and to board airplanes indiscriminately, not knowing or caring what the ultimate destination might be.  They promise only to take us someplace without ever telling us where.

  

Coulter’s suggestion that Democrats have no brains may be a bit harsh, but we would all be a lot better off if they would at least take a more critical look at their party and what it stands for and hold their leaders to a much higher standard of conduct.

 

# #
FamilySecurityMatters.org Contributing Editor Paul Hollrah is a Senior Fellow at the Lincoln Heritage Institute.
read full author bio here

If you are a reporter or producer who is interested in receiving more information about this writer or this article, please email your request to pr@familysecuritymatters.org.

Note — The opinions expressed in this column are those of the author and do not necessarily reflect the opinions, views, and/or philosophy of The Family Security Foundation, Inc.

Other Articles by Paul Hollrah…
Have Liberals Ever Embraced Basic Tenets of America?
Hillary’s China Connection
Free Speech… Liberal Style
Will Work for Your Vote (But Not for You)
Counting the Illegals?
The Next Sound You Hear… Paul R. Hollrah
Redefining Islam Paul R. Hollrah
Redefining Islam Paul R. Hollrah
Racial Politics Upside Down Paul R. Hollrah
Mr. Chertoff’s “Gut Feelings” Paul R. Hollrah

http://tinyurl.com/22my46

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


Is Hillary Doing A Bill?

November 28, 2007

Is Hillary Doing A Bill?

By Jon Christian Ryter

November 28, 2007

NewsWithViews.com

The rumor started early this summer. But, most people who heard the rumor dismissed it as simply rumor-mongering in a town known for “death by rumor.” The most sizzling rumor this summer was about Hillary Clinton and her Indian/Pakistani aide. The first name droppers were Village Voice reporter Robert Morrow and blogger Luke Ford. Morrow described Clinton’s aide, Huma Abedin to Fox News consultant Monica Crowley as “…a goddess from Kalamazoo, Michigan.” Morrow told Crowley that the whispers along Pennsylvania Avenue (no one who works in government and values their jobs speaks above a whisper about Hillary Clinton’s long suspected proclivity for same sex relationships and expects to still have a job at the end of the week) are that Hillary has had a long-standing affair with her aide de camp, Huma Abedlin.

“I recently said on Monica Crowley’s radio show,” Morrow said, “whisper campaigns are claiming that Hillary Clinton is Gayle King-ing her aide de camp, the glamorous Huma Abedin, an Indian’/Pakistani goddess from Kalamazoo.” Musing out loud, Morrow pondered whether “…Hillary may be putting Huma out there in the press and purposely making her more visible as a preemptive strike that amounts to her hiding in plain sight. This way, no Republican can later say, ‘Who is this gorgeous babe who spends so much intimate time with Hillary that the Observer called her Hill’s “body person”? Was Gennifer Flowers’ book right about Hillary’s sexual taste?’” (Author’s note: the term “Gayle King-ing” is a reference to recent rumors, quashed by Oprah Winfrey, that she was having a lesbian affair with her close friend and business confidant, Gayle King. Both Oprah and King denied a relationship. Nor has any evidence been produced by any of their accusers to support the claim.)

Rumors along Pennsylvania are as numerous, and about as accurate as the myriad of polls commissioned by the candidates themselves to show they are ahead of everyone else—or privately to see how badly they are trailing everyone else. There have been rumors about Hillary’s lesbian dalliances for years—perhaps just idle chatter, perhaps to show Bill what’s good for the gander may be even more enjoyable for the goose. [Raed "The Fist Lady" a shocking book about Hillary. Book out of print, supply is limited]

Then there are rumors about the “dark side” of Mormonism to suggest that popular Mormon candidate Mitt Romney—a very devout family man—is more dangerous than a 33° Mason. Or, there are the rumors that Rudy Giuliani’s wife kills puppies. Or that Barack Obama is a Muslim extremist. (We’ll talk about this one in a minute even though Obama, who is a member of a Christian denomination, denies the rumors.) It now appears that the Giuliani camp leaked a rumor of their own about Giuliani to gain sympathy from the Iowa and New Hampshire voters in order to bolster his sagging numbers. The rumor claims that when Giuliani was a US Attorney the mob voted on whether to whack him, and in a 3 to 2 vote, the heads of the Five Families decided to let him go on living. He parlayed his US Attorney job into the Mayor’s office just as Eliot Spitzer parlayed his US Attorney job into the governor’s mansion in Albany. I wonder how long it will be before the American people realize they don’t want to elevate to high office those who build their political names as prosecutors. Prosecutors and ambitious Senators who investigate the rest of us are cynics who trust no one. They also make the worst presidents. Remember Richard Nixon?

Although it is not likely they will, the Clinton Campaign remains fearful that the Obama Campaign might add legs to the Hillary-Huma romance rumors by talking about it on the campaign trail. That may be why the Clinton Campaign suggested it had some juicy dirt on the freshman Senator from Illinois but would not use it. Is Hillary seeking a quid pro quo?


Advertisement

The dirt Hillary has on Barack has nothing to do with the fact that Hussein Obama was born and raised as a Wahabbi Muslim. And, by the way, that’s the radical, extremist kind of Muslim if you didn’t know. Obama’s dirt-trail (like most politicians) is money-related. He’s guilty of the same type of real estate manipulation that put former Congressman Randy “Duke” Cunningham [R-CA] in prison, and put Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid [D-NV] in the headlines in October, 2006 for collecting a $1.1 million real estate windfall on a deal that was shady at best.

Reid was allowed to buy a very expensive lot for $400 thousand to help the developers leap a whole bunch of political hurdles that sometimes stymie developers. Obama’s “Reid-deal” was with developer Tony Rezko, an indicted political fundraiser (who was, by the way, also one of Obama’s fundraisers). When Obama bought into the real estate deal, the Feds were investigating Rezko for attempting to extort kickbacks from government deals. The Obama-Rezko deal—like Reid’s—entailed buying adjoining lots in a residential subdivision. Obama bought his for $300 thousand less than market. Rezko’s wife paid the full retail price for hers—from the same owner. Rumors surfaced that the Rezkos paid part of the cost of Obama’s lot. Rezko also donated $60 thousand to Obama’s Senate campaign—and had Obama hire one of Rezko’s business associates—as an unpaid intern in his Senate office. The business associate, John Armanda, even kicked in a donation of $11,500 on his own to snag the job. When you have insider access to members of Congress, you have access to the wheelers and dealers than not even lobbyists have. I’m not suggesting they were, but handsome profits can be made with that type of access—even by an unpaid intern.

As Oprah Winfrey begins her tour with Democratic hopeful Sen. Barack Hussein Obama, the political windfall for the freshman Senator will be almost incalculable. Today, Obama is leading Clinton in Iowa 30% to 26%. While the Clinton talking heads claim the race for Iowa is neck-and-neck, the reality is that Obama has pulled ahead and it is unlikely Clinton will be able to make up the difference without some Clintonesque sleight-of-hand skullduggery. And, where Clinton had a 23 point lead over Obama in New Hampshire in September, she now leads him by only 10 points—34% to 24%. With Oprah campaigning for Obama, Hillary’s lead in New Hampshire will vanish like the Rose Law Firm billing records (which surfaced only after the statute of limitations for prosecuting Hillary ran out).

But, this is all old stuff. The words on everyone’s lips today is Huma Abedin. Is she, or is she not, Hillary’s lesbian lover? The British tabloids are having a field day with the rumors, because the Brits love smut. The Sunday Times admits that “…nobody is sure who is behind the attack on Mrs. Clinton…but the claims of lesbianism…found fertile ground on right wing websites.” Village Voice—not exactly what you would call a conservative cybervoice—wrote the story on November 1. The Observer covered it, and a host of blogs on both sides of the aisle covered the rumor that, as of yet, has not been substantiated as fact—even though a top level US Department of Justice official is telling bloggers who ask that the rumors of Hillary Clinton fooling around with Huma Abedlin is based on reality. So my question is: is Hillary doing a “Bill?”

© 2007 Jon C. Ryter – All Rights Reserved

[Read "Whatever Happened to America?"]

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale


Jon Christian Ryter is the pseudonym of a former newspaper reporter with the Parkersburg, WV Sentinel. He authored a syndicated newspaper column, Answers From The Bible, from the mid-1970s until 1985. Answers From The Bible was read weekly in many suburban markets in the United States.

Today, Jon is an advertising executive with the Washington Times. His website, www.jonchristianryter.com has helped him establish a network of mid-to senior-level Washington insiders who now provide him with a steady stream of material for use both in his books and in the investigative reports that are found on his website.

E-Mail: BAFFauthor@aol.com


Home


Christiam Leaders Betray Christ For World Peace

November 28, 2007

Christiam Leaders Betray Christ For World Peace

By Paul Proctor

November 28, 2007

NewsWithViews.com

Once again, leaders from the so-called “church growth movement” are demonstrating for us the Hegelian Dialectic – that transformational Marxist process of compromise and consensus made famous by Georg William Friedreich Hegel which seeks to rid the world of its divisive absolutes in the interest of global peace and unity.

Here’s the formula: Thesis + Antithesis = Synthesis

The Christian Post reported the following in a November 23rd article titled, Christian Leaders Invite Muslims to Love God, Neighbors Together:

 

Christian leaders across denominational lines responded to the unprecedented open letter signed last month by 138 representative Muslim leaders with their own letter, calling on the two Abrahamic faiths to love God and neighbors together.

The key word here is “together.”

To begin with, nowhere in scripture are Christians instructed to unite with other religions and their deities to do anything. Such a plan doesn’t display a love for God at all, but only a disregard for Him and His only begotten Son.

Among other things, the dialectic process redefines “love” to mean tolerance instead of obedience, and calls Christianity and Islam “Abrahamic faiths” as if the two groups have some moral obligation to unite under a god of common ground.

“Ye adulterers and adulteresses, know ye not that the friendship of the world is enmity with God? whosoever therefore will be a friend of the world is the enemy of God.” – James 4:4

The Bible is uncompromisingly clear on this issue both in 2nd Corinthians 6:14-17, where we are specifically commanded to not yoke ourselves with unbelievers, and again in Ephesians 5:11, where we are instructed to “have no fellowship with the unfruitful works of darkness.”

Jesus Himself said: “He that is not with me is against me: and he that gathereth not with me scattereth.” (Matthew 12:30, Luke 11:23)

How then can Christians join Muslims to love God together and not be an abomination before Him? We’re talking about two entirely different “Gods” here – not the same God with differing names. And that’s the big lie hidden in this global agenda. By swapping love letters with Muslims, these “Christian leaders” endeavor to legitimize the illegitimate by setting aside the whole counsel of God for Results & Relationships.

Jesus Christ is not the Son of Allah; and to even imply that He is by claiming to love the same “God” as Muslims is not only being dangerously deceitful – it’s blasphemy!

But that’s what the Hegelian Dialectic does to the Christian faith – it unites opposites and enemies under a guise of goodness – all at the Lord’s expense; and that is and always has been the modus operandi of the “church growth movement” – to mingle the sheep with the goats until they are indistinguishable.

Christianity (thesis) + Islam (antithesis) = One World Religion (synthesis)

It should come as no surprise to the readers of my column that two of the reported signers of this letter who “share the sentiments” of Muslim leaders are none other than pastors Rick Warren of Purpose Driven Life fame, and the seeker-sensitive Bill Hybels from Willow Creek Community Church.

The CP article went on to say:

 

“Peaceful relations between Muslims and Christians stand as one of the central challenges of this century, and perhaps of the whole present epoch,” wrote the Christian leaders.

I thought the Great Commission was our central challenge as Christians – to love God and our neighbor by faithfully and obediently proclaiming His Gospel – to preach the cross – to call sinners to repentance and faith for the forgiveness of sins through the shed blood of Jesus Christ!

Have we now abandoned that for an ecumenical Plan B to world peace?

 

“If we can achieve religious peace between these two religious communities, peace in the world will clearly be easier to attain.”

But Jesus said in Matthew 10:34, “Think not that I am come to send peace on earth: I came not to send peace, but a sword” which is the Word of God that divides us, not just from the strange fire of other religions, but oftentimes from our own beloved family members.

“For I am come to set a man at variance against his father, and the daughter against her mother, and the daughter in law against her mother in law. And a man’s foes shall be they of his own household.” – Matthew 10:35-36

Do Warren and Hybels believe the Bible or not?

You be the judge:

 

Christian leaders urged for an interfaith dialogue that moves beyond “polite” ecumenical talks between selected leaders. Instead, leaders of both faiths should hold dialogues to build relations that will “reshape” the two communities to “genuinely reflect our common love for God and for one another,” the Christian letter stated.

My, how this bunch loves to re-imagine, re-interpret, re-define, re-envision, re-invent, re-think and re-shape the world to suit them!

“Thus saith the LORD, Stand ye in the ways, and see, and ask for the old paths, where is the good way, and walk therein, and ye shall find rest for your souls.” – Jeremiah 6:16a

You see, they’re not just seeking to shake hands with Muslims on the street, at work or in the grocery store – the objective here is to “hold dialogues to build relations.” That’s the dialectic process I referred to earlier that relieves participants of their divisive absolutes for a compromised collective conscience, resulting in a synthesis of spiritual beliefs that both can embrace together peacefully. (i.e., religious groupthink)

Why do they want to “hold dialogues to build relations?”

To “reshape the two communities” so as to “genuinely reflect our common love for God.”

Which “God” – theirs or ours?

And that’s what this is really all about – systematically merging the two faiths into one through the dialectic process – not merely finding “common ground” or “reflecting” a “common love for God,” but actually creating a common god for the common good.

Who stands to benefit from this?

The coming antichrist, of course.

Kind of gives a whole new meaning to the term “church growth movement,” doesn’t it?

In spite of their seemingly benevolent agenda, Jesus Christ came to offer peace with God – not peace with Allah.

“Whosoever transgresseth, and abideth not in the doctrine of Christ, hath not God. He that abideth in the doctrine of Christ, he hath both the Father and the Son. If there come any unto you, and bring not this doctrine, receive him not into your house, neither bid him God speed: For he that biddeth him God speed is partaker of his evil deeds” – 2nd John 1: 9-11

Related articles:

1. Christian Leaders Invite Muslims to Love God, Neighbors Together
2. A Christian Response to ‘A Common Word Between Us and You’
3. The Church of Common Ground
4. What Rick Warren Wants
5. Willow Creek Hegelian Dialectic & The New World Order
6. The Test of Faith

© 2007 Paul Proctor – All Rights Reserved

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale


Paul Proctor, a rural resident of the Volunteer state and seasoned veteran of the country music industry, retired from showbiz in the late 1990’s to dedicate himself to addressing important social issues from a distinctly biblical perspective. As a freelance writer and regular columnist for NewsWithViews.com, he extols the wisdom and truths of scripture through commentary and insight on cultural trends and current events. His articles appear regularly on a variety of news and opinion sites across the internet and in print.

E-Mail: watchman@usa.com 

 


 

Home


RFID and National ID As Electronic Stalking

November 28, 2007

RFID and National ID As Electronic Stalking

Part 2

By John Longenecker
November 28, 2007
NewsWithViews.com

Tracking Americans Worldwide

The Right To Bare Arms means no RFID in the body. Virgin. Untouched. Unmolested.

With any sort of requirement to even eventually and for whatever reason take the RFID Chip implant, the officials pushing it makes them the New Bureau Of Engraving.

I had written years ago that when I was a Paramedic in the Fairfax District of Los Angeles in 1977, I had seen and treated many Jews who had Nazi Numbers on their arms. You know what those were for.

The RFID Chip is for that same purpose. Order.

You can call it fighting crime, you can call it tracking and you can call it Order, but it’s all the same: Control. And Control by knowing things about you is the foe of Liberty, because it subjects innocent everyday behavior to scrutiny, and this leads to mistake, abuse and retaliation.

When I say that tiny RFID Chips can track Americans worldwide, I am speaking of the shared databases we described in Part I. For years, I’ve been calling it the Flea — the tiny thing you don’t want on you. Let’s look closer.

Shared databases are already operating in fingerprinting, insurance coverage, point of sale, automobile records, medical records, sales leads for sales weasels, marketing tracking of both merchandise and customer habits, diesel parts, tires, grooming supplies, and much, much more. Enter Internet search term Keyword RFID and you pull up a host of news items. Take it a step further: Google for yourself your own tracking: Google Alert term RFID and you can begin to follow RFID newsbreaks as they happen by opting-in for e-mail notification of the latest. You may get ten a day. When one begins to view the enormity of the applications, delight of new technology turns to apprehension and suspicion. JMO, of course. .

As more and more agencies adopt RFID readers, more and more databases want to join, and many have made a good case for taking a peek at the data of what you buy, eat, read and watch. The fact is, that you are now watched, or soon will be.

As these are embedded in consumables, they are read wherever you take your consumables. This establishes the technology of worldwide reading of RFID Chips for a seemingly harmless tracking model: marketing. It also makes you trackable wherever you go by what you carry. (What’s in your wallet?)

And, naturally, if it’s proven in marketing, it will be of interest in law enforcement. The brunt of the cost will have been absorbed by business in pioneering the concept of following a single item anywhere in the world, and with such an infrastructure in place by then, law enforcement tracking is no longer three steps away, but one step away. The privacy defense will no longer be a voice, but a whimper by then, outweighed – bullied – by so-called necessity for a new crime fighting tool, and technical wonder for its ease of operation.

No wonder crime is permitted to continue: it paves the way for new technologic intrusions, equipment sales and the staff to man them.

Now, to the future Americans to be tracked, the children, as promised.

As I mentioned, Liberty, Sovereignty and Privacy need to be pushed aside for the industry of Personal Data Portability, otherwise known as Tracking. The customer’s view is convenience, while the marketer’s view is watching. What they do with the information they obtain morphs into wider and wider applications, inspired by more and more successful experiments – some technological triumphs, others societal triumphs, as in overcoming Privacy objections — all of which then translate into deeper and deeper intrusions.

But intrusion isn’t harmless, because such personal information can so easily be misinterpreted. Such personal data can so easily be subjective and abused. What they interpret can be pivotal in how you parent your children, and sooner than you think.

As RFID is embedded in more and more items, a greater acceptance and acceptability occurs, and over time, tracking becomes the norm. What we establish and accept today will become the norm for our kids, and will proceed from there. As with our U.S. History, what is erased or forgotten is what might have added powerful enough perspective to protect the nation on the issue, so acceptance today is essential to the control of tomorrow. Refusal today is critical to the safety and freedom of our kids tomorrow.

Erasing the baseline for perspective is to disarm the children of tomorrow in their protest against control when it comes time for them to grapple with the problem — long after we’re gone. Order. Irrespective of what we teach them today, our actions of acceptance will speak louder, and do much of the advance work of control — no.. more like surrender – to and for the industries which will thrive on adversity, war, terrorism and crime. And the need for….Order.

Now look at this: Who uses the Internet a lot in 2008? The kids. Who likes to buy all kinds of junk at the Mall? The kids. Where are RFID chips being placed? In all sorts of items, from those diesel parts to wet shaving razors . . . and RFID is placed in tons of stuff for… shall we say.. marketing purposes.

And who furnishes a free modem with new or upgraded service? ISP’s do. When was the last time you paid for a modem?

As the discussion has been posted on the world wide web [don’t forget to Google Alert the term RFID] modems are being geared for RFID readers for so-called marketing research in items brought home. This is not a new concept, not new at all. Haven’t you noticed the contactless ‘swipe’ or ‘pass’ feature on the terminal when you buy something? Internet. Various software already manages what they are calling Global RFID Networks already in place.

It’s no great leap to RFID readers in the home computer’s modem.

And here’s another frightening aspect of the nightmare: not only will chips of the near future be readable and tiny, they will also be writeable and re-writeable, just like the mag stripe on your membership card is. The mag stripe is just a piece of recording tape souped up for high print-through and durability. But make no mistake, when it is read at the supermarket, it is re-writing the stripe and updating it. How’s that for taking a swipe at Americans?

They’re not likely to leave this feature out of Portable Personal Data chips.

Every day the industry makes advances toward personal implantation, it’s an appraisal of our current Sovereignty.

In Part III, we can ask the denizens of the industry why they don’t take their own Chip and more.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

© 2007 – John Longenecker – All Rights Reserved

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale


John Longenecker was one of the first Paramedics in Los Angeles EMS. Today, he a father of three, author, columnist, talk show guest and founder of the Good For The Country Foundation, a 501(c)(3) patriotic think tank examining policy adverse to the public interest.

Website: GoodForTheCountry.org

E-Mail: john.ljr@verizon.net


 

Home


Senator Gordon Smith’s Hate Crime Bill

November 28, 2007

Senator Gordon Smith’s Hate Crime Bill

By Cindy Sizemore

November 28, 2007

NewsWithViews.com

Oregon’s junior U.S. Senator, Gordon Smith, is pressing hard for adoption of federal hate crimes legislation. Among other things, Smith’s bill would increase criminal penalties for a crime when it is determined that the person committing the crime was thinking bad thoughts about the sexual orientation of the person he or she harmed.

As we shall see in a moment, Smith’s bill would make Thomas Jefferson roll over in his grave.

Following is a press release recently issued by Senator Smith’s office regarding the legislation he and Massachusetts Senator Ted Kennedy are at this moment jointly pushing through the United States Congress:

Smith calls for expanded hate crime law

November 20, 2007

OREGON U.S. SENATOR
GORDON SMITH
PRESS RELEASE: November 20, 2007
CONTACT: LINDSAY JACKSON, (202) 224-3753

Crime Data Demonstrates Need for Expanded Hate Crime Law

- Washington, D.C. – Crime data released recently by the FBI shows hate crimes continue to be a problem nationally and in Oregon, further reason for Congress to approve the Matthew Shepard Hate Crimes bill. The percentage of hate crimes motivated by sexual orientation rose to nearly sixteen percent across the country. One hundred and forty-one hate crimes were reported in Oregon. Twenty-five were crimes motivated by the victims’ sexual orientation.

“This is a problem that is not going away,” Smith said. “It is appalling that hate crimes continue to rise in a nation built on tolerance. We cannot be complacent in punishing these savage acts,” Smith said. “Congress needs to approve Matthew’s bill so there is protection in the law for every American in every community.”

Earlier this year, the Senate and the House approved The Matthew Shepard Hate Crimes Prevention Act as a provision in legislation that outlines spending for the Department of Defense. The U.S. House is set to vote on a reconciled version of this bill.

The FBI’s 2006 Hate Crime Statistics are available here:

Of all the things Gordon Smith has done that fly in the face of the conservative philosophy he sometimes espouses (especially when in front of selected audiences), none is as abhorrent as his sponsorship of federal hate crimes legislation. Although Senator Smith has expressed support for maintaining the separation between church and state, I wonder if he has even read Thomas Jefferson’s famous Danbury Baptist letter. That letter is the source of Jefferson’s “separation of church and state” doctrine, a doctrine that has been enthusiastically opined into law by activist federal judges over the last half century or so.

Jefferson prefaced his famous quotation about the wall of separation with three sound reasons for wanting to maintain that separation. One of his reasons was his belief that legislation should only reach as far as a man’s actions and not to his thoughts.

Here are Jefferson’s exact words to the Danbury Baptists: “Believing with you that religion is a matter that lies solely between man and his God, that he owes account to none other for his faith or his worship, that the legislative powers of government reach actions only, and not opinions, I contemplate with sovereign reverence that act of the whole American people which declared that their legislature should “make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof,” thus building a wall of separation between church and state. (emphasis added)

While Americans will continue to debate whether Jefferson’s wall was meant to keep government out of religion or religion out of government, and whether the wall was meant to keep prayer and Bibles out of schools (something Jefferson clearly never advocated) or to keep manger scenes out of town squares, the three reasons Jefferson offered for his wall are probably worthy of universal acceptation.

First, a man’s religion is between him and God. Second, he does not have to answer for his religious beliefs to anyone else, and finally, the legislative power of government must be limited to a man’s actions, not reaching as far as his opinions. This final reason is so fundamental to Americanism that Smith’s violation of its principle is inexcusable.

Perhaps Gordon Smith is merely trying to win reelection in Oregon, a moderate to liberal state with an organized and militant gay rights movement. Perhaps persecution of gays bothers Senator Smith more than most because he is a Mormon and Mormons themselves suffered major persecution in the early decades of their existence. Perhaps Gordon Smith simply disagrees with Jefferson and thinks government should punish us for what we think. Perhaps Smith really believes that an American should be punished more severely for assaulting a gay man than for assaulting a little old lady.

Regardless of his motivation for sponsoring it, Gordon’s Smith’s hate crimes legislation is about as un-American as any bill I have seen work its way through Congress. You might even say that Smith’s hate crimes bill is a kind of hate crime itself, a crime against the God-given freedom to think and believe as you wish. Yes, even the freedom to hate. After all, whom or what you hate and whom or what you love is between you and God. It is not Smith’s business and certainly not the business of the federal government.

If a man hits you with a club because you are gay or because he wants your money, it makes no difference. The crime is that he assaulted you, not that he hated you. The damage the club did is the business of government, not the opinions of the one who struck you. Assault is already a crime. There is absolutely no reason to make the victim’s sexual orientation an issue.

Consider the absurdity of Senator Smith’s stated reason for this legislation. He said in the above press release: “Congress needs to approve Matthew’s bill so there is protection in the law for every American in every community.” What is the senator saying? Is there some place in this country where it is legal to do what was done to Mathew Shepard? Of course not.

Without going into the much debated details of the Shepard case, assault is a crime in every state. Interjecting the opinions and motivations of the attackers into the Shepard case or any other involving a gay or lesbian adds no further protections to gays, except to make assaulting a homosexual more heinous under the law than assaulting a straight person. Certainly there is no rational basis for doing that unless your goal is not equal rights for gays, but special rights.

Finally, Oregonians represented by Gordon Smith ought to know that their senator has been so enthusiastic in pushing hate crimes legislation in the United States Senate that several gay rights groups in Washington D.C. have endorsed him for reelection. Smith has become to the national gay rights movement what another senator from Oregon was to the national abortion rights movement a couple of decades ago. He is a champion for their cause.

The more I have pondered this matter, the more troubled I have become by Smith’s actions. A person who does not understand the fundamental truth that someone’s thoughts and beliefs are none of the government’s business ought not to be in a position of authority in this nation. The magnitude of this error in judgment is sufficient to earn Senator Smith the utter disdain of any right thinking conservative or libertarian.

This is not one of those things on which conservatives may disagree. This is a betrayal of one of the foundational pillars of Americanism.

© 2007 Bill Sizemore – All Rights Reserved

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale

 


Bill Sizemore is a registered Independent who works as executive director of the Oregon Taxpayers Union, a statewide taxpayer organization. Bill was the Republican candidate for governor in 1998. He and his wife Cindy have four children.

Bill Sizemore is considered one of the foremost experts on the initiative process in the nation, having placed dozens of measures on the statewide ballot. Bill was raised in the logging communities of the Olympic Peninsula of Washington state, and moved to Portland in 1972. He is a graduate of Portland Bible College, where he taught for two years. A regular contributing writer to www.NewsWithViews.com

E-Mail: bill@otu.org

Bill’s Web site: www.Billsizemore.net


Home


Flight School Head Admits Neither He Nor 9/11 Hijackers Could Fly 9/11 Planes

November 28, 2007

Infowars.net – Printer Friendly / Low Graphics Page


Flight School Head Admits Neither He Nor 9/11 Hijackers Could Fly 9/11 Planes

Google Video
Monday November 26, 2007

According to the owner of a flight school at which 2 of the 4 accused 9/11 hijack pilots trained on simple aircraft with questionable … all » competence, neither he nor the 9/11 hijackers implicated in the attacks, could pilot the 757 and 767 aircraft that they are alleged to have flown into targets on September 11, 2001.

The alleged hijack pilot of American Airlines flight 77, which reportedly crashed into the Pentagon building on September 11, 2001, was deemed unfit for a solo flight on board a single engine Cessna aircraft, less than 1 month earlier.

Were the accused hijack pilots of the 9/11 planes, sponsored for flight school training by some unknown party, simply to create the appearance of an ability to pilot the aircraft used to strike symbolically significant U.S. targets that day?



Copyright © Infowars.net All rights reserved.

Printed from: http://www.prisonplanet.com/articles/november2007/261107_b_Hijackers.htm


Holzer article: Archangel 1918 to Hanoi 1972 ( POW, MIA, etc. )

November 26, 2007
MEMORANDUM
   
HENRY MARK HOLZER  

 

November 26, 2007

Holzer article: Archangel 1918 to Hanoi 1972

Beginning today, at http://www.therant.us, in the “commentary” section, there appears the first of a 6,000-word, five-part original series by Henry Mark Holzer. It is entitled “Archangel 1918 to Hanoi 1972.” If you think this story deserves to be widely known, please forward it to others with the request that the recipients do the same.

About the Series:

On November 24, 2007, American newspapers and international news wire services carried the obituary of John H. Noble. The Los Angeles Times headline read “John Noble, 84; wrote, lectured about captivity in Soviet camps. The obituary went on to explain how Noble, an American citizen, had survived World War II in Dresden, Germany, been “liberated” by Soviet troops in 1945, and then spent years as a slave “in the Vorkuta coal mine and prison complex near the Arctic Circle.”

Although for years the Soviets denied knowing anything about Noble, nearly ten years after his capture he was released. Afterwards, John Noble tried to make the American people understand that his was but one of countless similar stories-and that thousands of Americans had vanished behind the Iron Curtain at the end of the War.

But Noble’s story, as compelling and informative as it was, did not start early enough.

The fact is that as early as World War I, when American troops fought the Bolsheviks in Siberia, the communists snatched and captured Americans who then vanished into the black hole of the Soviet slave labor system. This communist tactic continued in the 1920s and 1930s, during and after World War II, throughout the Cold War, in the Korean War, and, needless to say, as an integral part of North Vietnamese strategy in the Vietnam war.

The following article reveals in detail this decades- long unspeakable communist abuse of American military and civilian personnel, and then focuses on one case in particular-that of Air Force Captain Michael Joseph Bosiljevac. Mike-the Electronic Warfare Officer in an F-105G, who earlier had worked in our atomic weaponry program-was shot down in late September 1972, he landed safely, and was never seen again.

Until, that is, 1987, when his skeleton was suddenly returned to United States custody-containing extremely suspicious coloration.

Mike’s story, and the tale of what began in the frozen wastes of Siberia and has not yet ended for countless Americans who vanished at the hands of communists, cries out to be told.

I do so in the following article. The paragraphs below introduce each Part, the full text of each appearing on the named day.

The five-parts:

Monday. Part 1: Introduction

Since it was established as a distinct component of the Defense POW/Missing Personnel Office in the fall of 1994, the Joint Commission Support Directorate has carefully examined a series of reports and sightings of U.S. servicemen held in the Soviet gulag, a network of penal camps that crisscrossed the former Soviet Union. Several points have become clear.

Tuesday. Part 2: Three Shooting Wars, One Cold War, One Invasion

In World War I, the Allies (United States, Britain, France, and Russia) fought the Germans on the Western Front in Europe until the Brest-Litovsk Treat of 1918, engineered by Lenin, pulled Russia out of the war with Germany. One result of the treaty was an Allied Expeditionary Force being sent to protect the Russian ports of Murmansk and Archangel from the Germans. In a campaign little known except to historians, Americans fought Soviet Bolshevik forces in the Archangel area of the Northern USSR. According to the Senate Report, “[a]s a result of the fighting against Soviet Bolshevik forces around Archangel in 1918-1919, there were many…eyewitness accounts of hundreds of U.S. and British and French personnel who disappeared.”

Wednesday. Part 3: The First and Second Vietnam Wars

The information contained in the Senate Report and in “The Gulag Study,” covering the period immediately after World War I to the eve of the Vietnam War- through World War II, the Cold War, and The Korean War-prove beyond any doubt that American military personnel were held captive in the Soviet Union over the course of some forty years, from approximately 1918 to 1960. Whether these men were held by Soviets, Chinese, or Koreans; whether they were enlisted or officers; whether they were native born or immigrants; whether they were pilots or had other military occupational specialties; whether they were wounded or not; whether they were arrested, kidnapped, shot down, survived crashes, not repatriated, or were POWs liberated by the Soviets from Germans and Japanese prison camps; or whether they or fell under communist control some other way-the unarguable fact is that thousands- upon-thousands of our countrymen lived, and died, in Soviet prisons, labor camps, “hospitals,” and other detention facilities.

Thursday. Part 4: The Case of Captain Michael Joseph Bosiljevac

As noted, there is overwhelming evidence that ever since Lenin’s gang took over the Soviet Union in 1917 communists worldwide have been using captured American military personnel “1) as leverage for political bargaining, 2) as an involuntary source of technical assistance, and 3) as forced labor.” As further noted, “there were two other purposes for which the communists used American POW/MIAs: 4) to obtain hard cash and needed goods, and, 5) to turn them into human guinea pigs.” Based on the available evidence, it is very likely that Mike Bosiljevac fell into at least two of these five categories.

Friday. Part 5: The Conclusion

In its 1978 reclassification of Mike from Missing in Action to Killed in Action-a gambit that saved the government a lot of money-the United States Air Force effectively wrote him off, literally and figuratively. Even though from time to time tireless MIA-seekers like Bill Bell would make inquiries to the Vietnamese about Mike Bosiljevac’s status, after 1978 our government officially would no longer make serious efforts to ascertain whether he might still be alive, or even whether he had lived for some time after his 1972 shoot down.

hank@henrymarkholzer.com


**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


McCarthy: General Lawton punished for exposing Communists; General Zwicker rewarded for covering up for them

November 26, 2007

Wes Vernon column

McCarthy Part 6

General Lawton punished for exposing Communists; General Zwicker rewarded for covering up for them


Wes Vernon

Wes Vernon
November 26, 2007

(See Part 1, Part 2, Part 3, Part 4, Part 5)

The Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, chaired by Senator Joseph Raymond McCarthy, spent the better part of a year (1953-1954) investigating efforts by Communists to infiltrate the ranks of the U.S. Army. As we mentioned in our last installment, it all began when the senator was tipped that the Rosenberg spy ring remained at Ft. Monmouth, New Jersey, after the Rosenbergs themselves were executed for their leading role. Herewith, a classic tale of how the CYA culture in Washington works:

Case No. 1 — Major General Kirke Lawton — the commanding officer of the post at Ft. Monmouth — tried to fix the security problems he found there. He testified before McCarthy’s committee that his efforts met with resistance and/or indifference “at higher levels,” according to M. Stanton’s brilliantly documented book Blacklisted by History.

In the senator’s executive closed-door hearings — released a half century later in 2003 — General Lawton told the committee that he had made a chart of security risks that he had sent up through channels to Washington. However, the general added that on the advice of John Adams — legal counsel to the Army Secretary who was present at the hearing — he was forbidden by a rule to disclose the number of security cases he had recommended for removal vs. those who actually were in fact removed.

“I would love to tell you,” Gen. Lawton added, “but I honestly feel that it is [a violation of the rules].”

Senator McCarthy said he understood Lawton’s position, but that “[i]t would be a good thing if the American people could learn that we have someone someplace who is kicking the Communists out.”

But at a later date…

Lawton: I have been working for the past 21 months trying to accomplish [getting security risks out] what has been accomplished in the last two weeks.

McCarthy: So that you would say that in the past several weeks you have been getting more effective results?

Lawton: Absolutely, than we have gotten for the past four years.

McCarthy: Could you tell us why it is only in the last 2 or 3 weeks that you have been getting effective results?

Lawton: Yes, but I had better not. I know this so well, but I am working for Mr. Stevens [Secretary of the Army]. (End of cited transcript)

Uh-oh! The general commits a boo-boo. He dares to imply that Senator McCarthy’s pressure had something to do with the sudden activity. He will surely pay. The hearing was behind closed doors, but John Adams, counsel to Secretary Stevens, was present and he would make General Lawton an example of those who would not cooperate in a cover-up.

Bottom line

And Adams did in fact put General Lawton under pressure to ease up on security removals, as recorded in this telephone exchange between the two:

Adams: I hope you can see your way clear to withdraw certain cases which you have recommended for removal as bad security risks.

Lawton: I would not. Let the secretary take the responsibility.

More uh-oh!

General Lawton further cooked his goose when he gave a supposedly off-the-record briefing to Monmouth workers in which he reportedly praised McCarthy for encouraging action on security cases and also for the senator’s “fairness and courtesy” at the hearings. The remarks were leaked to the Asbury Park Press.

Getting rid of those who do the bidding of our enemies and then compounding the offense by cooperating with a duly authorized Senate committee! Not a team player at all, General. Shame on you.

Now let’s see, how’re we going to get rid of this guy?…

Relieving General Lawton of his command would surely have given McCarthy a reason to raise the proverbial roof. But Washington has its ways of dealing with whistle-blowers without leaving fingerprints on the dirty deed.

So, here’s the plan: Tell the General to stop cooperating with McCarthy, put him on “medical disability,” and then tell the world that General Lawton is still “in charge” at Monmouth. Visitors to his hospital room will say he seems to be in good health. But they won’t have our megaphone.

That script played itself out.

McCarthy was held at bay when Pentagon forces told his staff that if the general did appear before the committee again, there would be more punishment — like losing the benefits he was to receive as a long-serving member of the Army.

Once the heat was off, the Eisenhower administration finished the job. General Lawton was relieved of his command and the following year retired from active duty. His career was finished.

Case No. 2 — General Ralph Zwicker, perhaps profiting from General Lawton’s experience, took a different route when push came to shove.

But first, some background

McCarthy’s original tip on the doings at Ft. Monmouth included the suggestion that Camp Kilmer, also located in New Jersey, might be worthy of “some digging,” to quote Stan Evans in Blacklisted by History.

Following up on that and other tips, a McCarthy committee staffer, George Anastos, contacted the Kilmer commander, General Zwicker, who confirmed that a dentist — Dr. Irving Peress — was among the several suspects stationed there, and was scheduled to receive an honorable discharge.

Let me digress: At the time of the ensuing uproar of the Peress case, one of McCarthy’s critic said to me, “Look at all this fighting in Washington and what does he [McCarthy] come up with? A pink dentist.”

But as Evans points out, a dentist’s office could be (and in fact had already been in previous spy cases) “a very good cover for clandestine operations, as all sorts of people might come and go there without attracting much attention.”

Secondly, the issue was lax security procedures, not about Peress per se. Last I checked, subversives supposedly were not eligible for U.S. military service.

Third, Peress was more than a “pink dentist.” He took the equivalent of the Fifth Amendment when asked about Communist Party membership. Before McCarthy’s committee, he pleaded the Fifth Amendment when asked if he’d attempted to recruit any military personnel at Kilmer into the Communist Party, whether there had been Communist Party meetings in his home attended by one or more military personnel, whether he himself happened to be a member of the Communist cell at Camp Kilmer, and if he had organized a cell at the military base.

Adams: “To hell with McCarthy”

McCarthy then fired off a letter to the Army — hand-delivered to the Pentagon — urging that the honorable discharge be canceled, and that Peress instead be turned over for court martial. As fate would have it, Secretary Stevens was out of town, so the letter fell instead into the hands of Army counselor John Adams. In his memoirs, Adams says he decided, “In short, to hell with McCarthy,” and so the discharge was granted.

Back to Zwicker

Obviously, this whitewash left Senator McCarthy more than a little indignant. So he dispatched his committee staffer James Juliana to Camp Kilmer to interview the general. Juliana came back with a report to the senator that Zwicker would be an informative and friendly witness — that he opposed giving Peress an honorable discharge — especially given that it was Zwicker who had put the McCarthy committee on Peress’s case in the first place. And this happened after the general had gone through channels to protest Peress’s previous promotions. Juliana — the only known living McCarthy staff person — recently repeated the account of his experience to author Stan Evans who was preparing Blacklisted by History.

The general receives a visitor

Here is something with which McCarthy and Juliana had not reckoned:

The night before he was to appear before the committee, Zwicker received “a flying visit” from Army counsel Adams who specifically told him to back off.

Adams acknowledged as much in his later book Without Precedent, which was published in 1983 — nearly three decades later after the damage was done.

The hearing

Unlike General Lawton, the “team-playing” General Zwicker folded like a cheap umbrella.

The next day at the hearing, McCarthy was not in his best form. His wife had been in a car accident the day before, and he had spent hours with her at the hospital until the wee hours and again on the day of Zwicker’s scheduled appearance. When he arrived for the hearing looking frazzled, his staffers wanted to postpone the session. But the senator insisted on going through with it. That turned out not to be to his advantage.

When Zwicker took the witness chair, he hemmed and hawed as if he had become a totally different person. He verbally fenced with McCarthy, refusing to answer many questions, claimed he didn’t know about Peress’s Red connections, and even said he didn’t know about the well-publicized fact that Peress had taken the Fifth Amendment.

The cat-and-mouse game went on until finally McCarthy asked him if a hypothetical general who signed the order to grant a security risk an honorable discharge should be kept in the military. Zwicker responded, “I do not think he should be removed from the military.”

Whereupon, McCarthy finally “lost it,” and fired a volley at the general that would haunt the senator in his upcoming battle to fend off attacks from his determined enemies. Said he, “Then, general, you should be removed from command,” adding that any general willing “to protect another general who protected Communists is not fit to wear that uniform, General.”

No winner in this bout

M. Stanton Evans is super cautious in his book — understandable when you’re crossing every “T” and dotting every “I” in making the case for the most reviled U.S. Senator of the 20th Century.

Accordingly, in my own interview with Evans — as well as in his book — he declines to go for the jugular, preferring to let the facts speak for themselves (facts which are not only convincing, but airtight). He does say that neither Zwicker nor McCarthy covered himself with glory at the hearing. Though the author believes McCarthy went over the line in telling a general he was not fit to wear his uniform, he also believes Zwicker gave the senator plenty of provocation.

In our interview, Evans also declines to make the flat charge that Zwicker committed perjury. Again, the reserve is understandable given his position. But when considering the hearing transcript and bearing in mind what we know about the Anastos and Juliana interviews, others — including this column — can read the hearing transcript and find it difficult to avoid the conclusion that General Zwicker was lying. If the general had been warned that telling the truth would damage his career, he could have asked his superiors to pass that word to the committee — as was done in General Lawton’s case. McCarthy never called Lawton back to testify once he was warned that to do so would jeopardize the general’s standing — benefits and all.

So McCarthy loses his temper while General Zwicker loses his integrity. Which is worse? The reader can decide, even if one does not justify the other.

The “team player” is rewarded

The investigation did not end there. The following year (1955), the committee — by then under Democrat control and chaired by Senator John McClellan (D-Ark.) pursued the case and referred Zwicker’s testimony to the Justice Department for consideration of perjury charges. Ike’s Justice Department took 19 months to respond and finally decide that (surprise!) the referral did not meet the “technical” requirements for a perjury indictment.

On January 17, 1957, General Zwicker was nominated for promotion to full rank as brigadier-general and temporary major general. At his confirmation hearing, the general was accompanied by Ike’s new Army Secretary Wilber Bricker and “a full array of Pentagon brass,” according to Blacklisted by History. The promotion zipped through the Senate.

Not bad for someone who had been a candidate for a perjury rap. He learned the Lawton lesson: Play ball or else. It’s amazing how someone can really go places in Washington if he just plays ball, pushes principle to the back burner, cuts enough corners, and stands up like a man to his conscience. (To be continued)


Wes Vernon is a Washington-based writer and veteran broadcast journalist.

© Copyright 2007 by Wes Vernon
http://www.renewamerica.us/columns/vernon/071126



**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


It’s Time for a New Look at Isolationism

November 26, 2007

11-26-07

It’s Time for a New Look at Isolationism

By Christopher Nichols

Mr. Nichols is Visiting Fellow at the Institute for Advanced Studies in Culture at the University of Virginia. He is an American historian currently completing a study of isolationism and internationalism in the United States during the Progressive Era. He can be contacted at: cnichols@virginia.edu.

George Washington and Thomas Jefferson warned Americans at the nation’s birth to “steer clear of foreign entanglements.” It’s a warning we scoff at today – at our peril. We need a new approach, a new isolationism.

Time and again, Americans rightly return to see the merits of isolation during moments of perilous engagement abroad. One example of this from the recent past came during America’s involvement in Vietnam. As early as January 1965, Sen. Richard Russell Jr., a Georgian with aggressive views on American international policy, reluctantly admitted to the public, “We made a terrible mistake getting involved in Viet Nam.” As Senate Armed Services Committee Chairman, he remarked, “I don’t know just how we can get out now, but the time is about at hand when we must re-evaluate our position.” Talking to Russell in a private conversation, President Johnson expressed deep doubts but saw no way out. “I don’t think anything is going to be as bad as losing and I don’t see any way of winning,” said LBJ. Journalist and pundit Walter Lippmann agreed. “If it is said that this is isolationism,” he wrote, “I would say yes. It is isolationism if the study of our own vital interests and a realization of the limitations of our power is isolationism.”

The less-than-hoped-for success of the “surge” in Iraq has led to similarly heartbreaking conclusions about the limits of U.S. military power. Modest security gains do not seem to be able to propel significant political change or overcome four years of unsuccessful efforts in Iraq to draw democracy out of chaos. Recent polls indicate that more than half of Americans are convinced that their leaders failed to calculate the consequences of the nation’s intervention and underestimated its long-term implications. Despite enormous sacrifices, the U.S. is still far from accomplishing a nation-building mission in Iraq.

In making new choices, the nation can learn from Washington and Jefferson. And we should look to the more recent lessons provided by the words of Johnson, Russell, and Lippmann. It is time to chart a middle path – avoid the extremes of heartless realism and brainless idealism – and blend cautious isolationism with active internationalism.

So how would this new isolationism look? Its core aim would be to avoid military conflicts. Isolationist principles would discourage an interventionist or preemptive foreign policy, but would not preclude self-defense. It would promote diplomatic strategies, rather than military approaches. History has shown that interventions often have unintended, unforeseen consequences, and getting out is hard to do.

The best course now in Iraq is not total disengagement, but redeployment. Overall, the U.S. should renew the “soft power” essential to meet the demands of the twenty-first century. That is, America should do what it does best — making the world a better place through education, science, development, culture, and free global trade. Lead by positive example.

Other foreign policy aims should be to boost U.S. prosperity with global economic growth while reducing anti-Americanism abroad. Jane Addams, the first American woman to win the Nobel Peace Prize in 1931, called this an “international consciousness.” A new isolationism would cultivate a comparable “consciousness” by strengthening transnational cultural ties in education and the arts, and increasing aid to the developing world. Hallmarks of this process should include an imaginative commitment to opportunities for national service, such as Peace Corps, VISTA, and Teach for America. And let’s revive efforts to provide the world with accurate information about America, such as through the U.S. Information Agency, and by expanding efforts to assist refugees and developing countries, such as through a revitalized U.S. Agency for International Development.

A policy of new isolationism also would mean a thoughtful effort to seize important challenges at home. Once a model for the world, much in America cries out for fixing. Let us take three symbolic examples that demand an inward focus: the dilapidated state of the nation’s bridges and transportation infrastructure, the threadbare capacity for public health and preparedness for pandemics, and the nine million uninsured poor children under age 18. Given sufficient means and commitment, these (and other) vital domestic national interests can be solved.

Unless we muster the wisdom of prudent isolationism and elect a leader bold enough to advocate it, the conflict in Iraq will match that of Vietnam. So, fellow citizens, let us heed the powerful injunction to steer clear of foreign entanglements and prolonged interventions abroad. Take a new look at the benefits of isolationism.


http://hnn.us/articles/44730.html

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
~~~~~
News-n-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
~~~~~
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

~~~~~
The “Original/The Only “Gunny G”
**********


Annapolis Equals de facto Recognition of Israel

November 26, 2007

AMERICAN THINKER
November 26, 2007

Annapolis Equals de facto Recognition of Israel
By James Lewis

Expectations are generally low on the Annapolis Middle East Peace summit starting this week.  Yet a strong case can be made that the mere fact of this meeting between the Arab countries, the Palestinians and Israel is the biggest breakthrough in Israel-Arab relations since the 1979 Peace Treaty with Egypt.

Nothing else needs to happen for this conference to be an historic landmark. Why? Because in diplomacy, sitting down with an enemy in public is equivalent to official recognition. The rest is just words — especially when any country’s leader can pick up the phone and talk privately to any other.

The first peace conference with wide Arab participation therefore partially resolves the long denial of Israel’s existence, one of the great stumbling blocks of the past sixty years.

Egypt’s Anwar Sadat created the first breakthrough in 1978 by traveling to Israel and literally kissing Golda Meir’s cheek in public. President Sadat was an extraordinary leader, who paid for his breakthrough with his life. Egypt recovered the Sinai Desert in that peace treaty, but the Sadat model found no imitators, because nobody else was willing to risk assassination. Instead, there have been de facto peace arrangements with Jordan, Lebanon, and perhaps even Syria. The long Jordan-Israel border has not seen war since 1974. Step by quiet step, the biggest flashpoints of the past have gone quiet.

We have not taken much note of that because the Palestinian conflict has seized all the headlines. But we cannot fail to notice that nation-to-nation warfare has lessened dramatically over time.

Behind-the-scenes contacts between Israel and Jordan have been going on for decades. The Saudis have apparently been having serious discussions with Israel for a few years. Yet nobody has been willing to make those meetings public. Every Arab government at Annapolis is taking the risk of domestic outrage (or worse) from the mere fact of its attendance — which is why they are doing it together, to diffuse opposition and avoid the fate of Saddat.

So this conference is already an history landmark, which should go to the credit of SecState Condoleezza Rice and George W. Bush. It is already a diplomatic coup, but Rice and Bush won’t get the credit in the media. This administration cares more about substance than being fawned upon, and that is the adult thing to do. As Ronald Reagan put it, it’s amazing how much you can accomplish if you don’t care who gets the credit.

So the media have it wrong, as usual. All the buzz is about the results of this conference, and everybody is pessimistic about that.

But that’s not the real story. The real story is why it is happening. A tectonic shift has taken place in the Middle East, because suddenly the Arabs and Israel have a common enemy, Khomeinist Iran. The danger posed by Ahmadi-Nejad has eclipsed all the old antagonisms. Ahmadi-Nejad has publicly threatened all the Arab participants — along with France, Germany, the United States and of course Israel. He’s a scary guy, leading a scary regime, which is going to get a scarier very soon. Iran was deliberately excluded from Annapolis.

The Iranian threat is responsible for the long secret talks that have already taken place among the participants. The Saudis, for example, may be sharing intelligence about the Khomeinist regime with the US and Israel. It is virtually certain that Turkey, Egypt and Jordan are doing so. The fact that Syria is going to the Annapolis conference in spite of Israel’s bombing of its secret nuclear facility ten weeks ago is remarkable: It suggests that Syria, an Arab regime, is not entirely comfortable in the clutches of the Khomeini regime either.

Those concerned about the survival of Israel are skeptical about Annapolis, pointing to the failure of the Gaza withdrawal and other peace moves. Others are cautiously positive. Nobody expects a big breakthrough. Cautious, step-by-step confidence building  seem a lot more sensible.

We may see some symbolic concessions, along with a willingness to keep talking. The most significant symbol would be extraterritoriality for part of Jerusalem, to give the Palestinians a giant symbolic presence in Jerusalem with minimal security risks. Since the top of the Temple Mount is already controlled by the Muslim Waqf, extraterritorial status there might make little practical difference.

Palestinian control of some Arab neighborhoods might be dangled as the next carrot. That could serve as an incentive for further progress.

The real kicker comes from ceding Israeli territory that has real strategic value. This is a tough one. Arguably, in the nuclear age, a checkerboard population of Arabs and Jews would help protect the Holy Land from nuclear assault. Even the Iranians might think twice about destroying tens of thousands of Muslim Arabs.

As strategist Anthony Cordesman has just made clear, a nuclear exchange would be the end of Iran and Syria, and of part of Israel. Cordesman’s report makes for very grim reading.  That is the worst-case scenario everybody is trying to avoid.

The irony is therefore that the regime in Tehran is actually driving the Arab world to make peace. In doing so, the Arab League may also be clearing the way for a conventional air attack on Iran’s known nuclear facilities, presumably by Israel with the tacit consent and help from both the Arabs and Americans. Nobody wants these suicidal ideologues to have nukes — certainly not their Arab neighbors. So they will voice outrage in public and privately thank Allah if the strike succeeds. A successful strike may set Iran’s nuclear program back by half a dozen years. A rigorous sanctions regime could help weaken the regime further.

A journey of a thousand miles begins with one step. This is just one. If Annapolis comes off reasonably well, we should all count ourselves lucky.

James Lewis blogs at dangeroustimes.wordpress.com

Page Printed from: http://www.americanthinker.com/2007/11/annapolis_equals_de_facto_reco.html at November 26, 2007 – 06:11:16 AM EST

**************

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54

By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
********************
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********


NEW BUCHANAN BOOK DECLARES ‘END OF AMERICA’

November 25, 2007

http://www.drudgereport.com/flash9pb.htm

NEW BUCHANAN BOOK DECLARES 'END OF AMERICA'
Sun Nov 25 2007 20:40:15 ET

**Exclusive**

"America is coming apart, decomposing, and...the likelihood of her survival as one nation...is improbable -- and impossible if America continues on her current course," declares Pat Buchanan. "For we are on a path to national suicide."

The best-selling author and former presidential candidate is on the eve of launching his new epic book: DAY OR RECKONING: HOW HUBRIS, IDEOLOGY AND GREED ARE TEARING AMERICA APART.

This time, Buchanan goes all the way:

"America is in an existential crisis from which the nation may not survive."

The U.S. Army is breaking and is too small to meet America's global commitments.

The dollar has sunk to historic lows and is being abandoned by foreign governments.

U.S. manufacturing is being hollowed out.

The greatest invasion in history, from the Third World, is swamping the ethno-cultural core of the country, leading to Balkanization and the loss of the Southwest to Mexico.

The culture is collapsing and the nation is being deconstructed along the lines of race and class.

A fiscal crisis looms as the unfunded mandates of Social Security and Medicare remain unaddressed.

All these crises are hitting America at once -- a perfect storm of crises.

Specifically, Buchanan contends:

• Pax Americana, the era of U.S. global dominance, is over. A struggle for global hegemony has begun among the United States, China, a resurgent Russia and radical Islam

• Bush's invasion of Iraq was a product of hubris and of ideology, a secular religion of "democratism," to which Bush was converted in the days following 9/11

• Torn asunder by a culture war, America has now begun to break down along class, ethnic and racial lines.

• The greatest threat to U.S. sovereignty and independence is the scheme of a global elite to erase America's borders and merge the USA, Mexico and Canada into a North American Union.

• Free trade is shipping jobs, factories and technology to China and plunging America into permanent dependency and unpayable debt. One of every six U.S. manufacturing jobs vanished under Bush

• "Sovereign Wealth Funds," controlled by foreign regimes and stuffed with trillions of dollars from U.S. trade deficits, are buying up strategic corporate assets vital to America's security

• As U.S. wages are stagnant, corporate CEOs are raking in rising pay and benefits 400 to 500 times that of their workers

• The Third World invasion through Mexico is a graver threat to our survival as one nation than anything happening in Afghanistan or Iraq

* European-Americans, 89% of the nation when JFK took the oath, are now 66% and sinking. Before 2050, America is a Third World nation

• By 2060, America will add 167 million people and 105 million immigrants will be here, triple the 37 million today.

• Hispanics will be over 100 million in 2050 and concentrated in a Southwest most Mexicans believe belongs to them

Buchanan's Recommendations:

• A new foreign-defense policy that closes most of the 1000 bases overseas, reviews all alliances, and brings home U.S. troops

• A purge of neoconservative ideology and the "Cakewalk" crowd" from national power.

• To avert a second Cold War, the United States should "get out of Russia's space and get out of Russia's face," and shut down all U.S. bases on the soil of the former Soviet Union

• To reach a cold peace in the culture war, Buchanan urges a return to federalism and the overthrow of our judicial dictatorship by Congressionally mandated restrictions on the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court.

• To end the trade deficits and save the dollar, Buchanan urges a Hamiltonian solution: a 20% Border Equity Tax on imports, with the $500 billion raised to be used to end taxation on American producers

• To prevent America becoming "a tangle of squabbling nationalities" Buchanan urges: No amnesty for the 12-20 million illegal aliens; a border fence from San Diego to Brownsville; Congressional declarations that children born to illegal aliens are not citizens and English is the language of the United States; and a "timeout" on all immigration.

Developing...

http://www.drudgereport.com/flash9pb.htm

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


Shaping A New Civilization

November 25, 2007


 

<>Shaping A New Civilization

Part 1

By Berit Kjos

November 25, 2007

NewsWithViews.com


http://www.newswithviews.com/BeritKjos/kjos85.htm

MYSTICISM & GLOBAL MIND CHANGE

“A re-spiritualization of society is taking place….” [1] New Age futurist Willis Harman, speaking at the “evangelical” Consultation below.

“Part of our reason for meeting in this conference is to re-examine our storehouse of images of the future…. Is it necessary for us to limit the evangelical image of the future…?”[2, page 31] Leighton Ford, Billy Graham’s brother-in-law, addressing an “evangelical” Consultation on the Future.

“The world is undergoing an extraordinary revolution, an intellectual rebellion against the exclusionary belief structure that has dominated Western thought for centuries…”[3] Willis Harman, “Global Mind Change”

Do you wonder why yoga, labyrinths and other meditational practices have suddenly emerged in churches across America? Or why “Christians” now use the old occult formulas practiced by sorcerers, alchemists and “enlightened” yogis (a combination of concentration, meditation, visualization and mental projection) to invoke the presence of “God”?

This East-West synthesis didn’t happen by chance. For several decades, influential church leaders have been promoting a “new way of thinking,” a more experiential religion, an end to “separatism,” and an inclusive oneness that would fulfill their vision of an earthly “Kingdom of God.”

The hidden seeds of this unholy transformation began sprouting about five decades ago. In an article titled “The Higher Self Gets Down To Business,” Christianity Today credits Willis Harman, a former Stanford Professor and management guru with the occult revival:

“The esoteric use of ordinary words like self-actualization, intuition, and visualization in the New Business spirituality cannot be appreciated without considering their role in the cosmic scheme of the movement’s unofficial father: metaphysical futurist Willis Harman.

“Harman, who died in 1997, founded the Institute of Noetic Sciences and helped start the World Business Academy. Noetic comes from the Greek word for intuitive knowing. Intuition was no mere ‘gut feeling’ for Harman, but the very means of connecting to the one Universal Mind. Nor was visualization merely a means of clarifying goals, but of altering material reality.” [4]

Instead of opposing this spiritual revolution, pastors and leadership gurus have been driving it — and training others to do the same. Those who resist it are unjustly labeled fearful, divisive and — worst of all — fundamentalist! As Rick Warren said, “…Christian fundamentalism, Jewish fundamentalism, secular fundamentalism – they’re all motivated by fear. Fear of each other.”[5]

“People are threatened by change,” wrote Willis Harman who, in spite of his New Age/Theosophical views, had been invited to speak at an “evangelical” Consultation on the Future back in 1979. “The prospect that ‘truths’ they have known all their lives might be superseded by some other beliefs can be especially threatening. Thus there is a tendency to ‘fight back’ — to actively oppose the change.”[ 3, Foreword]

THE NEO-EVANGELICAL “CONSULTATION ON THE FUTURE”

Actually, it takes courage, not fear, to stand alone against such pressures to conform! The evangelical leaders who participated in that Consultation almost three decades ago showed no such boldness. The conference transcripts suggest that they valued “common ground” more than Biblical integrity.

These strategists included Leighton Ford (Vice President of the Billy Graham Evangelistic Association and Honorary Life Chairman of the Lausanne Committee for World Evangelization), Howard Hendricks (Professor at Dallas Theological Seminary and Chairman of The Center for Christian Leadership), Dr. Gene A. Getz (pastor and author), Dr. Ralph Winter (founder of U.S. Center for World Mission) and many others.

These high profile pastors and presenters simply listened, dialogued and accepted Dr. Harman’s disturbing views of occult experience and evolving oneness. Notice his promotion of a mystical form of universalism:

“…the ultimate goals of all societies that ever existed have come from the profound inner experiences of some group of people – religious leaders, prophets, mystics, poet-philosophers, or — in some visionary cultures — the majority of the adult population….

“Survey data indicate a significant cultural shift in the direction of more interest in spiritual and psychic matters…. The growing suspicion is that traditional religion and conventional science alike are both partial and flawed, and due to be superseded by a more unified view of reality.”[6]

“Remarkably, Willis Harman was able to proclaim an alternative Luciferian future to evangelical leaders without any significant resistance,” states Herescope , a respected discernment ministry. “This is because potential debate at the 1979 Consultation on ‘Future Evangelical Concerns’ was stifled.” True to the dialectic process, “the format of the Consultation was orchestrated in such a manner that no contrary opinions were permitted.”

“…the Consultation was broken down into six sessions of ‘Addresses and Responses.’… The Preface [2, transcripts] states that ‘contrary to the 1977 format, responders had been instructed to summarize and capsulize the assigned paper rather than debate the issues raised.’ In other words, the presentations – some of them very controversial and heretical – were not to be challenged! Some responders merely ‘urged cautions.”’ [7]

According to Herescope, “one of the stated purposes of the Consultations was to integrate Harman’s alternative eschatology with evangelical eschatology. Consultation presenter E.V. Newland, proposed creating an ‘imaginative hybrid’ of eschatology based on Harman’s models.” He said,

“Well, what then could be a transformed society? We are very impressed. We have links with people who are looking at these areas, sadly perhaps only from the secular groups or the academia. We are not yet in touch with theological colleges. We have established in that way contact with people who are thinking about a transformed society and they are exemplified by the Stanford Research Institute where there is a little group that’s called the Social Science Research Unit and it’s led by… Willis Harmon [sic]…. The California school feels that the next 30 years or hundred years is going to be a period in which we’ll restore this balance of inward man and outward man.”[2, pp 81-83]

Herescope asks — and concludes,

“Is it possible that this event marked the beginning of the public phase of the integration of Theosophy with Christianity? Indeed it seems so, when one reads the proposals made by Willis Harman to integrate the psychic into Christianity to create a new synthesized ‘truth.’” [8]


Advertisement

“The seeds of Theosophic syncretism were planted when Willis Harman’s address to evangelical leaders in 1979 was not challenged. It began to produce recognizable fruit by 1991 in the work by Leonard Sweet. And it has now come to full fruit in neo-evangelicalism today.”[9]

To crush Christian resistance to this deception, globalist visionaries both inside and outside churches are using a growing arsenal of psycho-social tactics. One of the more visible strategies for mass transformation is the seductive marketing of mystical practices and occult philosophies through books like Leonard Sweet’s Soul Tsunami and Marjorie Thompson’s Soul Feast.

Less visible but just as effective are the large leadership conferences that gather Christian pastors and leaders, train them in a social context that normalizes “systems thinking” and facilitated dialogue, then sends them out as change agents — missionaries for a new world order, determined to transform both church and world.

THE RE-THINK CONFERENCE

Scheduled for January 2008, the upcoming Re-think Conference shows the latest phase of this unholy quest for unity in diversity. Considering its team of speakers, it will surely encourage more dialogue, compromise, and fuzzy convictions. Visionaries will establish new norms for “positive thinking” and feel-good relationships while closing the door to the old “divisive” truths.

The list of speakers could hardly be more diverse — or influential:

  • Robert Schuller (co-host). Founding pastor of the Crystal Cathedral.

  • Erwin McManus (co-host). Lead pastor and “Cultural Architect” of Mosaic and author of The Barbarian Way — “whose primary focus is to serve the post-modern, post-Western, and post-Christian world.”

  • Rupert Murdoch. The controlling shareholder and chairman of News Corporation.

  • Kay Warren. Wife of Pastor Rick Warren.

  • Larry King. Internationally-known broadcaster and author.

  • Lee Strobel. Author of The Case for Christ and The Case for Faith.

  • Chuck Colson. Founder of Prison Fellowship.

  • George Barna. Founder of the Barna Group and Good News Holdings. Author of Revolution, Think Like Jesus, The Power of Vision, and Transforming Children into Spiritual Champions.

  • Former president George H. W. Bush who previously served as UN Ambassador and Ambassador to China. When introducing his version of our current US/UNESCO education system in 1991, he said,

“Nations that stick to stale old notions and ideologies [Biblical Truth and values?] will falter and fail. So I’m here today to say, America will move forward…. New schools for a new world…. Re-invent–literally start from scratch and reinvent the American school….”

What do you suppose the former president mean by “stale old notions and ideologies?” Biblical absolutes? That makes sense in light of the education program he had just endorsed: the U.S. version of UNESCO’s global education system.

Remember, UNESCO is no friend of Christianity. In 1995, UNESCO’s Commission on Culture and [human] Development issued a report titled, Our Creative Diversity. It denounced “extreme doctrinaire views” that “look to an imagined past” and called for a global transformation not unlike Dr. Harman’s futuristic vision:

“The challenge to humanity is to adopt new ways of thinking, new ways of acting, new ways of organizing itself in society, in short, new ways of living.”[10]

Everything must be changed — especially the way we think of ourselves in relationship to the “greater whole.” When applied to religion, the “new ways of thinking” means setting aside “narrow” or inflexible beliefs for the sake of unity, universalism and “common good.” Christianity must either bend or break.

Or, as Leonard Sweet wrote in Soul Tsunami (endorsed by Rick Warren): “Postmodern culture is a change-or-be-changed world. The word is out: Reinvent yourself for the 21st century or die.” [11]

Those who trust God and His Word will see the futility behind such revolutionary aims and claims. We have no reason to fear the rising hostility toward those who reject our Lord, for He has promised,

“…in Me you may have peace. In the world you will have tribulation; but be of good cheer, I have overcome the world.” John 16:33


Footnotes:

1, International Spirit at Work Award
2, The “Continuing Consultation on Future Evangelical Concerns” was held in Overland Park, Kansas, December 11-14, 1979 — sponsored by the Billy Graham Center at Wheaton College. Transcripts from the 1977 and 1979 consultations were published in a book titled An Evangelical Agenda: 1984 and Beyond (Copyright 1979 by the Billy Graham Center and published by the William Carey Library, Fuller Theological Seminary). Cited by Herescope in “Proposing ‘A New Theology.’”
3, Willis Harman, Global Mind Change (Warner Books, 1988). Back cover.
4, Jeff M. Sellers, “The Higher Self Gets Down To Business,” Christianity Today, 2-1-03.
5,The purpose-driven pastor” Rick Warren: Fundamentalism… “one of the big enemies…”,
6, An Evangelical Agenda: 1984 and beyond, copyright 1979 by the Billy Graham Center and published by the William Carey Library (Fuller Theological Seminary). pages 33-35.
7, Herescope, “Willis Harman speaks to evangelicals virtually unopposed
8, Herescope, Why was a Theosophist teaching Christians about the future?
9, Leonard Sweet & Willis Harman — Metanoia/Transformation
10, Our Creative Diversity, UNESCO Commission on Culture and [human] Development, 1995, page 67, 11.
11, Leonard Sweet, Soul Tsunami: Sink or Swim in the New Millennium Culture (Zondervan, 1999), pp. 74-75.

 

© 2007 Berit Kjos – All Rights Reserved

 

Order Berit’s book Brave New Schools

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale


Berit Kjos is a widely respected researcher, writer and conference speaker. A frequent guest on national radio and television programs, Kjos has been interviewed on Point of View (Marlin Maddoux), The 700 Club, Bible Answer Man, Beverly LaHaye Live, Crosstalk and Family Radio Network. She has also been a guest on “Talk Back Live” (CNN) and other secular radio and TV networks.  Her last two books are A Twist of Faith and Brave New Schools. Kjos Ministries Web Site: http://www.crossroad.to/index.html


 

Home

http://www.newswithviews.com/BeritKjos/kjos85.htm

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


Different But Equal

November 25, 2007


Different But Equal

Part 1

By R.C. Murray
November 25, 2007
NewsWithViews.com

http://www.newswithviews.com/Murray/randy3.htm

Things that are different [peach milkshakes and orange milkshakes; or Islamic terrorists and Christian fundamentalists] are not the same. However, things that are different only by degrees [socialists and communists; or Republicans and Democrats] are essentially the same.

These concepts sound simple enough, but some folks don’t understand them. Bible scholars have duped millions of sincere Christians into believing that modern bibles are the same as the King James Version Bible, despite their thousands of deletions and word substitutions. Having cast doubt on the inerrancy of the Scriptures, these scholars make themselves our moral authority, rather than the Bible. Do you trust them?

Likewise, education scholars have mesmerized millions of parents into believing that public schools offer an equal education to all students, despite their different expectations that require different academic [and grading] standards supported by different teaching strategies, which result in different achievement levels for those students they’ve labeleddiverse learners.” Moreover, we’re told to believe their Different but Equal policy is not the same as the old Separate but Equal policy ruled unconstitutional by the Supreme Court in 1954. Do you believe them?

Do you remember the transitive property from your junior high days? If A equals B and B equals C then A equals C. Evidence suggests they don’t teach the transitive property in middle school anymore. If so, there’s a good reason for it.

Dr. Mickey Carter, president of Landmark Baptist Bible College, wrote a book called Things That Are Different Are Not The Same. The book’s title is simpler than its subject – comparing modern bibles with the KJV. Despite what the Balaamites say, they’re not the same, but I won’t take this time to talk about the KJV controversy. Let the experts do that. If you’d like more information, read Dr. Carter’s book or Dr. Doug Stauffer’s One Book Stands Alone or Dr. G.A. Riplinger’s New Age Bible Versions.

A point I make throughout my own book [Legally STUPiD] is that someone wants to control knowledge, all knowledge – academic and biblical knowledge. Modern bibles first slithered their way into our pulpits then our homes in the 19th century, the same century in which Owen, Marx and Hegel preached the infernal blessings of the socialist state, when Darwin claimed we’re not created in the image of God but evolved from scholars, I mean, lower animals, when Wundt said we’re just complex machines and can thus be programmed and when Freud told us we’re all motivated by unconscious, perverted desires. The 19th century also gave us compulsory public education. Do you see a pattern here?

This essay centers on the Separate but Equal policy declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court through Brown v. Board of Education (1954). But before we go there, let’s look at the so-called “Reconstruction” of the South following the Civil War.

With as much objectivity as can be expected from a Southerner, let me assert that the War of Northern Aggression was never about ending slavery. It was about changing and expanding slavery. If you believe otherwise, you need to remember that only one-third of Southerners owned any slaves. Common sense suggests the other two-thirds would not give up life and limb to defend somebody else’s “property.” Nonetheless, with one fell swoop called the Emancipation Proclamation, Mr. Lincoln labeled one million Confederate soldiers as supporters of slavery, forever villainizing Southerners in the eyes of the world. The great irony of it all is that the proclamation was issued by a white supremacist!

Likewise, if you believe the nearly three-million man Yankee army was the instrument of that beneficent emancipation, you need to study up on General Sherman’s march through Georgia and South Carolina. Uncle Billy was a consummate racist who had no love for the black man. His white supremacist attitude was absorbed by his general staff all the way down to his marauding men, who committed unspeakable crimes against whites and blacks as justifiable retribution for starting the war. My Peach State grandparents bequeathed to me their disgust for Sherman and “Radical Republicans” with venomous contempt. With absolute certainty, my grandmother told me it was a “sin” to vote Republican and the man who said “war is hell” is spending eternity “at war.”

The federal government really had no great affection for the freedmen although it maintained absolute control over the conquered South with an occupying army. After the war, the voices of Northern abolitionists were mostly patronized. Stronger, more powerful, wealthy voices controlled the federal government, and they had bigger concerns than what to do with four million supposedly freed slaves. The Confederate army was no more, but the Union army was as big as ever, with the bulk of it stationed in the states it ravaged during four bloody years of war. Remnants of their occupation force are still active in every former Confederate state, where the largest bases in the U.S. military still make their permanent home.

Just to name a few:

Fort Hood, Fort Bliss, Galveston NS, Fort Polk, Barksdale AFB, New Orleans NAS, Fort Shelby, Columbus AFB, Keesler AFB, Meridian NAS, Pascagoula NS, Fort McClellan, Fort Rucker, Fort Benning, Moody AFB, Fort McPherson, Robbins AFB, Fort Stewart, Eglin AFB w/Army Ranger School, MacDill AFB, Jacksonville NAS, Key West NAS, Pensacola NAS, Fort Jackson, Shaw AFB, Charleston AFB, Parris Island Marine Base, Goose Creek NWS, Fort Bragg, Pope AFB, Camp Lejeune, Cherry Point MAS, Seymour Johnson AFB, Fort Lee, Fort Belvoir, Fort A.P. Hill, Fort Story, Fort Picket, Fort Eustis, Fort Monroe, Fort Myer, Langley AFB, Fort Campbell, Little Rock AFB and Pine Bluff Arsenal. We’re not talking about swamp or desert land but prime real estate.

Do you really think the feds needed that much military muscle to enforce an end to plantation-style slavery? All those troops were part of bigger plans for a new South, and those plans were centered on compulsory public schooling. Reconstruction of the South was the prototype for the re-education of all Americans. As surely as slavery didn’t really end in 1865, Reconstruction didn’t end in 1877. The Union victory not only failed to save our Constitutional Republic, Reconstruction ensured government by the people had ceased to exist.

There is a counter-intuitive myth purported by historical revisionists that claims the South needed public schools because Southerners were for the most part illiterate prior to the war. That’s an absolute lie but one that fits well into the scheme of all the other lies Americans have been conditioned to believe. The radicals planned to re-educate the South, using Horace Mann’s Prussian school model, claiming they were only looking out for the best interests of Southerners. Do you really believe that? They hated the South, every man, woman and child, white or black. Although the war was fought primarily in the South on the South, nearly 60% of the 620,000 casualties were Northern, something they were not willing to forgive or forget.

So why the public school systems? Yes, systems, for it was actually Northerners who established the separate school systems for white and freedmen’s children.

They claimed this strategy provided jobs for black educators and a safer, separate environment for black children. But a mountain of evidence suggests the South’s new benefactors deliberately incited racial tension by denying former Confederates the right to vote while supporting freedmen, carpetbaggers and scalawag candidates for local and state offices. Then they stepped back and watched the sparks fly. They did this to distract Southerners from what they were really doing to both blacks and whites. [Some modern distraction strategies include Asian bird flu, global warming, energy crisis and the war on terror.] Despite marshal law and an occupying army to enforce it, the federal forces did little to quell Klan violence against black freedmen although they provided special protection for white carpetbaggers and scalawags. They wanted Southerners to fight among themselves, so they wouldn’t focus their wrath on them [again].

In a previous article [Principals of Newspeak], I said prior to the Civil War, Americans were 95% literate. That figure included mostly free Americans, North and South. Most slaves were kept illiterate because, as Frederick Douglass eloquently explains in his autobiography, education and slavery are incompatible. Most white Southerners and free blacks were taught at home, though some in one-room, church-affiliated school houses. And they were quite literate by today’s low standards. Read a few letters by Confederate soldiers, and you’ll see what I mean.

When historical revisionists claim the South needed this public school concept, a concept that was found in a few Unitarian-dominated New England states, they not only lie, they manipulate the public to believe one lie in order to get them to believe an even bigger lie, that public schools help all children learn.

As noted, Unitarians were the initial force behind the public school movement. In case you didn’t know, Unitarians don’t believe Jesus, the Son of God, is equal to God the Father or God the Holy Spirit or that either is equal to God the Father. Remember the transitive property.

Horace Mann was an Unitarian who received his indoctrination from German Rationalists [neo-Gnostic Humanists] in Prussia. The Prussian school model divided schools into three levels in which 1% were taught to think [upper class], 5% were partially taught to think [middle class] and 94% were taught just enough to follow simple instructions [slaves]. This mind-controlling, slave-producing school model was struggling to survive in New England, but now it was implemented full-scale on the South by Mann’s sister-in-law, Elizabeth Peabody. Soon, it would become the model for the nation. Why?! Since America was 95% literate, why did we need public education?

The answer is that America didn’t need public education! The forces behind what Theodore Roosevelt would later call the “invisible government” are the ones who needed it. Their reason is obvious. Education and slavery are incompatible! Americans were too literate, too independent. That had to change. The South was a great place to start the re-education process, if only because the South was dominated by those independent-minded Baptists that North Carolina’s colonial Governor William Tryon had tried to annihilate 100 years earlier.

If you doubt the Baptist influence on the South, please read James Beller’s America in Crimson Red or William Lumpkin’s Baptist History in the South. Aside from the distinctive that gives us our name [baptism of believers, not infants], Baptists are known for our belief in local church autonomy, liberty of conscience and especially our stand on the Bible as our only moral authority. That’s why the South was called the Bible Belt. When Southern mothers taught their kids to read, it was primarily so they could read the Bible. In fact, the Bible was taught in nearly every Southern home, white or black, free or slave. From the neo-Gnostic viewpoint of Unitarians and other elitists, the South was just too literate, academically and biblically. This had to change.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

© 2007 – R.C. Murray – All Rights Reserved

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale


R.C. Murray is a disabled veteran and former public school teacher. He left a good job as a technical writer for a satellite manufacturer in order to teach high school English, only to immediately be told he could not expect, much less require his students to read their literature assignments. After four years of fighting The System and having a stroke then a mini-stroke, he decided he was safer in the airborne infantry and returned to being a technical writer for a military contractor.

He has also dedicated the rest of his life to exhorting parents about what’s really going on in their local public school, the one they think is a good school. R.C. Murray is the author of two books, Golden Knights: History of the U.S. Army Parachute Team and most recently, Legally STUPiD: Why Johnny doesn’t have to read.

Website: www.voicefromthepews.com

E-Mail: bakea3@aol.com


 

Home
http://www.newswithviews.com/Murray/randy3.htm

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


The Threat Has Been Assessed, It’s Now Time To Take Aim

November 25, 2007

The Threat Has Been Assessed, It’s Now Time To Take Aim

By Greg Evensen

November 25, 2007

NewsWithViews.com


http://www.newswithviews.com/Evensen/greg19.htm

It’s time to cut through the nonsense and in so many words, when the sides are drawn it’s time to get down to “nut cuttin’.” (So, you raise walnuts?) You may blink a couple of times and your mouth may drop slightly when you read this, but then I’m writing this for those of you who still do not grasp the ultimate end game, here.

We have been under intellectual anesthesia for a hundred years in America. I have covered the reasons why, among hundreds of others, in recent op-ed pieces. Many of my superbly talented colleagues at NVW have done the same thing, and most of them with far greater eloquence and research than I have offered. What it really boils down to though is this. Your government, in absolute conspiracy with the Federal Reserve, credit monopolies, the “legal system” and the military/corporate and industrial network, has CONSPIRED to steal your republic and totally rip your liberties from your mind and body.

Hundreds of thousands of documents, memoranda, official government reports, testimony in and out of court, tax trials, whistle-blower interviews, eye-witness accounts, books by ex-government special agents, armed forces officers and pilots, former FBI and BATFE investigators, legislators and high ranking diplomats, have all confirmed what the rest of us have reluctantly accepted as the greatest battle in our lives.

That battle is to bring these tons of documents, statements and conclusions before a caring and concerned American citizenry. It is to arouse their righteous anger to change the direction of our nation before it is no longer possible to even discuss the present situation within a public forum. It is to do our collective and necessary part in the ongoing history of our nation and help provide the same opportunities that we were given by other generations long gone from this life, but who agreed in great numbers that our Founders established a republic, not a “democracy” operating under maritime law. We have believed that we are sovereign citizens living in sovereign states with natural rights that cannot be taken away under any circumstances, right? That we are FREE flesh and blood citizens, not a corporate unit of a corporate united states, right? If you believe you live in a republic and are a truly free American, then you are ABSOLUELY DEAD WRONG!!

You are enslaved in a web of deceit and illegality masquerading as “representative government” so deep, so pervasive, and so lethal to our continuing existence, that very few of us are capable of grasping how deadly the current situation is to our very existence.

Lee Brobst and A.F. Beddoe have attempted to lead us to a minimal understanding of this dreadful calamity in a deeply scholarly work entitled “USA the Republic Is the House that No One Lives In.” I received this 50 page document November 18, 2007, and read it in about 90 minutes. I will tell you that there were segments that held very detailed and technical explanations of Private Roman civil law, common law, public municipal law, admiralty law, trust relationships. Public federalism, private federalism, codes, statutes, public policy, constructive trusts of private conscience, dual federalism, general common law and of course something called “federal theology.” So much for the vaunted “separation of church and state” dogma ranted on about by the ACLU at every conceivable turn, huh? Some of this material was difficult to understand. It clearly calls in to question the motive of “specialists” or “mechanics” of these legal, contract, and business positions that very few of us are equipped to understand. Much of this actually dealt with the ultimate position of federal authority over states and any citizen protections from the weight of federal centralized power and how the states act as a buffer to protect the individual citizen from direct federal assaults on the sovereignty of that person. Obviously, that concept did not survive the federal dictatorship that has evolved through a staggering array of legalese and contract law aimed directly at stripping ALL vestiges of our power over government and the individual liberty derived from a so-called sovereign state citizen.

You are completely powerless, at the mercy of maritime contract specialists, eternal victims of a barbed wire mentality in Washington and the state capitols as well. The idea of taxing you to pay for all of this fascist incarceration of your “freedom” is the ultimate cruel joke on every last one of us. This cartel of elitist purveyors of lies, distortion, and as the creators of a pseudo realistic dream of an on-going American republic, is the incarnation of evil born and raised in hell itself and executed by Satan’s chosen legions of bureaucrats, government appointees, and the worst of them all, the financiers who use more and more of our debt riddled Federal Reserve notes to “pay for it all.”

I commend these gentlemen for explaining our virtually inextricable death spiral in such clear terms. They have done their best. We have allowed this mess to grow into such an inconceivable catastrophe because we have been lazy, fearful, licking the boots that stomp us down, and unwilling to do whatever must be done to stop this race toward complete dictatorship. The American people continually feed this federal behemoth while at the same time allowing the Rockefeller/Rothschild world governance crowd to invite our own stupid civilian activist groups in the gun control lobby, the environmental disaster hand-wringing nervous Nellie crew, the anybody but Jesus in our town-square troublemakers, and “let all the Mexicans in while you’re at it” mindless idiots to share in the “destroy the American Republic” offensive once and for all.


Advertisement

It has, based on the countless pages of research and the open surrender of our nation by the Congress of the united states, become necessary to not only discuss, but begin the planning for resistance against these documented acts of treason. Not a living soul to whom God gave some semblance of a brain can deny that the times we are living in and enduring, are far worse in their treachery than anything experienced by our colonial brethren. Of that, there can be no doubt. It only remains to be seen how many of our fellow citizens from every walk of life, will prepare for and join with those who have finally risen to the call of our Declaration of Independence and return the reins of this nation back to the American people.

The unjust rulers, unelected power brokers, illegal and unconstitutional mechanisms of corrupted government, the unlawful and treasonous individual and corporate acts of destruction against our nation and its precepts are worthy of insurrection. Any act of rebellion is justified in the so-called court of public opinion, and is absolutely necessary if the American people are to have another generation of “sovereignty” under any circumstances. Open warfare is at hand and past due with this blasphemous totally sold-out government.

Any leader in armed combat will tell you that the final moment before engagement commences is a soul-searing one and is generally preceded by the command, “take aim, hold your fire………” This is to allow full concentration on the matter at hand. Within a second or two the final command is given and history is forged. It is a moment unlike any that you will every experience. Hearts beat fast, breath is held and determination and commitment take over like never before in your life. Fear is palpable and the long moment between utter peace and total warfare hangs like the great void of space over the edge of a mountain cliff. It is THAT moment that all others are measured by. It is then that victory is eye to eye with defeat. Only the more determined and righteously courageous will prevail. It is then that all the putrid filth and rot of treason and corrupted hearts is revealed for the horrible thing that it is. It is also then that your mind can accept personal sacrifice, because you know how much defeat of this slime is really worth. It is in that moment, that the purity of truth and the sacredness of the effort, is fully revealed. It is that very spirit that carried our continental army through the pain of initial defeat, and of starvation, bitter cold, and their own lack of support from a lazy, cowardly and even traitorous colonial citizenry.

It will not be any easier this time, either. Our modern conveniences will only make our decision to “do this thing” that much more difficult for many. In the end, if we are to prevail as a nation of sovereign citizens, then we will have to do this. There is no other choice. The time is so short, the goal so large, our republic so lost, and still many don’t know why people like me and many others are saying the time is at hand. ARE YOU LISTENING??

Prepare yourselves. It’s time to “take aim, (and for the time being) hold your fire.” Focus on the enemy, and prepare for the battle. Give no quarter. Fight until it is finished. “Choose this day whom you will serve,” as the scripture says. But, above all else, prepare mentally, emotionally, physically, and SPIRITUALLY to take aim………and aim well, indeed.

© 2007 Greg Evensen – All Rights Reserved

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale


Greg Evensen Greg is an award winning Kansas Lawman and former Kansas State Trooper. He is author of The Sovereignty Papers and has completed two inspirational singing CD’s “Hymns from the Heartland” and “After the Storm.” You may visit his website at www.theheartlandusa.com to get your copies of this and other materials offered by Greg. See the NWV central advertising banners for ordering information, also. Greg may be reached at his website for a scheduled speaking or concert date as well.

Website: TheHeartLandUSA

E-mail: greg@heartlandusaparty.org

E-Mail: gevensen@westiron.org

 


 

Home

http://www.newswithviews.com/Evensen/greg19.htm

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


The Highest Office In The Land

November 25, 2007

The Highest Office In The Land

By Paul Cappadona

November 25, 2007
NewsWithViews.com


http://www.newswithviews.com/guest_opinion/guest113.htm

So here we go again. Another campaign for the Presidency is underway with its debates, controversies, and mud slinging. In the end we’ll be left with twiddle-de and twiddle dumb. The whole election process is a side show to keep the common man falsely thinking that they make the decisions and that decision sets the agenda. But is the presidency the highest office in the land?

Growing up, we were taught that the president is the highest authority in the land. How could he not be? He makes the speeches, and proposes what we should do in difficult situations. It is only natural for us to see the office of president as the highest. However upon closer examination we see there are offices higher than his. For instance, the president can be brought up on criminal charges or impeached and if he doesn’t play the game the way the president makers’ demand, he can incur the wrath of the media or worse. Regardless the party, democratic socialism keeps rolling along negating our Constitutional Republic. It seems to be true; the presidency may not be the highest office in the Land.

When our government was founded, the American people insisted on due process of law that was held outside of the powers granted to the Government. This power if used properly would suppress tyranny and keep government power from becoming absolute. The power of due process belongs to the common people and is wielded through our jury system. It is the power of indictment and conviction. The highest office in the land belongs not to the president but the common citizens with indicting power, the Grand Jury.

In times past and still in most places of the world today, there are the dreaded inquisitors, much like the IRS. These inquisitors, who are feared by the common man, work to silence opposition to the prevailing ruling class. Our American forefathers having lived that tyranny rejected the ruling tyrants and their inquisitors. Here they set up a people’s court in its place. In our courts it’s only the people that have the duty and power to indict and convict through a draw of registered voters. This power was meant to remain in the hands of the people who benefit from it. The District attorney and the court work for the people not the State. No politician, district attorney, judge, or anyone else can override the decision of a Grand Jury and anyone who attempts to manipulate a Grand Jury is committing a felony.

In 1777, Supreme Court Justice, John Jay instructed the first Grand Jury; “You will be pleased to observe that all offences committed in this country against the people of this State, from treason to trespass, are proper objects of your attention and inquiry.”

The Grand Jury may investigate any government or private crimes within their jurisdiction and in fact sets jurisdiction for the courts. The meetings of the Grand Jury are a necessary tool to look into alleged crimes; question witnesses, and then if there is enough evidence, to indict. U.S v Morton Salt Co. 338 U.S 632, 642, 642-643 (1980), “The Grand Jury can investigate merely on suspicion that the law is being violated, or even just because it wants assurance that it is not.” The Grand Jury can start investigations into governmental corruption on their own volition. Chief Justice Salmon P. Chase once instructed, “You must not be satisfied by acting upon such cases only as may be brought before you by the district attorney, or by members of your body to whom knowledge of particular offences may have come. Your authority and your duty go much further. You may and you should, summon before you, officers of the government, and others whom you may have reason to believe possess information proper for your action, and examine them fully.” I can’t yet imagine a judge today giving instructions like that to the Grand Jury.

The courts were set up for the protection of and therefore belong to the American people; we merely need to reassert our authority. We must make all that seek to restore America aware that the Grand Jury is ours. Using the Jury system properly is the most effectual and non-violent way to restore our country back to the Constitutional Republic it once was. We all know this country is being taken down and is crumbling right before our eyes. The Grand Jury that would ensure equity and justice for our people has been taken from us. We need to know the Grand Jury is a very powerful tool and begin using it. Remember, when the government possesses the indicting power its powers become absolute, and absolute power leads to unpunished corruption and tyranny.

I for one am sick of all the corruptions, cover-ups, new-speak spin, lies, and the high crimes that go unpunished. I am also sick of the stories and articles that lack solutions. Most people don’t want to hear about all the crimes and corruptions going on in government because it seems so hopeless. The American people are tired of hearing the bad news and they’re begging for real solutions. They need to know it is not hopeless. My wish for the people is that they be informed and able to make a difference. You can make a difference and it starts right here. Tell someone, pass on the solution. Let the people see that there is a chance for restoration of the only government ever dedicated to, for, and by the people, the one and only free nation.

Our glorious beauty is a fading flower and our production is now eaten up or stomped to the ground before it is ripe. We have error in vision and stumble in judgment. The day is at hand, let truth be our crown of glory. Let truth guide the residue of His people that are not drunk with dilutions. Let truth be a spirit of judgment to those who sit in judgment, and for strength to them that turn the battle to the courts. The courts were ours, we must take them back, am I right or wrong. If I’m right sound the trumpets let the people know, write, talk, and sing about this but let the people know. And if you think the people not intelligent enough as Jefferson said so say I “educate them”

Happy to email the Grand Jury Creed to anyone that asks.

© 2007 – Paul Cappadona – All Rights Reserved

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale



Paul Cappadon is the author of “Taking Back America The Party’s Over

E-Mail: cappadonaconstruction@yahoo.com


 

Home

http://www.newswithviews.com/guest_opinion/guest113.htm

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


Law and Resistance: The Republic in Crisis and the People’s Response

November 25, 2007

Law and Resistance: The Republic in Crisis and the People’s Response

Global Research, November 22, 2007

 

Email this article to a friend

Print this article

 


Transcript of Professor Boyle’s lecture, Northwestern University Law School, November 20, 2007.The event was s
ponsored by the National Lawyers Guild, Northwestern University Student Law School Chapter and Chicago Chapter of the NLG.

Since the impeachable installation of George Bush Jr. as President by the U.S. Supreme Court’s Gang of Five, the people of the world have witnessed a government in the United States that has demonstrated little if any respect for fundamental considerations of international law, human rights, or the United States Constitution. Instead, the world has watched a comprehensive and malicious assault upon the integrity of the international and domestic legal orders by a group of men and women who are thoroughly Machiavellian and Straussian in their perception of international relations and in their conduct of both foreign affairs and American domestic policy. Even more seriously, in many instances specific components of the Bush Jr. administration’s foreign policy constitute ongoing criminal activity under well recognized principles of both international law and United States domestic law, and in particular the Nuremberg Charter, the Nuremberg Judgment, and the Nuremberg Principles, as well as the Pentagon’s own U.S. Army Field Manual 27-10 on The Law of Land Warfare, which applies to President Bush Jr. himself as Commander-in-Chief of United States Armed Forces under Article II, Section 2 of the United States Constitution.

Depending on the substantive issues involved, these international and domestic crimes typically include but are not limited to the Nuremberg offences of “crimes against peace”– so far Afghanistan , Iraq , Somalia , and perhaps their longstanding threatened war of aggression against Iran . Their criminal responsibility also concerns “crimes against humanity” and war crimes as well as grave breaches of the Four Geneva Conventions of 1949 and the 1907 Hague Regulations on land warfare: torture at Guantanamo, Bhagram, Abu Ghraib, and elsewhere; enforced disappearances, assassinations, murders, kidnappings, extraordinary renditions, “shock and awe,” depleted uranium, white phosphorous, cluster bombs, Fallujah, etc. Furthermore, various members of the Bush Jr. administration have committed numerous inchoate crimes incidental to these substantive offences that under the Nuremberg Charter, Judgment, and Principles as well as U.S. Army Field Manual 27-10 (1956) are international crimes in their own right: planning, and preparation—which they are currently doing today against Iran—solicitation, incitement, conspiracy, complicity, attempt, aiding and abetting. Of course the terrible irony of today’s situation is that six decades ago at Nuremberg the U.S. government participated in the prosecution, punishment and execution of Nazi government officials for committing some of the same types of heinous international crimes that the Neo-Conservative Straussian members of the Bush Jr. administration currently inflict upon people all over the world. To be sure, I personally oppose the imposition of capital punishment upon any human being for any reason no matter how monstrous their crimes, whether they be Bush Jr., Tony Blair, or Saddam Hussein.

According to basic principles of international criminal law set forth in paragraph 501 of U.S. Army Field Manual 27-10, all high level civilian officials and military officers in the U.S. government who either knew or should have known that soldiers or civilians under their control (such as the C.I.A. or mercenary contractors), committed or were about to commit international crimes and failed to take the measures necessary to stop them, or to punish them, or both, are likewise personally responsible for the commission of international crimes. This category of officialdom who actually knew or should have known of the commission of these international crimes under their jurisdiction and failed to do anything about them include at the very top of America’s criminal chain-of-command President Bush Jr. and Vice-President Cheney; former U.S. Secretary of Defense Rumsfeld; Secretary of State Rice; Director of National Intelligence Negroponte, who was previously in charge of the contra terror war against the people of Nicaragua that murdered 35, 000 civilians; National Security Advisor Hadley; his Deputy Elliot Abrams, who was also criminally responsible for murdering 35,000 people in Nicaragua; former U.S. Attorney General Gonzales, criminally responsible for the torture campaign launched by the Bush Jr. administration; and the Pentagon’s Joint Chiefs of Staffs along with the appropriate Regional Commanders-in-Chiefs, especially for Central Command (CENTCOM).

These U.S. government officials and their immediate subordinates are responsible for the commission of crimes against peace, crimes against humanity, and war crimes as specified by the Nuremberg Charter, Judgment, and Principles as well as by U.S. Army Field Manual 27-10 of 1956. Today in international legal terms, the Bush Jr. administration itself should now be viewed as constituting an ongoing criminal conspiracy under international criminal law in violation of the Nuremberg Charter, the Nuremberg Judgment, and the Nuremberg Principles, because of its formulation and undertaking of serial wars of aggression, crimes against peace, crimes against humanity, and war crimes that are legally akin to those perpetrated by the former Nazi regime in Germany. As a consequence, American citizens possess the basic right under international law and the United States domestic law, including the U.S. Constitution, to engage in acts of civil resistance designed to prevent, impede, thwart, or terminate ongoing criminal activities perpetrated by Bush Jr. administration officials in their conduct of foreign affairs policies and military operations purported to relate to defense and counter-terrorism.

For that very reason, large numbers of American citizens have decided to act on their own cognizance by means of civil resistance in order to demand that the Bush Jr. administration adhere to basic principles of international law, of U.S. domestic law, and of our own Constitution in its conduct of foreign affairs and military operations. Mistakenly, however, such actions have been defined to constitute classic instances of “civil disobedience” as historically practiced in the United States . And the conventional status quo admonition by the U.S. power elite and its sycophantic news media for those who knowingly engage in “civil disobedience” has always been that they must meekly accept their punishment for having performed a prima facie breach of the positive laws as a demonstration of their good faith and moral commitment. Nothing could be further from the truth! Today’s civil resisters are the sheriffs! The Bush Jr. administration officials are the outlaws!

Here I would like to suggest a different way of thinking about civil resistance activities that are specifically designed to thwart, prevent, or impede ongoing criminal activity by members of the Bush Jr. administration under well-recognized principles of international and U.S. domestic law. Such civil resistance activities represent the last constitutional avenue open to the American people to preserve their democratic form of government with its historical commitment to the rule of law and human rights. Civil resistance is the last hope America has to prevent the Bush Jr. administration from moving even farther down the path of lawless violence in Southwest Asia, military interventionism in Latin America and Africa, and nuclear confrontation with Iran , North Korea , Russia , and China .

Such measures of “civil resistance” must not be confused with, and indeed must be carefully distinguished from, acts of “civil disobedience” as traditionally defined. In today’s civil resistance cases, what we witness are U.S. citizens attempting to prevent the ongoing commission of international and domestic crimes under well-recognized principles of international law and U.S. domestic law. This is a phenomenon essentially different from the classic civil disobedience cases of the 1950s and 1960s where incredibly courageous African Americans and their supporters were conscientiously violating domestic laws for the express purpose of changing them. By contrast, today’s civil resisters are acting for the express purpose of upholding the rule of law, the U.S. Constitution, human rights, and international law. Applying the term “civil disobedience” to such civil resistors mistakenly presumes their guilt and thus perversely exonerates the Bush Jr. administration criminals.

Civil resistors disobeyed nothing, but to the contrary obeyed international law and the United States Constitution. By contrast, Bush Jr. administration officials disobeyed fundamental principles of international law as well as U.S. criminal law and thus committed international crimes and U.S. domestic crimes as well as impeachable violations of the United States Constitution. The civil resistors are the sheriffs enforcing international law, U.S. criminal law and the U.S. Constitution against the criminals working for the Bush Jr. administration!

Today the American people must reaffirm our commitment to the Nuremberg Charter, Judgment, and Principles by holding our government officials fully accountable under international law and U.S. domestic law for the commission of such grievous international and domestic crimes. We must not permit any aspect of our foreign affairs and defense policies to be conducted by acknowledged “war criminals” according to the U.S. government’s own official definition of that term as set forth in U.S. Army Field Manual 27-10 (1956), the U.S. War Crimes Act, and the Geneva Conventions. The American people must insist upon the impeachment, dismissal, resignation, indictment, conviction, and long-term incarceration of all U.S. government officials guilty of such heinous international and domestic crimes. That is precisely what American civil resisters are doing today!

This same right of civil resistance extends pari passu to all citizens of the world community of states. Everyone around the world has both the right and the duty under international law to resist ongoing criminal activities perpetrated by the Bush Jr. administration and its nefarious foreign accomplices in allied governments such as in Britain , Australia , Japan , South Korea , Georgia , etc. If not so restrained, the Bush Jr. administration could very well precipitate a Third World War.

In this regard, during the course of an October 17, 2007 press conference, President Bush Jr. terrorized the entire world with the threat of World War III if he could not work his illegal will upon Iran . Then Russian President Vladimir Putin responded in kind by likewise terrorizing the entire world with the prospect of yet another Cuban Missile Crisis if he did not get his way on the needlessly provocative anti-ballistic missile systems that the Bush Jr. administration plans to locate in Poland and the Czech Republic. The publicly threatened U.S./Israeli attack upon Iran could readily set off a chain of events that would culminate in World War III, and could easily go nuclear. It is my opinion that the Bush Jr. administration would welcome the outbreak of a Third World War, and in any event is fully prepared to use tactical nuclear weapons against Muslim and Arab states and peoples.

After September 11, 2001 the United States of America has vilified and demonized Muslims and Arabs almost to the same extent that America inflicted upon the Japanese and Japanese Americans after Pearl Harbor . As the Nazis had previously demonstrated with respect to the Jews, a government must first dehumanize and scapegoat a race of people before its citizens will tolerate if not approve their elimination: Hiroshima and Nagasaki . In post-9/11 America we are directly confronted with the prospect of a nuclear war of extermination conducted by our White Racist Judeo-Christian Power Elite against People of Color in the Muslim and Arab worlds in order to steal their oil and gas. The Crusades all over again. But this time nuclear Armageddon stares all of humankind right in the face!

We American lawyers must be inspired by the stunning example set by those heroic Pakistani lawyers now leading the struggle against the brutal Bush-supported Musharraf military dictatorship. We American lawyers must now lead the fight against the Bush Jr. dictatorship! This is our Nuremberg Moment!

Thank you.

Francis A. Boyle is a frequent contributor to Global Research. Global Research Articles by Francis A. Boyle


To become a Member of Global Research

The CRG grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: crgeditor@yahoo.com

www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the copyright owner.

For media inquiries: crgeditor@yahoo.com

© Copyright Francis A. Boyle, Global Research, 2007

The url address of this article is: www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&aid=7408


**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54

By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)

 
 


Tortured with razor-sharp bamboo and fed alive to ants: The story behind one PoW’s incredible escape from Vietnam

November 25, 2007

Tortured with razor-sharp bamboo and fed alive to ants: The story behind one PoW’s incredible escape from Vietnam

By ZOE BRENNAN – More by this author » Last updated at 23:02pm on 23rd November 2007

Comments Comments (7)

Flying low over the dangerous and impenetrable Laotian jungle on a bombing mission against the Viet Cong, U.S. Air Force Colonel Eugene Deatrick saw a lone figure waving to him from a clearing below. He continued on his flight path, but ten minutes later – puzzled that a native in this hostile terrain would try to attract his attention – he decided to turn back for another recce.

This time, he saw the letters SOS spelt out on a rock. Beside them stood an emaciated man dressed in rags, waving the remains of a parachute over his head and signalling desperately.

Scroll down for more …

Dieter DenglerBroken man: Dieter Dengler just after his rescue

Deatrick radioed headquarters, who told him that no Americans had been shot down in the area, and instructed him to carry on. But the man continued waving, mouthing over and over again: “Please don’t leave.”

Eventually, at Deatrick’s insistence, two rescue helicopters were scrambled. Dropping a cable down to the frantic figure, they winched him on board. Fearful that he could be a Viet Cong suicide bomber, the crew pinned the six stone man to the helicopter deck and searched him – his backpack turned out to contain only a half-eaten snake.

Almost beyond speech, the man whispered: “I am an American pilot. Please take me home.”

Contacting control command, the helicopter eventually received verification: they had found Lieutenant Dieter Dengler, the only American ever to break out of a prisoner of war camp in the Laotian jungle and live to tell the tale.

The year was 1966. Dengler had been missing, presumed dead, for six months, and subjected to barbaric torture at the hands of his captors.

But, plotting his getaway in the tiniest detail over several months, he at last escaped his prison by sheer force of will, surviving in the world’s fiercest wilderness with primal tenacity as death stalked his every step.

Emerging back into civilisation, he captivated the American nation with his astonishing story and film star looks – a lone ray of hope in the horrors of the Vietnam War.

Now, Dieter Dengler’s extraordinary journey has been made into a gripping new film, Rescue Dawn, starring Christian Bale.

They could scarcely have asked for more inspiring source material. For in the annals of history’s great escapes, there is no story quite like that of Lieutenant Dengler.

It started in war-time Germany, where Dengler grew up. Huddled with his tiny brother in an attic in the Black Forest region, the young Dengler looked out of the window to see an Allied fighter plane flying just a few hundred feet away.

The cockpit was open, and there sat the pilot, his goggles raised on his forehead, black leather gloves gripping the controls. Dengler was captivated.

As a teenager, he emigrated to America, signed up to join the U.S. Air Force as a pilot and was assigned to an aircraft carrier heading for Vietnam. On the morning of February 1,

1966 – just after becoming engaged to his sweetheart, Marina – Dengler launched from the U.S.S Ranger with three other aircraft on a top-secret bombing mission near the Laotian border.

Visibility was poor, and as Dengler rolled his Skyraider in on the target after flying for two-and-a-half hours into enemy territory, he was strafed by anti-aircraft fire.

“There was a large explosion on my right side,” he remembered when interviewed shortly before his death in 2001. “It was like lightning striking. The right wing was gone.

“The airplane seemed to cartwheel through the sky in slow motion. There were more explosions – boom, boom, boom – and I was still able to guide the plane into a clearing.”

He said: “Many times, people have asked me if I was afraid. Just before dying, there is no more fear. I felt I was floating.”

Thrown 100ft from the plane in a crash-landing, Dengler lay unconscious for a few minutes before running into the jungle to hide.

Scroll down for more …

Christian Bale in rescue dawnHeroic: Christian Bale in Rescue Dawn, the film based on Dieter Dengler’s experience

For two days, he lived on the run in the jungle, strapping his injured left leg with bamboo, before being found by the local Pathet Lao, the Laotian equivalent of the communist Viet Cong.

They took him captive and marched him through the jungle. At night, he was tied spread-eagled on the ground to four stakes to stop him escaping.

In the mornings, his face would be so swollen from mosquito bites he was unable to see.

Far worse was to come. After an early escape attempt, Dengler was picked up by his guards at a jungle water hole. This was when the torture began.

“I had escaped from them, they wanted to get even,” he said.

They would hang him upside down by his ankles, with a nest of biting ants over his face, until he lost consciousness. At night, they suspended him in a freezing well so that if sleep came, he feared he would drown.

Other times, he was dragged by water buffalo through villages, his guards laughing as they goaded the animal with a whip.

Bloodied and broken, he was asked by Pathet Lao officials to sign a document condemning America, but still he refused, so the torture intensified. Tiny wedges of bamboo were inserted under his fingernails and into incisions on his body to grow and fester.

“They were always thinking of something new to do to me,” Dengler recalled.

“One guy made a rope tourniquet around my upper arm. He inserted a piece of wood, and twisted and twisted until my nerves cut against the bone. The hand was completely unusable for six months.”

After some weeks, Dengler was handed over to the even fiercer Viet Cong. As they marched him through a village, a man slipped Dengler’s engagement ring from his finger. Dengler complained to his guards.

They found the culprit, summarily chopped off his finger with a machete and threw him aside, handing the ring back to their horrified captive.

“I realised right there and then that you didn’t fool around with the Viet Cong,” he said.

Finally, Dengler arrived at his destination: a prisoner of war camp. “I had been looking forward to it,” he said.

“I hoped to see other pilots. What I saw horrified me. The first one who came out was carrying his intestines around in his hands.”

There were six other captives: four Thais and two fellow Americans, Duane Martin and Eugene DeBruin. One had no teeth – plagued by awful infections, he had begged the others to knock them out with a rock and a rusty nail in order to release pus from his gums.

“They had been there for two and a half years,” said Dengler. “I looked at them, and it was just awful. I realised that was how I would look in six months. I had to escape.”

Scroll down for more …

vietnamHorror: American troops in action in Vietnam

As food began to run out, tension between the men grew: they were given just a single handful of rice to share while the guards would stalk deer, pulling the grass out of the animal’s stomach for the prisoners to eat while they shared the meat.

The prisoners’ only “treats” were snakes they occasionally caught from the communal latrine, or the rats that lived under their hut which they could spear with sharpened bamboo.

Nights brought their own misery. The men were handcuffed together and shackled to medieval-style foot blocks. They suffered chronic dysentery, and were made to lie in their excrement until morning.

After several months, one of the Thai prisoners overheard the guards talking.

They, too, were starving and wanted to return to their villages. They planned to march the captives into the jungle, and shoot them, pretending they had tried to escape.

Dengler convinced the others that now was the time to make their move. “I planned to capture the guards at lunchtime, when they put down their rifles to get their food. There were two minutes and twenty seconds in the day when I could strike.”

In that time, Dengler had to release all the men from their handcuffs.

“The day came,” he said. “The cook yelled ‘chow time’, and I let the handcuffs off. My heart was pounding, I slipped through a loosened fence, and seized three rifles.”

He ran into the open, ready to capture the camp. But the others were nowhere to be seen – they had fled. Only Duane was beside him, vomiting with nerves.

Dengler raised a machine gun for the first time in his life. A guard was now two feet from him, waving a machete. Dengler fired.

Five dead guards lay at his feet, two others ran zig – zagging into the jungle. Duane and Dengler escaped into the wild; their fellow prisoners were never seen again.

“Seven of us escaped,” said Dengler. “I was the only one who came out alive.”

But escape brought its own torments. Soon, the two men’s feet were white, mangled stumps from trekking through the dense jungle.

They found the sole of an old tennis shoe, which they alternated wearing, strapping it onto a foot with rattan for a few moments’ respite.

In this way, they were able to make their way to a fast-flowing river. “It was the highway to freedom,” said Dengler, “We knew it would flow into the Mekong River, which would take us over the border into Thailand and safety.”

The men built a raft, and floated downstream on ferocious rapids, tying themselves to trees at night to stop themselves being washed away in the torrential water. By morning, they would be covered in mud and hundreds of leeches.

So weak that they could barely crawl up the river bank, the men eventually reached a settlement – but the villagers who greeted them were far from welcoming.

The pair knelt on the ground and pleaded. Dengler said: “One man had a machete in his hands. He swung and hit Duane’s leg, and blood gushed everywhere. With the next swipe, Duane’s head came off.”

“I reached for the rubber sole from his foot, grabbed it and ran. From that moment on, all my motions became mechanical. I couldn’t care less if I lived or died.”

Miraculously, it was a wild animal who gave him the mental strength to continue.

“I was followed by this beautiful bear. He became like my pet dog and was the only friend I had.”

These were his darkest hours. Little more than a walking skeleton after weeks on the run, he floated in and out of a hallucinatory state.

“I was just crawling along,” he said. “Then I had a vision: these enormous doors opened up. Lots of horses came galloping out. They were not driven by death, but by angels. Death didn’t want me.”

It was five days later, on July 20th 1966, that Dengler heard an American airplane overhead and, summoning up his last reserves of strength, waved the parachute from an old flare that he had stumbled upon in the jungle to attract the pilot’s attention.

The signal was spotted by Colonel Deatrick: Dengler’s ordeal was at an end.

The stricken airman was taken to Da Nang Hospital in Vietnam, where he was interrogated by the CIA. In a further twist to his incredible tale, the pilot was sprung from their care by his fellow airmen, who wanted to bring him home.

They rustled him out of his hospital bed into a waiting helicopter and flew him to a hero’s welcome aboard his naval carrier.

At night, however, he was tormented by awful terrors, and had to be tied to his bed. In the end, his friends put him to sleep in an cockpit, surrounded by pillows. “It was the only place I felt safe,” he said.

Dengler recovered physically, but never put his ordeal behind him, retiring from the forces to become a civilian test pilot.

He said: “Men are often haunted by things that happen to them in life, especially in war. Their lives come to be normal, but they are not.”

He lived out his remaining years in the San Francisco hills, marrying three times, before succumbing to brain disease aged 62.

He was buried with full military honours at Arlington National Cemetery in America, where a squadron of F14s flew over his grave in one final tribute to his remarkable break for freedom.

http://tinyurl.com/2jaque

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


The Odd Alliance Supporting Ron Paul

November 25, 2007
Return to the Article  

November 25, 2007
The Odd Alliance Supporting Ron Paul

By Andrew Walden

Watch what you write ‘cause American Thinker is taking your excerpts

Here and there, the mainstream media is noticing the disturbingly enthusiastic support coming Ron Paul’s way from distateful quarters. In a November 20 column titled “Ron Paul isn’t that scary”, LA Times columnist Jonah Goldberg calls stories about Ron Paul’s racist and 9-11 troother supporters “overblown”, but he does let slip the following:

“Republican consultant David Hill condemns the candidate’s ‘increasingly leftish’ positions. Syndicated columnist Mona Charen calls Paul ‘too cozy with kooks and conspiracy theorists.’ Film critic and talk radio host Michael Medved looks over Paul’s supporters and finds ‘an imposing collection of neo-Nazis, white Supremacists, Holocaust deniers, 9/11 ‘truthers’ and other paranoid and discredited conspiracists.’”

Goldberg is the exception.

GQ magazine just named Ron Paul one of its “Men of the Year.” Yep, the man described on the website of ex-KKK honcho and convicted fraudster David Duke as “our king” is now officially a male trend setter.
Molly Ball November 20 in the Las Vegas Review-Journal swoons:

“He (Paul) is a grandfather crowd-surfing on a youthful wave. The purity of his message, he said, has combined with young people’s natural idealism, with the Internet catalyzing the reaction.”

And no, that is from a news article, not an opinion piece. Ron Paul is nowhere in the polls, so primary states are hopeless. But Nevada is a “caucus” state where Democrats and other Ron Paul nuts dream of mobilizing hordes of surrender monkeys to swamp the real GOPers on January 19th. (Which would also help Hillary Clinton by reducing the turn out for Barack Obama on the Democrat side.)
The Paulistinians are cheered by coverage such as the Las Vegas paper. On Ron Paul’s national Meet-up site, a poster identified as “Steve Martin” calls media coverage of Paul’s Las Vegas rally “awesome.” “Steve Martin” is a Maine Ron Paul supporter with over 3,000 Ron Paul Meet-up posts whose on-line bio identifies him as “911 truth researcher & video documentarian, & a writer for The Barnes Review.” The Barnes Review is a Holocaust denier magazine founded by Willis Carto who also founded the American Free Press and the Institute for Historical Review.
It gets weirder.
The Communist Party organ, People’s Weekly World, imitates Ayn Rand, asking: “Who is Ron Paul?” Their answer:

“Alone among the Republicans, he opposes Bush’s wars and occupations abroad. He absolutely despises ‘so called free trade deals and world governmental organizations like the International Criminal Court (ICC), NAFTA, GATT, WTO and CAFTA.’ He wants to stop the NAFTA highway. He condemns government spying on the citizenry, and would like to overturn the Patriot Act. He seems to support Social Security….”

Do you feel the love?
The Communists crow, “Ron Paul of Texas is driving some of the other Republicans crazy….” They make some mild criticism of Paul’s position on the gold standard, but don’t say even a single word about Ron Paul’s KKK supporters or racist statements tied to Paul. These are the same Communists who regularly call George Bush a fascist.
The CPUSA shacking up with Ron Paul is not new. Here is an article quoting Paul favorably for his (failed) effort to block US support to the Ukrainian Orange Revolution (thus helping Russia, always the key to the CPUSA’s positions). A search of the PWW archive shows several other articles favorable to Ron Paul.
(An alliance of communist and fascist is not unprecedented. After forming the August 23, 1939 Hitler-Stalin Pact, Poland was divided. Hitler then had an easy time defeating a French army whose enlisted men were thick with communists under orders from Stalin’s Communist International not to fight and whose officer corps was infested with fascists. The alliance ended June 22, 1941 when Hitler invaded the Soviet Union. Now the Communists are again allied to the fascists both American and Islamic. I wonder what the late W.E.B. DuBois or Paul Robeson would say about their comrades’ new KKK buddies?)
With the media flacking for Ron Paul where it counts-in caucus states-one might expect the Paulistinians to all be as thrilled as Martin is, but they aren’t. The MSM no longer has a media monopoly. A Google search of Ron Paul KKK now finds 371,000 hits. Ron Paul supporters on Meet-up are ratting each other out to the Meet-up admin (a private company not part of the campaign) which has banned some them for writing racist or anti-Semitic material.
One Ron Paul meetup discussion thread reads: “Watch what you write cause American Thinker is taking your excerpts.” Underlining the fact that the Paulistinians’ banning each other are engaged in a cover-up, not a clean-up.
Capping off the farce is the presence of Martin the self-identified Barnes Review writer and 9-11 trooth researcher who pulls himself away from articles proving Auschwitz was a health spa or something in order to helpfully suggest, “If Will said ‘niggerberry,’ that’s enough for me. I wash my hands of people who are that insensitive to what harms others…”
Political correctness has even reached the Holocaust deniers.
Martin then says: “I am also no longer a ‘supporter’ of the AFP (American Free Press), though I will read it if someone gives it to me. They do report a lot of stories way before anybody else.” Martin continues:

“For the record, Willis Carto, in my opinion, goes too far in blaming the ‘Jews,’ and does not do enough to educate his readers about: 1. other elements (like the oil magnates–especially the Rockefellers–the British crown, etc.) in the global conspiracy. 2. the important difference between the vast majority of good, hard-working Jewish folks, and the tiny extremist Zionist minority.”

Martin also points out an error. He did not run for US Senate but rather the Maine State Senate. This is the first and only error of fact identified in my entire 3,500+ word article: “The Ron Paul Campaign and its Neo-Nazi Supporters” which ran on American Thinker November 14 and now appears on about 140 websites .
Apparently that is good enough for the Paul supporters who are teaming up with Meet-up administration to boot racists who are too stupid to keep their mouths shut from Paul’s Meet-up campaign. “White Will” “Glenn Miller” and others who admit some affinity for David Duke have suddenly been “disappeared.”
Check out this exchange:

Theresa: “OMG, I see former member all over the place, with 600+ posts down to the 50+ posts. Are they all leaving (or) getting booted?”

Steve Martin: “Could some of them be exposed infiltrators getting out while the getting is good?”

Is it a Jooish neo-con conspiracy to “plant” fake Nazis on the Ron Paul meet-up board? No, the headline of the (now buried, available only in cache) discussion board? “Neo-Nazi Conspiracy to subvert Ron Paul meetup groups exposed.” The Paultroons can spot a Zionist gang wiring explosives in the World Trade Center from 1000 miles away, but they didn’t notice the ‘conspiracy’ behind postings like, “Must Dr. Paul capitulate to our Jewish masters’ demands? – and hundreds of other anti-Semitic comments spread all over the internet by Paul supporters.

Will “White Will” Williams, author of the “Jewish Masters” post is a well known as the former Southern coordinator for the National Alliance Party. He is not the fake Jooish Nazi of Paultardinian delusion. As “White Will” (now listed as “former member, Mountain City, TN”) helpfully explains: “BTW, I first learned about Dr. Paul reading The Spotlight tabloid, predecessor (SIC) to the American Free Press, 22 years ago. So did hundreds of thousands of other patriots over the years.” I bet he still “reads it if someone gives it to him.”
Some are a bit less dishonest about this. As a poster identifying himself as “Douglas Jones” explains: “We don’t want racists having the ability to post extremely damaging headlines.” Exactly. But their money is welcome. And so are their volunteers.

Will it work? As Steve Martin and someone named “JimInLisle” team up to boot him, “Glenn Miller” explains his history:

“founding and leading the largest active white civil rights group on this continent in the past 30 years then paying the price with 3 years of my life in a Zionist Occupation Government prison cage, running for public office 4 times including for governor of the rebel state of NC, driving an 18-wheeler coast-to-coast, making and raising 5 beautiful European American children, and now working for Dr Ron Paul for president of the United States ??? I disavow none of it. And ‘reform’, you say ?? Ha. You must be nuts. I’ve just begun to fight.”

Was this the same “Glenn Miller” who was subject of a nationwide FBI manhunt in 1987? Quote:

“Federal agents began searching for Mr. Miller on Friday when they obtained a letter to white supremacists calling for ‘total war’ against the government, blacks and Jews.”

Is that why he spent “3 years of (his) life in a Zionist Occupation Government prison cage?” Move along, nothing to see here.
In sharp contrast to the invective Ron Paul supporters dish out to anybody not toeing their line on the internet, “J Smith” of Honolulu offers this to Miller:

“…the hatred because of the color of another person’s skin, IMHO, is wrong….It was hatred that destroyed Adolph Hitler….I wish you good luck in your journeys through life.”

It was also hatred that created Adolph Hitler, but I digress.
It’s not over yet. Paul supporters are petitioning Meet-up admin to restore Williams’ account. They are led by David Sadler, a losing 2002 candidate for US Congress in Illinois District 12. Just days after kicking Williams off, Steve Miller signs the petition to put him back. Sadler explains his opposition to the ‘neo-cons’ thusly:

“the suicide bombers are defending their nation and region from foreign invaders with space-age weaponry.”

I’m sure the residents of DuQuoin, Illinois are very proud.
Meanwhile the neo-Nazi Stormfront site has updated to link to Ron Paul’s next big fundraising day, December 16. Readers can find the announcement right below a link to “BOK KKK Pennsylvania State Meeting” with another Ron Paul link and then directly to the KKK website which has a third Ron Paul link – directly from the KKK to his official campaign website. The “Brotherhood of Klans” and invites readers to, “Discover what Ron Paul has done as a Congressman. Imagine what he will do as President.” A right click on the article headline brings a popup message which says it all: “Property of BOK Knights of the Ku Klux Klan.”
Anyone think GQ, the Las Vegas Review and Journal or the Peoples Weekly World will pick this up anytime soon?

Andrew Walden is editor of Hawai`i Free Press in Hilo.
Page Printed from: http://www.americanthinker.com/2007/11/the_odd_alliance_supporting_ro.html at November 25, 2007 – 09:36:45 AM EST

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)


GyG’s Taser Gunning In The Good ‘Ol USA!

November 25, 2007

SEE ALSO:
GyG’s: Cops Out of Control….
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

———- Forwarded message ———-
From: Google Alerts < googlealerts-noreply@google.com>
Date: Nov 25, 2007 4:44 AM
Subject: Google Alert – taser
To: gunnyg@gmail.com

Google News Alert for: taser

Motorist’s painful traffic stop is youtube hit
Salt Lake Tribune – United States
14 incident sparked an internal investigation to determine whether the trooper followed uhp’s nine-page policy on deploying the Taser.
See all stories on this topic

Pinhole cameras on Tasers popular in US
Winnipeg Sun – Canada
By CHRIS KITCHING, SUN MEDIA Dozens of police departments in the US have outfitted their Tasers with pinhole cameras to capture audio and video that can be
See all stories on this topic



 This as-it-happens Google Alert is brought to you by Google. Remove this alert.
Create another alert.
Manage your alerts.


**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


Perot voters still looking for a candidate

November 24, 2007

Perot voters still looking for a candidate
By: Ben Smith
November 24, 2007 07:47 AM EST

Last week, CNN’s Lou Dobbs stirred speculation that he might be the next Ross Perot — and reminded the political world that Perot’s potent constituency is still looking for a presidential candidate to back.

“I believe the person elected a year from now will be an independent populist, a man or woman who understands the genius of this country lies in the hearts and minds of its people and not in the prerogatives and power of its elites,” he wrote in an online column, neatly encapsulating what appears to be his view of himself. He also added that this person would be “a candidate who has not yet entered the race.”

After letting the speculation roil for several days, Dobbs denied that he himself plans a run.

But his hints — not to mention the high ratings for his opinionated CNN show — served as a reminder that while the Texas billionaire may have vanished from the political scene, his ideas, and his appeal, are rattling around this year as loudly as ever.

Perot’s big-eared specter raised its head just last week, in fact.

At the Democratic debate in Las Vegas, Dobbs’ CNN colleague Wolf Blitzer asked New York Sen. Hillary Rodham Clinton about the 1992 debate about NAFTA, in which Perot attacked the proposed treaty and then-candidate Bill Clinton defended it. Perot also famously debated the treaty with former Vice President Al Gore in 1993.

“Knowing what we know now, was Ross Perot right?” Blitzer asked.

“All I can remember from that is a bunch of charts,” Hillary Clinton replied, before giving as her answer a qualified yes.

“NAFTA was a mistake to the extent that it did not deliver on what we had hoped it would,” she said.

Though Perot has been off the stage for a decade, strategists in both parties recognize that his supporters remain a key bloc and that voters’ dissatisfaction at the end of the administration of the second President Bush has echoes of the mood when his father was booted from office.

What’s more, neither party has geared up to focus on pet issues of the Perot crowd: opposition to immigration, unfettered trade and foreign wars.

It’s a policy mix that one of the main students of the Perot movement, College of William & Mary political scientist Ron Rapoport, refers to as “economic nationalism.”

“I just don’t know how effective the Republicans will be at dealing with this issue and capturing this constituency as a constituency,” said Rapoport, who has tracked hundreds of Perot activists since 1992.

Their philosophy “has an economic nationalism side, to some degree something of a nativist side — both in terms of not being so involved over there, not spending all this money over there, and not letting all these people in here,” he said.

“But it’s reformist, and that’s where the Republicans can’t put the whole package together in a way like someone like a Lou Dobbs could,” he said.

Democrats, meanwhile, have made their own bid for Perot’s constituency.

“The Democrats should revisit the Perot voters and their concerns, even if Perot himself has faded from view,” Democratic pollster Stan Greenberg advised party leaders in a memo aimed at the 2006 midterm elections.

Candidates like Illinois Sen. Barack Obama and former North Carolina Sen. John Edwards, who are running as outsiders, may capture that desire for change.

Rapoport said Hillary Clinton, with her long history in Washington, would be least likely to appeal to Perot voters.

“Clinton is a very good candidate to run against for a Lou Dobbs type of candidate,” he said. “Giuliani is the hardest one of the Republicans for someone like Lou Dobbs to run against.”

Perot’s former spokesman, Orson Swindle, said Arizona Sen. John McCain, whom he supports, appeals to independent voters tired of politics as usual.

“People are really getting tired of extreme partisanship,” he said.

Also appealing to former Perot supporters is Texas congressman Ron Paul, who is running on a platform that includes opposition to the Iraq war, most treaties and the Federal Reserve

“A big chunk of Perot voters are ‘unlikely voters.’ That is, they’re so alienated from politics as usual that it takes an unusual candidate to get them to vote. If those ‘unlikely voters’ are going anywhere this cycle, it’s to Ron Paul, because he has such a distinct message,” said Micah L. Sifry, who edited the Perot Periodical in the 1990s and is the author of “Spoiling for a Fight: Third-Party Politics in America.”

Paul, who has posted surprisingly strong fundraising totals in recent months, has not ruled out a third-party run if he is not the GOP nominee.

Dobbs has denied he’s running, and another independent mulling a bid, New York City Mayor Michael Bloomberg, appeals to a different group of independents with his background in international finance and his firmly pro-immigration stance.

But the resurgence of Perot’s name, and the hints of Perot-style politics in recent weeks, do suggest a similar moment for a candidate who can capture the idiosyncratic Texan’s blend of populism, plain talk and disgust with business as usual in Washington.

“Anger and frustration toward politicians is even greater than it was in 1992,” pollster Frank Luntz, who worked for Perot and primarily advises Republicans, wrote recently.

“You get these third-party threats and the rise of third-party threats when people are deeply and profoundly unhappy,” said Democratic consultant Bob Shrum, who blamed voters’ anger on President Bush.

“The metaphor then was the deficit, and the metaphor now is immigration, but it represents a broader sense of dissatisfaction.”

TM & © THE POLITICO & POLITICO.COM, a division of Allbritton Communications Company

Spread Far and Wide: Ron Paul Man of the Year

November 24, 2007

———- Forwarded Message ———-
Not only Ron Paul will be the Man of the Year; he will appear on the cover of Time magazine, but by just being among the ten top contenders he will get plenty of free publicity.

First make sure you vote for him at the Time magazine poll at

Who will be the new Person of the Year?

http://time-blog.com/talkback/poywalkup07.php

then make sure you upload a picture of Ron Paul that you like at

http://impoy.com/

The picture of the candidates for Man of the Year will be
displayed on a Bill board in Times Square from December 6
to December 20, when the new Man of the Year will be announced.

Add your Favorite Photo

Let’s Work on It.

Spread Far and Wide


**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54

By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)


Forging A Complex Bond Between Recruit And DI

November 24, 2007

Los Angeles Times
November 24, 2007

Forging A Complex Bond Between Recruit And DI

Marine recruits forge strong ties with their drill instructors. The DI-recruit bond evolves slowly, not just from all the yelling, but because the DIs do everything the recruits do, only better.

By Tony Perry, Los Angeles Times Staff Writer

CAMP PENDLETON — Some 500 recruits from India Company, 3rd Recruit Training Battalion, are on a fast-paced, single-file, five-mile march over dusty, weed-choked hills.

Each recruit — average age 19 — carries a 60-pound pack on his back, an 8-pound rifle in his hands and a desire in his heart to become a Marine. Key to achieving that dream is their drill instructor, the DI.

Within a mile, feet hurt, faces flush, backs ache and lungs burn. Still, their DIs demand that the recruits push on. A recruit complains that he can’t breathe. “YOU’RE TALKING AREN’T YOU?” a DI shoots back.

The recruits may not yet realize it, but a long-established bonding process is underway between them and their DIs. It can forge a bond so strong that when former drill instructor Sgt. Jerrod Glass was convicted last week on eight counts of breaking Marine rules that prohibit hitting recruits, some of those he allegedly abused remained loyal to him and denounced the jury’s verdict that will boot him from the corps.

The DI-recruit bond is not forged overnight. It evolves slowly, not just from all the yelling, but because the DIs do everything the recruits do, only better.

During the five-mile march, the drill instructors carry the same packs and trudge the same hills but, remarkably, aren’t even breathing heavily. As the recruits get dirtier and sweatier, the DIs barely crease their uniforms.

Some of the DIs run up the hills backward as the recruits struggle forward. DIs seem to speak in capital letters, stretching vowels for emphasis.

“TIIIGHTER, TIIIGHTER, TIIIGHTER.”

“IF THE RECRUIT IN FRONT OF YOU FALLS OUT, DO NOT STOP, GO AROUND HIM.”

At a break, a recruit lets his rifle drop to the ground. A DI is immediately within a few inches of the recruit’s face, spewing fury.

“IN IRAQ A MARINE JUST DIED BECAUSE YOU COULDN’T DO YOUR JOB.”

At the Marine Corps Recruit Depot in San Diego, there is a poster adorning office walls. It shows a steely eyed DI wearing the broad-brimmed hat that in the Marine Corps bestows unquestioned authority. Not even generals wear the “campaign cover” of a DI.

Beneath the image is a caption: “Believe It or Not, I’m the First Guy You’ll Want to See When You Graduate.”

And they often do, sometimes in grateful tears. Those recruits who finish the 13-week process and become Marines will fill out a questionnaire about which DI they think did the best job.
Sometimes it’s the senior DI, who does less yelling and plays the father role, hearing complaints and offering tough-love consolation when homesickness, tired muscles and Dear John letters take their toll.

But more frequently the recruits pick the more junior drill instructors, including the feared “kill-hat,” whose job is to reinforce the lessons of the other DIs by meting out punishment.

“You’ll forget your third-grade teacher, but you’ll never forget your DI,” said Sgt. David Washington, who became a drill instructor to emulate his own DI.

“The recruits’ relationship with DIs may seem weird,” said Staff Sgt. Chris Lopez, a chief drill instructor. “At the beginning, they think we’re Satan’s sons. But slowly it changes, as the DI becomes a teacher, a mentor.” Most of the drill instructors have been to Iraq. Some, like Glass, have earned the Combat Action Ribbon, showing that they’ve been under enemy fire and responded appropriately.

“I’m as hard on them as I can be,” said Staff Sgt. Jason Zeise, who has done two tours in Iraq.

“But at the same time, I still have to teach them. . . . My recruits know they’re not going to get away with anything. They’re allowed to make mistakes, but they can’t make a mistake more than once — twice at most.”

To recruits, pleasing the seemingly unpleaseable DI is their entryway, as they see it, into manhood and an elevated status above their buddies back home. And that explains why the recruits in India Company respond so quickly to the latest yelling.

“LET’S GET IT MOVING,” a DI barks when a five-minute break ends. “WE’RE JOCKSTRAPS AND VIKING HELMETS, RIGHT?”

“AYE-AYE, SIR,” the recruits shout as they spring to their feet.

An old joke holds that the Army and Navy are run like traditional military services, the Air Force is run like a corporation, but the Marine Corps is practiced as a religion. If so, it is a religion with dark spots in its past, the rough hazing of its acolytes.

Reporters who covered the Glass court-martial had the same experience: e-mails and comments from former Marines who expressed astonishment, even disgust, that the corps would punish a DI for what they viewed as trivial transgressions.

Larry Bangert, who lives in Encinitas, remembered his DIs from boot camp in 1966.

“One was a sadistic little s.o.b. who came after me every chance he got,” he said. “I think I had a knot on the back of my head for 10 years from him thumping me every time for not holding my rifle straight. They thumped us, kicked us, called us names.”

After surviving 15 months in Vietnam, including the Tet offensive, Bangert met his DI tormentor back at Camp Pendleton. Bangert remembers thanking him, “You really made boot camp hard, and I respect you for it.”

The current crop of DIs and the Marines who run the drill instructor school at Marine Corps Recruit Depot in San Diego smile respectfully at stories like Bangert’s and say, basically, that was then, this is now.

At the 11-week drill instructor school, students study the standard operating practices manual for boot camp. Touching a recruit is allowed only in certain cases — to prevent injury or straighten a recruit’s uniform, for example. Degrading nicknames or homophobic or racial slurs are now banned. The “F-word” is heavily discouraged.

DI students are taught that three main things can get them fired and probably booted from the Marine Corps: touching a recruit improperly, messing with his mail and depriving him of three meals a day and eight hours sleep.

Of 485 drill instructors at the depot, 44 in the last three years have been charged with recruit abuse. Most were counseled or punished through an administrative process. Before Glass, only two went to court-martial; two others left the Marine Corps to avoid a trial.

Only Marines who have been recommended by their commanders, have passed a screening for post-traumatic stress disorder and have no major marital problems are allowed to enroll in drill instructor school. All have at least one enlistment under their belts. Gunnery Sgt. Charles Joseph, who did three years as DI, said the secret is “getting into each kid’s head, making him want to change, want to grow.” Once a DI can do that, he said, “you become the Zen master of the drill field.”

A DI is taught to teach recruits in the manner prescribed by the Marine Corps, not to substitute his own methods, even if he’s a decorated combat veteran. Some of the students have trouble with the concept.

About 15% of the DI students wash out. Instructors quickly zero in on the students who aren’t cut out for the job. Or as Capt. James Philpot, director of the school, colorfully put it: “If they’re faking the funk, we’re going to I.D. them.”

Philpot said he does not understand how Glass went from being the honor graduate of his DI class to being convicted of abusing two dozen recruits by hitting them, destroying their property and making them drink water until they vomited.

“Believe me, Glass is going to become a case study” at drill instructor school. “What went wrong?” Philpot said.

A military jury sentenced Glass to six months in the brig and a bad-conduct discharge. Two more experienced drill instructors are charged with lesser offenses. A third DI was demoted. Two officers assigned to supervise all four DIs in the platoon were relieved of duty and reassigned, their careers probably ruined.

It was the biggest case of recruit abuse in decades at the recruit depot, which graduates 20,000 a year as Marines. The training is done at the depot and at Camp Pendleton.

In recent years, the boot camp curriculum has been modified to include topics like suicide prevention. But like much of the Marine Corps, the bonding process remains unchanged.

Larry Smith, author of “The Few and the Proud: Marine Corps Drill Instructors in Their Own
Words,” notes that recruits, by enlisting, have decided to “step abruptly away from high school indulgence and adolescence into an entirely new world.”

“In most cases,” Smith added, “they figure out that the tough-guy stance is a bit of a pose and the drill instructor is actually there to help them succeed.”

Thomas E. Ricks, the Pulitzer Prize-winning military-beat reporter for the Washington Post and author of “Making the Corps,” considered the definitive book on Marine boot camp, said recruits “are both terrified and fascinated by these hard-charging, demanding” DIs. “I have interviewed old men who were Marines in World War II who still can recount, word for word, the harsh instructions given them by their DIs seven decades ago,” Ricks said.

When India Company’s march is complete, the DIs give the bedraggled recruits a few minutes to shower and 20 minutes for lunch. The regimen that afternoon will include martial arts and weapons training.

As he waits in the chow line, recruit Steven Golden, 19, of Chicago is asked about boot camp and the high-decibel, close-range instruction.

“It just makes me want to push forward and do the best to make my platoon look the best,” he says, adding quickly, “and make my senior drill instructor proud, as well as my other drill instructors.”

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54

By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)


The Power Elite Playbook: Anglo-American Chessboard Part 4

November 24, 2007


The Power Elite Playbook: Anglo-American Chessboard

Part 4

Deanna Spingola
November 24, 2007
NewsWithViews.com


http://www.newswithviews.com/Spingola/deanna80.htm

Some of the most manipulative games in the Power Elite Playbook are orchestrated mass migrations or depopulation of desirable strategic locations for the purpose of confiscation. These terrorist tactics are akin to Chess except people are the pawns. These satanic schemes are expertly employed to accomplish stealthy social, economic or political goals. Unsuspecting people “spontaneously” migrate for various reasons: economics, “natural” disasters (Katrina), warfare, enforced famine (decimate the buffalo/starve the indigenous population), terrorism and organized religious, ethnic, emotional and physical persecution. Those who are far-sighted and have adequate resources survive by escaping before they are included in the escalating body counts. Others, not so fortunate, yet who narrowly elude death, may receive prearranged “humanitarian assistance” and staged “opportunities” to resettle to specific places, like reservations, inner-city ghettos or other “choice locations.”

In a previous article I related how, just before the national election in 1956, the CIA used explosives, propagandized, physically and emotionally terrorized the citizens and then spent $100 million dollars to logistically move a suddenly-willing and frightened one million Catholics from North Viet Nam to South Viet Nam which was predominately Buddhist. The U.S. did this in order to alter election results, and to create religious, civil, and economic conflict. The CIA’s deliberate, well-planned chaos-creating measures laid the foundation for further profit-producing warfare in an already war-weary country. The “order out of chaos” tactic has been successfully used to centralize power and control societies. Every action, no matter how it is deceptively labeled, is for the financial benefit of the insatiable Power Elite who, like vermin, extend their tentacles into every resource-rich country. These totalitarian tactics have always worked amazingly well but have been precisely perfected by the CIA (created in 1947 for that very purpose). It is supported by funds from illegal activities in addition to the filthy fiat money printed by the privately-owned Federal Reserve banking cartel. There is absolutely no oversight of the CIA from the morally or economically compromised Congress who is obviously quite willing to financially enslave Americans while they steadfastly serve the bankers.

The Elite have audaciously provided sufficient, albeit ignored, clues of their devious intentions to enslave the “useless eaters” who function as mere slave-labor pawns on the world’s chessboard. Resettlement projects are methodically designed to ensure predictable disorder and assemble “natural enemies” which invariably results in civil war in many countries. Consequently, America’s Power Elite-appointed military minions authoritatively argue for our military intervention. Willing Americans, brainwashed for battle, enlist to “serve their country,” “fight for our freedom,” or bring “democracy” to yet another foreign nation – thought-provoking anomalies, given that our constitutional law prohibits American military engagement except under certain circumstances.

Mexico’s economy was deliberately destroyed causing inexorable hardship and an economic reason for foreign flight. Amnesty and un-enforced immigration laws were simultaneously adjusted by compromised, treasonous congressmen who opened the floodgates to unrestrained hoards of people. The Power Elite don’t expect immediate results – multigenerational goals are acceptable. A decade or two is irrelevant to the ultimate establishment of the North American Union (a step towards one world government) which was formally organized on March 23, 2005 by licentious leaders behind our backs and continuously kept well hidden by the complicit, silent journalists who are controlled by the same Power Elite that directs both houses of Congress, our courts and every administration for decades.

Numerous explanations are offered for America’s onslaught of illegals – somehow despite constituent demands, our superior technology and manpower prove inadequate in the face of the migrating masses. Bush’s bogus humanitarian guest-worker program with that fraudulent catchphrase – “they do the jobs Americans won’t do” is a cheap-labor smokescreen for multinational bank-backed businesses and their incestuous, incalculable campaign-contributing relationship with big government. The entire scenario – the puppet’s phrases, an unresponsive Congress and under funding of adequate manpower is perpetrated by the Power Elite and is calculated to generate hostility and hatred, perpetuate civil strife and intensify the current cultural and economic destabilization.

Americans, desperate for illegal immigration resolution, might readily welcome martial law and fail to dissent when the government incarcerates those “foreign enemies” who are causing so much trouble – it is just another false flag folks – blame some other entity. Who protested when the government apprehended and seized the property of the Japanese/American citizens, merely a practice run for the future? Obedience-trained, media-mesmerized citizens, like the Germans before us, may remain mute when long-term friends and neighbors are fallaciously labeled “enemy combatants” and are immediately incarcerated without a trial. If we apathetically remain silent or even actively participate, we may later claim that we were “just following orders.”

After the creation of a central bank in other countries, the Rothschild’s ultimate goal was the establishment of a central bank in the United States. For decades, the Power Elites carefully avoided the term “central bank” but now it is frequently used by the generation-after-generation media indoctrination machine in referring to the dastardly Federal Reserve System. It is not federal; there are no reserves and it is not a system! Long before the turn of the twentieth century, Jacob Henry Schiff (1847-1920), a financially brilliant Rothschild agent, gained control of the Wall Street bankers. To control an entire country, one needs to control the nation’s money. Schiff arrived in the United States after the catastrophic divide-and-conquer Civil War and became a partner at Kuhn, Loeb and Company. He later obtained sole control of Kuhn & Loeb with Rothschild money; after 1902, Felix and Paul Warburg, brother-in-law Jacob H. Schiff, joined this company. [1]

Wall Street bankers financed, and therefore counseled, J.P. Morgan, John D. Rockefeller, Edward Harriman, and Andrew Carnegie. In turn, those suddenly-rich, yet insatiable, big business barons supported power-seeking compliant candidates (presidential and congressional) who cooperated with the bankers in their goal of establishing the Federal Reserve System despite their vows to uphold the constitution.

Money buys candidates! However, astute voters can still be a problem! To influence those early election results, prior to rampant voter fraud through paperless computer voting, obedient banker’s agents infused money into both political parties but especially into the less affluent, more vulnerable and therefore more controllable Democrat Party. The bankers, determined to install a manageable minion in the White House, drastically altered U.S. demographics to affect political and cultural change. Banker Jacob Schiff’s semi-final solution shows how little some International Jews (referred to as a sinister confederacy by some) care so little about their own race. They have, by their actions, abandoned the faith of their ancestors and have embraced a philosophy diametrically opposed to anything remotely similar to the beliefs held by their forefathers.


Advertisement

The Russian Tsar, Alexander II, was assassinated on March 13, 1881, allegedly by a Jewish patsy named Ignacy Grinevitsky. Assassinations, in America or elsewhere, are common methods of seizing political power. They are also used to initiate war (both sides financed by the bankers) or persecution against ethnic groups or predetermined target countries. The Tsar was conveniently replaced by his son, a puppet of some Rothschild-aligned Russian bankers. Terrorist pogroms began immediately! Nationwide pogroms began in earnest in Russia around 1890. Thousands of Jewish men, women and children were slaughtered by the Cossacks. Pogroms against the Jews also occurred in Poland, Romania, and Bulgaria – all initiated by Rothschild agents. As the pogroms continued over the next two or three decades, terrified refugees fled to the United States. To “assist” the refugees, humanitarian committees were established by Jacob Schiff and other Rothschild agents.[2]

The pogroms resulted in a phenomenon: the Schiff-Rothschild humanitarian-committees manufactured methods to shuffle a majority of the refugees into large cities like New York, Chicago, Boston, Philadelphia, Detroit, and Los Angeles.[3] “Before 1900, American Jews never amounted even to 1 percent of America’s total population, by 1930 Jews formed about 3½ percent. There were more Jews in America by then than there were Episcopalians or Presbyterians. American Jews raised 63 million dollars in relief funds during the war years and became more immersed in European Jewish affairs than ever before.”[4] The new immigrants quickly became “naturalized-citizens” and indoctrinated Democrats, previous victims that that were now grateful and thus controlled by their “benefactors.” They assumed the role of “vital factors” in our nation, maintained to this day. Those new voters helped Schiff to install compliant stooges like Senator Nelson Aldrich and President Woodrow Wilson.[5]

The term Zionism, an age-old concept, was first used as a political philosophy by Nathan Birnbaum in a meeting in Vienna on January 23, 1892. Political Zionism, a world-wide movement began with Theodor Herzl’s publication of Judenstaat in 1896.[6] The religious Jews have, since the Diaspora, reiterated the plea “next year in Jerusalem.” However, most devout Jews have always attempted to assimilate in their respective countries rather than establishing their “own homeland.” Many felt they had obligations to the country in which they lived and have made significant contributions. Religious Jews view Zionism as a secular distortion of their religion.

There have always been Jews in Jerusalem, Safed, Nablus and Hebron. Individual immigration to the area has never ceased. In 1897 Lord Edmond Rothschild of London and Jacob H. Schiff of New York City recruited Austrian Theodor Herzl, totally indifferent to religion, to organize the World Zionist Congress at Basel, Switzerland which attracted 197 idealistic delegates. Originally, there were no thoughts of Palestine as a future home. Mozambique, the Congo, Argentina, Uganda and Cyprus were possibilities. Palestine, part of the Ottoman Empire, was brought to the attention of the Zionist Congress in 1903.[7]

Both Theodor Herzl and his successor, Chaim Weizmann (1874-1952) recognized that Zionism would only succeed with the support of a world power. The Power Elite contrived, through Zionism, to relocate the Jews into the oil-rich ancient Jewish homeland. They were people who had previously been relatively comfortable in their homelands and were unwilling to relocate – especially to a desert wasteland that needed enormous efforts and backbreaking labor. This was until the increased, exaggerated violence against them.

Immigration of Jewish laborers from Eastern Europe into Palestine started in the 1880s up to about 1914, the beginning of World War I (just before Americans were coerced into foreign war by Britain through the orchestrated Lusitania incident). The Rothschild correspondence to the German Kaiser reveals that the bankers wanted to delay World War I. The banker’s agents needed to create an American central bank, the Federal Reserve System, in order to guarantee a permanent, healthy fiscal return for financing continuous blood-soaked but profit-producing warfare. [8]

At the beginning of World War I, Edmond Rothschild told Dr. Chaim Weizmann that the war would spread to the Middle East, where things of great significance to Political Zionism would occur. [9] Zionist Chaim Weizmann, a chemist, had moved to Great Britain and offered his services to them when World War I started. By 1914, the population of Palestine, according to British estimates, was 689,272 of which no more than 60,000 were Jews. The Zionist goal included the usurpation of the land from its “rightful owners.” They felt that there was no room for both the Jews and the Arabs. True to Power Elite Imperatives, they planned to transfer all the Arabs to neighboring countries.[10]

The Grand Chessboard, a major globalist blueprint by a major audacious globalist, Zbigniew Brzezinski, describes U.S. Geostrategic Imperatives in the Middle East. One key premise of the book is: to control the resources of the world, the U.S. must obtain control of the Middle East, specifically Iraq. Total control implies the control of all resources and the protection and control of oil pipelines and transportation routes such as the Suez Canal. This would best be done by a permanent military presence with the associated bases. Immediately after World War I, and after every major conflict since, territories and peoples are divided and distributed to perpetuate maximum turmoil. Turmoil allegedly requires military control – by the world’s acclaimed super power – the United States, solely owned and operated by the Power Elite bankers.

The Zionists assumed that Great Britain, France, Russia, Serbia and Belgium would prevail in World War I and that the Ottoman Empire would be dismantled. The Zionists secured a promise from Great Britain that Palestine would be “a national home” for the Jews. In return, the World Zionist Organization would network and pressure Jews in Austria, Germany, France and the United States to support the Allied war effort. The United States entered the war in 1917, the same year that Lord Alfred Balfour (1848-1930), a crucial Zionist patron and the British Foreign Minister, sent a letter (written by Zionist negotiators) to Lord Baron Rothschild which ultimately grew into the Balfour Declaration, “the key which unlocks the doors of Palestine.” Lord Balfour said: Zionism … is of far profounder import than the desires and prejudices of the 700,000 Arabs who now inhabit that ancient land.” [11]

After Hitler invaded Poland in 1939, Germany used the Jews for slave labor for the war effort which eliminated further immigration into Palestine. Hitler favored Zionism and the expulsion of the Jews up to this point. In fact, Hitler favored Zionism to the extent that it was the only other flag permitted to fly in Germany.[12] The oil companies, Shell and Royal Dutch merged under the leadership of Henri Deterding, a big supporter of Adolph Hitler, puppet of the Power Elite – the international bankers, including George W. Bush’s grandfather. The Rothschilds were major stockholders of Royal Dutch Shell.[13]

After World War II, allegations of German atrocities increased Zionist support. Zionists are not all Jewish and Jews are not all Zionists! I am aware of the biblical prophecies that the Jews will return to their ancient homeland. The powers of darkness are also cognizant of that promise and will, by subterfuge, mangle the truth by integrating dastardly deceptions in order to gain cooperation from well-intentioned people who would otherwise resist and abhor the slaughter of thousands of innocent Arabs and the manipulation of the Jewish population, once refugees, for the benefit of the Power Elite bankers who care for neither group. The Power Elite succeed because, generation after generation, distracted citizens, too busy and relatively comfortable, ignore the genocidal evidence and prefer the perceptions fed to the populace through the Power Elite media feeding tube. We ignorantly fail to scrutinize unconstitutional behavior by those who have obviously seized government authority and work for the benefit of the banking cartel. In fact, it is accurate to say that there has been a government insurrection against that document. I suppose, later, to alleviate our conscience, we can say “We didn’t know what our government was doing.”

Click here for part —–> 1, 2,

Footnotes:

1, The Illuminati and the CFR, Accessed September 25, 2007
2, Ibid
3, Ibid
4, The American Jewish Experience in the Twentieth Century: Anti-Semitism and Assimilation, by Jonathan D. Sarna and Jonathan Golden, Brandeis University, Accessed October 2, 2007
5, The Illuminati and the CFR, Accessed September 25, 2007
6, A History of Zionism, From the French Revolution to the Establishment of the State of Israel by Walter Laqueur, pg. xiii
7, Burning Issues, Understanding and Misunderstanding the Middle East: A 40-Year Chronicle, pg. 18
8, International Jew by Henry Ford, Sr., pg. 204
9, Far And Wide by Douglas Reed, former foreign correspondent for the London Times, 1951, pg. 285
10, Burning Issues, Understanding and Misunderstanding the Middle East: A 40-Year Chronicle, pg. 18-20
11, Ibid
12, Ibid
13, Rothschilds, Oil & Palestine by Clifford Shack, April 27, 2007, Accessed September 25, 2007

 

© 2006 Deanna Spingola – All Rights Reserved

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale



Deanna Spingola has been a quilt designer and is the author of two books. She has traveled extensively teaching and lecturing on her unique methods. She has always been an avid reader of non-fiction works designed to educate rather than entertain. She is active in family history research and lectures on that topic. Currently she is the director of the local Family History Center. She has a great interest in politics and the direction of current government policies, particularly as they relate to the Constitution.

web site: www.spingola.com

email: deanna@spingola.com


 

Home

http://www.newswithviews.com/Spingola/deanna80.htm

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


AMERICA LOSING ITS IDENTITY

November 24, 2007

 


 

 

AMERICA LOSING ITS IDENTITY

By Dr. Laurie Roth
November 24, 2007
NewsWithViews.com


http://www.newswithviews.com/Roth/laurie87.htm

What is the word I’m looking for? Avoid, attack, talk, avoid, attack , talk. Negotiate, give up surrender, negotiate, give up surrender. If only we could all get along. We just don’t understand Islam. If only we weren’t Islamaphobics. What’s your word?

I was more than a little disturbed not long ago when I read the views of an Arab in Israel sharing his view to a friend regarding the Islamic militants and the real danger we all face. He felt that with the next to lame response from Israel in fighting Hesbolla and not taking them out, but fighting in a politically correct way, stroke at a time, then retreat, Israel had lost major ground to its foe because of the soft approach. He said: “the whole Moslem world not only the Arabs, simply couldn’t believe that the mighty Israeli Army that defeated the combined Arab forces in six days in 1967, and almost captured Cairo and Damascus in 1973, couldn’t defeat a small army of Hesbolla men. As usual the Moslems see things the way they want to see things. Most think that the present generation of Israelis have gone soft and can be defeated.”

He went on to put these chilling views right in your and my laps. “The American bumbling of the war in Iraq only added to their conviction that victory not only over Israel but also over the West is not only possible, but certain. Once again, this glee that our enemy has everything to do with our softness, second guessing ourselves, politically correct and sanitized rules of engagement, and our split personality at home regarding fighting the enemy.”

It’s so much easier to attack Bush, blame this war on Islamaphobia and oil and lose the will to really win. He went on later in his letter to put neon lights on the very real danger of Iran to the world. He pointed out that it represents along with Islamic fundamentalists everywhere a graver danger than WW11 and Hitler.

We must wake up and stop showing confusion, weakness and shame. Civil liberties is nice, but not to our enemy. Visiting and Talking is nice, but not with this enemy. It is no mystery that this is an army stretched around the globe and taking their imperialistic hatful and murderous message to city after city and culture after culture. Just look through their viewfinder and you will find Christians and Jews on the other side. Like the way the cross hairs feel on your forehead? I don’t.

Snap out of it and take the IV and drugs out of your arm!!! We are fighting a foe more dangerous than the Nazi party and the thugs of WW II. They have a sea of suicide bombers and Judaists ready to sacrifice their lives for Allah and take thousands of us into the after life.

The reason we are so vulnerable folks is that we fail to really understand how many dimensions and platforms the enemy is practiced up and fighting on. Our legal system, courts, bogus lawsuits diving into endless civil liberties and Islamaphobia issues from fantasy Island are crazy making! Then there are the schools forcing Muslim awareness training and exercises and Imams suing for civil liberties violations on airplanes. What is the war tactic and end game one can plainly see? Lets force the change of school curriculum, intimidating schools to teach about Islam or we cry racism and civil liberties violations. We can also change the rules on flights and Airlines out of fear of lawsuits and bad press. Lets convert men in prison who are already angry. We will offer them family type help, then pull them right in.

Americans have woken up very weak the last few decades and have forgotten who they are. In my opinion, our danger is more about our confusion, lack of identity and clarity than what the enemy wants and plans to do. Oh confused and ever so polite ones………We are a nation founded on Judeo Christian principles. Millions have bled and died in several wars to stop the curse of evil in past generations in taking out the light of freedom and hope, we must realize this is not about a political party, a certain President or made up oil scheme. It’s about killers using all kinds of strategies who plan to come right into your living room. Tell your therapist and mommy to go home, load your gun and pray very hard.

 

 

 

 

 

© 2007 Dr. Laurie Roth – All Rights Reserved

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

 


 


Dr. Laurie Roth earned a black belt in Tae Kwon Do. In the late 90’s, Laurie hosted and produced a successful PBS television show called “CD Highway” that aired nationally on 130 TV stations.Tune in to The Roth Show, Weeknights from 7:00 to 10:00 pm PAC and find out for yourself! You can listen live on cable radio network (live on the internet) channel 6 or visit The Roth Show web site and click on “where to listen” www.therothshow.com Call the Roth Show at: 1-866-388-9093

E-Mail: Drljroth@aol.com


 

Home

http://www.newswithviews.com/Roth/laurie87.htm

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


Does President Bush seek UN jurisdiction over the USA?

November 24, 2007

Does President Bush seek UN jurisdiction over the USA?


Jim Kouri

Jim Kouri
November 23, 2007


In several speeches he gave across the country, former US Ambassador to the United Nations John Bolton revealed that President George W. Bush and his administration are buckling under pressure from this nation’s Internationalists in the current controversy over Mexico and the International Court of Justice.

The Mexican government is attempting to save an illegal alien convicted of participating in the savage rape and murder two teenage girls from being executed in Texas for his crimes. Death penalty opponents in both the US and Mexico are trying to place this nation under the control of a world court, according to critics of the Bush White House.

“[President George Bush's position is] a bad mistake, but one of many mistakes, I’m sad to say, the administration has made recently,” Bolton told syndicated radio talk show host Laura Ingraham.

Bolton believes that President Bush is helping Mexico and the International Court block the death sentence for a Mexican rapist-murderer. He called Bush’s actions “ridiculous.”

“Bolton is a true patriot. That’s why the liberals in the Democrat Party and the phony conservatives in the GOP were so eager to remove him from his seat at the UN. Bolton believes the UN is corrupt and he’s opposed to placing the United States under the jurisdiction of any international entity,” claims conservative political consultant Michael Baker.

“When it comes to US sovereignty, Americans would be better served listening to Ambassador Bolton rather than our ‘closet Internationalist’ President,” he added.

Baker points to phony conservatives such as Ohio’s Senator George Voinovich who shed tears during Senate confirmation hearings for Bolton to serve at the United Nations. “Voinovich feared Bolton’s anti-UN positions would hamper US involvement in the New World Order,” claims Baker.

In early October, the US Supreme Court heard arguments regarding the impending execution of Jose Medellin, who confessed to police in 1993 to raping and murdering two Houston, Texas, teenagers — Jennifer Ertman and Elizabeth Pena. The girls were sodomized and strangled with their own shoe laces, according to court records and police reports.

According to Houston Police detectives’ reports, Medellin boasted that he kept one victim’s Mickey Mouse watch as a souvenir of his heinous crime. Medellin and four other attackers were convicted of capital murder and are awaiting execution on death row.

The intervention in the case by the Bush administration comes after the International Court of Justice in the Hague found Medellin — who entered the United States illegally — was not informed of his right to contact the Mexican Consulate for legal assistance.

“Bush’s support of the World Court decision jeopardizes the cases of about 50 Mexican Nationals sitting on death row,” said former NYPD Det. Sidney Francis.

“Once again, President Bush is stabbing law enforcement officers — and the people they serve — in their backs,” said Francis.

Det. Francis points to the erosion of the enormous support of law enforcement officials and organizations enjoyed by President Bush in the 2004 election.

“President Bush was endorsed by the nation’s largest police organizations including the 350,000-member Fraternal Order of Police, the Police Benevolent Association and other law enforcement and security organizations and unions,” said Michael Baker.

“Now his popularity among cops has hit bottom because of his refusal to protect the US from illegal aliens who cross our borders at will,” he said.

Ambassador Bolton told talk host Laura Ingraham that the U.S. has no obligation to the world court in this case.

“It is ridiculous,” he said. “The Vienna Convention on consular relations does not create rights personal to the individual. It’s a state-to-state agreement.”

Lawmakers in Washington, DC, who signed the treaty, did not believe they were creating a way for criminals on death row to “get around our judicial system,” Bolton explained to Ingraham. “They haven’t had enough due process? They’ve had the full panoply of constitutional protection, and now they’re trying to create something else.”

The Bush Administration became involved in the Medellin case in 2003 when President Vicente Fox’s government sued the US over the consular issue in the UN’s world court. The court ruled in Mexico’s favor in late 2004 and ordered the US to reconsider the Mexican inmates’ murder convictions and death sentences. In February 2005, Bush announced that while he disagreed with the decision, the US would comply. He ordered courts in Texas and elsewhere to review the cases.

The Supreme Court, which had agreed to hear Medellin’s case, dismissed it in order to allow the case to play out in Texas. Then in November 2006, the all-Republican Texas Court of Criminal Appeals balked at the president’s order, saying Bush had overstepped his authority.

The Texas court ruled that the judicial branch — not the White House — should decide how to resolve the Mexican cases. It also said Medellin wasn’t entitled to a new hearing because he failed to complain at his original trial about any violation of his consular rights and had therefore waived them.

Then Medellin’s defense attorney appealed again to the US Supreme Court, which announced last May it would hear the case. His lawyer, Donald Donovan of New York, argued that Bush was correct when he took action to comply with the world court’s decision.

Recently, for his achievements in both international arbitration and international human rights, Donovan was awarded the Premio Nacional de Jurisprudencia by the Mexican Bar Association, the first non-Mexican so honored.

What the U.S. government wants in the Medellin murder case is “bizarrely grotesque,” according to a statement by the chief counsel for the Alliance Defense Fund.

The warning from ADF Chief Counsel Benjamin Bull notes that the case, being pursued by President Bush through the Department of Justice, could result in US laws being subjugated to UN resolutions and rules to the point that local police officers will have to spend more time studying international law than catching criminals.



Jim Kouri, CPP is currently fifth vice-president of the National Association of Chiefs of Police. He’s former chief at a New York City housing project in Washington Heights nicknamed “Crack City” by reporters covering the drug war in the 1980s. In addition, he served as director of public safety at a New Jersey university and director of security for several major organizations. He’s also served on the National Drug Task Force and trained police and security officers throughout the country.

Jim writes for many police and crime magazines including Chief of Police, Police Times, The Narc Officer, Campus Law Enforcement Journal, and others. He’s appeared as on-air commentator for over 100 TV and radio news and talk shows including Oprah, McLaughlin Report, CNN Headline News, MTV, Fox News, etc. His book Assume The Position is available at Amazon.Com, Booksamillion.com, and can be ordered at local bookstores.

Jim holds a bachelor of science in criminal justice and master of arts in public administration and he’s a board certified protection professional.

© Copyright 2007 by Jim Kouri
http://www.renewamerica.us/columns/kouri/071123

Print E-mail Subscribe RSS Digg this!


The views expressed by RenewAmerica columnists are their own and do not necessarily reflect the position of Alan Keyes, RenewAmerica, or its affiliates.

(See RenewAmerica’s publishing standards.)



Previous articles by Jim Kouri:

Click here for more articles


Elizabeth Kucinich: My Husband Would Absolutely Consider Running With Ron Paul

November 24, 2007

Infowars.net – Printer Friendly / Low Graphics Page


Elizabeth Kucinich: My Husband Would Absolutely Consider Running With Ron Paul

You Tube
Saturday November 24, 2007

Watch Elizabeth Kucinich discuss the possibility of her husband, Dennis, running alongside GOP Candidate Ron Paul. She also says the 9/11 investigation should be reopened because there are “so many unanswered questions”.



Copyright © Infowars.net All rights reserved.

Printed from: http://www.prisonplanet.com/articles/november2007/241107Kucinich.htm


FEDERAL ROBBERY by Alan Stang

November 24, 2007

FEDERAL ROBBERY
by Alan Stang
November 24, 2007
NewsWithViews.com

http://www.newswithviews.com/Stang/alan16.htm

By now you know that the administration of Communist world government terrorist Jorge W. Boosh recently conducted raids on the Liberty Dollar people in Indiana and on a mint in Idaho. The Liberty Dollar is – was – a gold or silver medallion, or a certificate backed by those precious metals, and the Boosh FBI conducted the raid because the corporations that control the Federal Reserve toilet tissue couldn’t stand the competition.

Remember that the Federal Reserve System is illegal, because the Act that created it gives control of the nation’s money to those private entities, which Congress, under the Constitution, has no power to do. It is illegal for Congress to usurp power it does not have; it is just as illegal for Congress to give its power away. The paper “currency” the Fed issues is a fraud on its face, because it is not federal, there is no reserve and it is not a note. A note is a promise to pay, and the “Federal Reserve Note” promises to pay nothing.

It is nothing more than a piece of paper with fancy printing on it, and has exactly the same status as a hot check that local businesses accept only because they don’t know the bank hasn’t caught up with it yet. Gresham’s Law says bad money drives out good, but here the criminals recognized that good would drive out bad, because however dumbed down Americans are in the country’s Communist schools, they still understand that a chunk of gold or silver is more valuable than a piece of paper with numbers on it, the size of the palm of your hand, that is intrinsically good for only one thing.

The thieves apparently stole not just a mountain of precious metals; they also stole all the records, all the files and computers, so the Liberty Dollar company has no way of knowing who owns what and cannot even communicate with the customers who have been robbed. Indeed, they even stole the telephone manuals, so the company cannot reformat the phones. Needless to say, they froze the company bank accounts.

That’s what happened in Indiana. In Idaho, they stole even more gold and silver from the mint that makes the Liberty Dollars, where Liberty Dollar customers store their holdings. The mint is an entirely separate business that Liberty Dollar does not own. What does that tell you about the safety of your “safe” deposit box? Wasn’t one of FDR’s “solutions” to the Fed’s Great Depression his theft of the people’s gold? Achtung! You are leaving der Western Sector!

When they had finished, the company was out of business. The attitude of federal thieves who perpetrate such robberies is, “Yeah, maybe you’re right. Sue us.” Of course, with no funds that is difficult to do, especially when the defendant can print bigger numbers on more pieces of toilet tissue to pay his lawyers.

The U.S. Mint recently announced that Department of Justice prosecutors say the use of Liberty Dollar medallions “as circulating money is a federal crime.” The government says that people who buy them “should be aware that they are not genuine United States Mint bullion coins and they are not legal tender.” Of course the Liberty Dollar people do not claim the medallions are any such thing. BTW, the word “coin” is apparently federal property. You and I are forbidden to use it about anything flat and round made of gold or silver.

Could the development that precipitated the robbery be the delivery just a few days earlier of almost two tons of Ron Paul Dollars? That works out to as many as 60,000 of them. Remember that Dr. No is the hero who wants to abolish the Fed. Throughout his twenty years in Congress he has argued for honest money. He is the only candidate for President in either party who addresses the subject. And, mirabile dictu, college students of all kinds are enraptured.

By the way, when I use the word “hero,” I am not talking about an entertainer who is paid millions of dollars a year to play a three-hour game every Sunday. I am talking about a man who risks everything, even his life, which I can assure you Dr. No is doing by daring to challenge the conspiracy for world government.


Advertisement

Imagine the effect had that mountain of Ron Paul Dollars been allowed to flow forth. Imagine people across the country using them as the medium of exchange to buy and sell, attractively designed, flat, round pieces of gold with the avuncular doctor’s face on every one. No presidential candidate has ever enjoyed such a campaign tool. The result would have been electrifying.

Yes, the robbery fallout itself will inspire his campaign, but nowhere near as much as the Ron Paul Dollar would have in circulation. Again I ask, did that obvious fact precipitate the crime? Probably the last thing Communist world government terrorist Jorge W. Boosh wants would be President Ron Paul, demanding that Congress abolish the Federal Reserve and the income tax. The script next year calls for President Hillaroid and her bull dykes or Rudy in drag.

The man who created the Liberty Dollar and made it a very profitable business is Bernard von NotHaus. Federal prosecutors, the mob under bosses who send out the FBI thieves, are talking about mail fraud and other serious charges that could send von NotHaus to prison for many years. “We have no money,” says von NotHaus. “We have no products. We have no records to even know what was ordered or what you are owed.”

When the uniformed crooks conduct such a raid, they take everything, which recalls the piece I did a while back about offshore financial planning. This is what I was talking about. In today’s world, in an America governed by rotating crime families that will do anything to preserve their monopoly, a company in a red flag business needs to prepare.

If you are in such a business, the first thing you need to do, at least, is make your doors as difficult to break in as possible. Many jewelers do that routinely, even keep their doors locked. You have to push a button and be eyeballed to get in. Of course you can’t keep the criminals out. The idea is to gain enough time to push the doomsday button, the big red one on your computer.

Remember that Hillaroid may have the machine, and Edwards may have the hair and B. Hussein Obama may have the color and female impersonator Giuliani may have Pat Robertson, but Dr. No has both the Constitution and the geeks. The doomsday button will be installed by a Ron Paul real money computer geek, with instructions to redo your software so that, when you push the doomsday button, everything instantly goes down.

When the thieves boot up your stolen computers downtown, nothing is there but Firefox. Indeed, you should develop the habit of hitting the doomsday button routinely at the close of business daily, just in case the ghouls elect to come at night. Each morning, you insert the necessary drives and boot up. Yes, all this can be arranged easily. Any geek worthy of the name can do it.

Why are the nerds with Dr. No? Because they know he is the only candidate who is sure to leave the internet alone. Government terrorists would like to shut the net down; they developed it so the labyrinthine entrails of the federal leviathan could communicate with each other, but it got out of control. They would like to shut it down or restrict it to their own use, but they don’t know how. And they fear the nerds, who could unleash fearsome retaliation. If they could hack the DOD mainframe, they could get in anywhere. Thank God for the nerds!

By the way, remember that we are by no means trying to impede a federal investigation. Not at all. You will take these precautionary steps only because of the present crime wave, especially the epidemic of industrial espionage. If federal authorities accidentally become impeded, because they come unannounced and unidentified like common criminals and try to break in, then of course we regret the misunderstanding and the fact that all the data are gone.

Government agents descended in this way many years ago on a national patriotic organization in Maryland. Because this apparently happened before the universal use of mobile phones, patriots had to fan out and surveil the approaches to the office, to head off the lady whose job it was to bring the data back every morning. They did find her in time, so the intruders got nothing.

Again, a while back I did a piece on offshore financial planning. Find it in my archives – go to alanstang.com and click on Offshore Financial Planning at the right edge – read it, and reconsider taking action. Consider: the conspiracy for world dictatorship and its flunky, Communist world government terrorist Jorge W. Boosh, could not be displeased when you go offshore – indeed, they should logically be enthusiastic – because going offshore is their own policy.

Isn’t it? They have sent everything else offshore: your jobs, your manufacturing, your military, your technical support, etc. Don’t you find yourself again and again these days talking to someone in India or the Philippines or Central America? Shouldn’t they now be ecstatic if you get into the spirit and send your money offshore?

After all, they constantly condemn “isolationists” – that’s you – people who simply want to mind their own business. They constantly urge “internationalism” instead. Okay, get international. Far be it from us to get crossways with Communist terrorist Boosh. There’s a “big world out there.” Go offshore.

If you have never done it, be reassured. It isn’t nearly as forbidding as you may think. Start with a simple bank account. There are many banks in other countries as big and as sound as any in this country. Sounder. The Boosh administration is presently collapsing the dollar and preparing runs on U.S. banks, to create the usual “emergency” that would justify replacing the dollar with the “Amero,” the currency of the new North American Union that would include the former United States, Canada and Mexico.

Remember, it was your Intrepid Correspondent who devised the best name for the new country, Canusexico, which not only includes the names of the three former countries, but also cleverly includes sex, without which you really have no hope of selling anything. (That is why the North American Union falls on its face.)

Finally, in my experience offshore banks treat me like a customer, not a drug trafficker. Their tellers are not trained by the federal government to expect “money laundering.” Of course, were I to start snorting white powder in the bank, they could become curious, but since I don’t do that, they don’t. Start your offshore adventure by finding a reliable adviser.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

© 2007 – Alan Stang – All Rights Reserved

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale


Alan Stang was one of Mike Wallace’s original writers at Channel 13 in New York, where he wrote some of the scripts that sent Mike to CBS. Stang has been a radio talk show host himself. In Los Angeles, he went head to head nightly with Larry King, and, according to Arbitron, had almost twice as many listeners. He has been a foreign correspondent. He has written hundreds of feature magazine articles in national magazines and some fifteen books, for which he has won many awards, including a citation from the Pennsylvania House of Representatives for journalistic excellence. One of Stang’s exposés stopped a criminal attempt to seize control of New Mexico, where a gang seized a court house, held a judge hostage and killed a deputy. The scheme was close to success before Stang intervened. Another Stang exposé inspired major reforms in federal labor legislation.

His first book, It’s Very Simple: The True Story of Civil Rights, was an instant best-seller. His first novel, The Highest Virtue, set in the Russian Revolution, won smashing reviews and five stars, top rating, from the West Coast Review of Books, which gave five stars in only one per cent of its reviews.

Stang has lectured in every American state and around the world and has guested on many top shows, including CNN’s Cross Fire. Because he and his wife had the most kids in Santo Domingo, the Dominican Republic, where they lived at the time, the entire family was chosen to be actors in “Havana,” directed by Sydney Pollack and starring Robert Redford, the most expensive movie ever made (at the time). Alan Stang is the man in the ridiculous Harry Truman shirt with the pasted-down hair. He says they made him do it.

Website: AlanStang.com

E-Mail: stangfeedback@gmail.com


Home


http://www.newswithviews.com/Stang/alan16.htm

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~
~


Medal Of Honor Ceremony – December 31, 1901 – France Silva USMC

November 23, 2007

***********************************
Medal Of Honor Ceremony – December 31, 1901
E-Mail a Friend
Voice Your Opinion
Order Printed Copies

Citizen Journalism By Sgt John Minton USMC (retired/med)
Marine Corps League/Young Marines

A Medal of Honor recipient is all but forgotten. He served during the Spanish American War and the Boxer Rebellion. He joined the Marine Corps, attended and completed Boot Camp at Mare Island in 1899. In China he volunteered for a hazardous task and was wounded. He returned to the Bay Area and was medically discharged. He received the Medal of Honor but is now buried by himself in a Northern California cemetery. No family members are near him. There is no plot for them.

France Silva was born on May 8, 1876 in Hayward, California. In the late 1890’s the United States had already been involved in expanding its influence around the globe. Men like Silva joined the military for various reasons but he joined the Marine Corps and was eventually assigned to the USS Newark which ended up in Asia for the Spanish American War and the China Relief Expedition (Boxer Rebellion).

Lt. Smedley Butler and Pvt. Dan Daly were at Peking, too, but Pvt. France Silva (and a few others) didn’t receive the same recognition. Butler and Daly performed brilliantly and earned their due. Pvt. Silva volunteered to help reconstruct a barricade while under constant fire from Chinese snipers. Several Marines and others were seriously wounded or killed, but Silva made a rush to help anyway. And he got shot.

His wounds were serious enough to take him out of the action. He did recover but was medically discharged from the Marine Corps in January 1901 at Mare Island. The Medal of Honor was awarded on December 31, 1901, also at Mare Island. He was the first Hispanic-American to receive the Medal of Honor.

Not a lot is known (at this time) what he did after leaving the Marine Corps except that he eventually moved to Corning in Tehama County. He worked in a nursery and on April 10, 1951, he died after a brief illness. From all accounts available there was little fanfare for this Medal of Honor winner.

Currently, there is work under way to honor France Silva as a California and Hispanic-American Hero. Pvt. Silva was one of those Americans who answered the call to duty and now it is our duty as Americans to salute him once again.

Ref
http://www.vallejonews.com/articles/index.cfm?artoid=333683
http://www.vallejonews.com/articles/index.cfm?artoid=333683

Contact info: Sgt John Minton USMC (retired/med) may be reached at usmcmike3zero@sbcglobal.net


Ron Paul: Smear Attempts Reflect “Frightened,” “Insecure,” “Panicking” Establishment

November 23, 2007

Prisonplanet.com – Printer Friendly Page


Ron Paul: Smear Attempts Reflect “Frightened,” “Insecure,” “Panicking” Establishment
Congressman says detractors who linked his supporters with terrorists don’t understand freedom and are losing control

Paul Josph Watson
Prison Planet
Friday, November 23, 2007

   

Speaking about recent smear attempts on behalf of people like Glenn Beck,  David Horowitz and Bill O’Reilly to link Ron Paul supporters with violence and Islamic terrorists, the Congressman himself said that the attacks were symptomatic of a frightened and insecure establishment who are dumbfounded that people are turning away from authoritarianism and embracing freedom.

“They’re getting awfully frightened,” said Paul, “I think we are a threat to the establishment, and they represent the establishment.”

“I think they represent a philosophical position which is diametrically opposed to us and our interpretation of the Constitution – I think it’s serious business when people strike out like that and start using names like Islamic fascism – they’re working on fear,” the Congressman told the Alex Jones Show this week. “I see these people as very insecure – they don’t understand what freedom is about and they have to resort to this threatening, but turning around and calling us the violent people – I think they’re very insecure with their ideas and probably deep down in their heart they think they’re being good Americans,” said Paul.

“But I don’t think their understanding is clear enough where they feel secure and confident enough so they strike out at us and start calling us names,” he added.

The Congressman said that the likes of Beck and Horowitz, who recently accused Ron Paul supporters, anti-war types and libertarians as being “in bed with Islamofascists,” were dumbfounded that the people are flocking in droves to support the message of freedom and turning away from fearmongering and authoritarianism.

———————————————————————————-
ENDGAME 1.5: THE PhD COURSE IN UNDERSTANDING THE GLOBAL ELITE
Watch it online at Prison Planet.tv!

———————————————————————————-

“I think both sides agree that the American people have lost confidence in the government – it’s what we’re going to replace it with,” said Paul, adding that attempts to smear his advocates as potentially violent were “preposterous”.

The Congressman cited Martin Luther King and Gandhi as two of his heroes who were able to change the course of history by engaging in non-violent civil disobedience.

Paul said that a recent Fox News segment where host Brian Kilmead called for people who confront politicians to be Tased was “a reflection that they’re panicking and they’re insecure about what they believe in and how to present their case and they’re afraid they’re losing control.”

Click here to listen to the MP3 of the interview with Ron Paul.


Copyright © Prisonplanet.com. All rights reserved.

Printed from: http://www.prisonplanet.com/articles/november2007/231107_smear_attempts.htm


Manufacturing Consent for World War III

November 23, 2007

Manufacturing Consent for World War III

Global Research, November 22, 2007

“When President Bush used an October 17 [2007] White House press conference to threaten that the escalating US confrontation with Iran posed a danger of ‘World War III’ his remark was passed over in silence by most of the media. Those that did report it seemed, for the most part, to accept the White House claim that the president was engaging in hyperbole and merely making a ‘rhetorical point.’” Bill Van Auken (2007).

The key role the mainstream media plays in manufacturing public consent for elite decision makers has a long and inglorious history that has wreaked havoc on progressive aspirations for the development a truly democratic globa l p olity. While the antidemocratic implications of Manufacturing Consent were first popularized in the late 1980s by Edward S. Herman and Noam Chomsky’s (1988) classic book of the same title, the methods of manufacturing public consent were honed much earlier by communications researchers participating in the seminal (Rockefeller Foundation funded) Communications Group, and many of the founding fathers of mass communication research.[1] Given the high level of involvement of mass communications researchers in refining the means by which to manufacture consent, it is little wonder that recent studies provide ample evidence illustrating the US government’s ability to exploit the system-supportive tendencies of the mainstream media to justify overt wars and cover-up covert wars,[2] distract attention from their support (throughout the Cold War) of right-wing terrorist armies in every European country,[3] legitimize controversial ‘humanitarian’ interventions,[4] play down genocides in which their government is implicated, and manufacture public consent for economic sanctions that resulted in the deaths of hundreds of thousands of Iraqi children.[5] More recent events (post 9/11) also demonstrate how a relentless propaganda campaign waged through the American media was able to persuade a significant proportion of the domestic population that the destruction of Afghanistan and Iraq was both necessary and justified.[6]

Thus considering the historical willingness of the US media to propound antidemocratic elite propaganda, it is entirely predicable that the media would play an integral role in manufacturing the next perceived threat to international stability, that is, the Iranian ‘threat’. As Marjorie Cohn (2007) notes: “It’s déja vu. This time the Bush gang wants war with Iran. Following a carefully orchestrated strategy, they have ratcheted up the ‘threat’ from Iran, designed to mislead us into a new war four years after they misled us into Iraq.” John Pilger (2007) adds that this ‘threat’ is “entirely manufactured, aided and abetted by familiar, compliant media language that refers to Iran’s ‘nuclear ambitions’, just as the vocabulary of Saddam’s non-existent WMD arsenal became common usage.”

It is then unfortunate to note that international attention is now firmly fixated on the Iranian ‘threat.’ Furthermore, given the success of the Bush administration’s most recent propaganda offensives, which have led to the destruction and ongoing occupation of both Afghanistan and Iraq, there is little reason to doubt that the American government does not have similar plans for Iran. In an earlier study I documented how the ostensibly democratic US-based National Endowment of Democracy has funnelled money to Iranian groups and media projects in an attempt to overthrow the Iranian government from within. However, in an attempt to counter the US government’s ongoing propaganda initiatives, this article will review how the mass media is manufacturing public consent for yet another illegal war by examining the work of radical mass media critics.

Mediating the Path to World War III

“…we got a leader in Iran who has announced that he wants to destroy Israel. So I’ve told people that if you’re interested in avoiding World War III, it seems like you ought to be interested in preventing them from have the knowledge necessary to make a nuclear weapon.” President Bush, October 17, 2007.

(For a useful commentary on this statement, see Cuban Missile Crisis Redux)

Judging by the ongoing discussions in both the mainstream and alternative (progressive) media, it is apparent that, one way or the other, the US (and its coalition of willing cronies) has its sights firmly set on bringing regime change to Iran. So far, for the most part, the alternative media has focused on the nuclear threat posed by the Middle East’s most dangerous lawbreaker, Israel. The mainstream media, however, has persistently and erroneously portrayed Iran as the ‘real’ nuclear threat. Even Britain’s so-called liberal media is demonstrating its ability to manufacture consent for elite interests, with the BBC recently devoting an entire (Israeli-made) documentary to the issue of the Iranian problem, ironically titled Will Israel bomb Iran? This is not really surprising, as the governments guilty of involvement are heavily reliant on the mainstream media’s willingness to legitimize their ‘war on terror’, which in turn, could turn out to be the catalyst for an illegal and catastrophic foreign intervention in Iran (and thereby a catalyst for a global war).

In a manner which is eerily reminiscent of the mainstream media’s focus on Saddam Hussein’s nonexistent weapons of mass destruction, Dmitriy Sedov (2007) notes that in Iran’s case the media similarly “never stop[s] debating the issue of the ‘Iranian atomic bomb’”. Indeed John Pilger (2007) points out that “[w]e are being led towards perhaps the most serious crisis in modern history as the Bush-Cheney-Blair ‘long war’ edges closer to Iran for no reason other than that nation’s independence from rapacious America.” However, as Pilger notes, despite the proximity of this crisis:

“…there is a surreal silence, save for the noise of ‘news’ in which our powerful broadcasters gesture cryptically at the obvious but dare not make sense of it, lest the one-way moral screen erected between us and the consequences of an imperial foreign policy collapse and the truth be revealed.”

This phenomenon was well documented by Edward S. Herman (2006), who as early as March last year wrote:

“Today’s big news is the possibility that Iran, the Little Satan, might some day acquire a nuclear weapon: the administration says so, the media say so, and now three times as many people regard Iran as the U.S.’s greatest menace than four months ago and 47 percent of the public agrees that Iran should be bombed if needed to prevent its acquiring any nuclear weapon capability.”

In August 2007, Noam Chomsky pointed out that “[w]ithout irony, the Bush administration and the media charge that Iran is ‘meddling’ in Iraq”. Unfortunately:

“…Washington’s propaganda framework is reflexively accepted, apparently without notice, in US and other Western commentary and reporting, apart from the marginal fringe of what is called ‘the loony left.’ What is considered ‘criticism’ is skepticism as to whether all of Washington’s charges about Iranian aggression in Iraq are true.  It might be an interesting research project to see how closely the propaganda of Russia, Nazi Germany, and other aggressors and occupiers matched the standards of today’s liberal press and commentators.

“The rhetoric about Iran has escalated to the point where both political parties and practically the whole US press accept it as legitimate and, in fact, honorable, that ‘all options are on the table,’ to quote Hillary Clinton and everybody else, possibly even nuclear weapons. ‘All options on the table’ means that Washington threatens war.”

War, Propaganda, the Corporate Media, and the BBC?

Herman (2006) outlines Twelve Principles of Propaganda Used in Setting the Stage for War in Iran, which in summary (without his accompanying evidence) are (1) that the US “has the legal and moral right” to lead the international community in stopping Iran’s nuclear program, (2) that countries targeted by US foreign policy elites should not be allowed the right to defend themselves, (3) to exaggerate the dangers posed by Iran’s eventual development of nuclear weapons, (4) to engage in “unrelenting demonization” of the said target, (5) to exclude any discussion of US relations with countries more deserving of the “demon status” that has been ascribed to Iran (also see here), (6) to underplay/ignore historical actions/relationships with Iran “that might show both hypocrisy and the fraudulence of the claimed threat”, (7) to underplay/ignore recent US actions that “might appear incompatible with its harsh stand opposing Iran’s pursuing any nuclear program” (8) that the US does not need to apply the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) to its own actions, but can still “alter the terms of the NPT as it applies to its target”, (9) that “if the target cannot prove a negative, the severity of the threat to U.S. ‘national security’ requires that Iran be bombed and that there be a change in regime to one that can be trusted (like that of the Shah of Iran, or Sharon, or Musharraf)”, (10) to manipulate the “mechanisms of international regulation linked to the UN to serve the war and goal of regime change” – for a detailed treatment of this subject, see Herman and David Peterson (2007) (11) to maintain that the need to deal with the “Iran threat is based on a universal worry, and does not reflect U.S. power and the attempts to appease that power”, and (12) to dismiss any other hidden geostrategic interests that the U.S. may be pursuing in the Middle East. (Of course, as part and parcel of these propaganda principles the media also routinely engage in distributing outright disinformation.) Just a few months after Herman’s prescient analysis, Herman and Peterson (2006) concluded that:

“…the mainstream media have followed the party line on the Iran ‘crisis’ and failed almost without exception to note the problems and deal with matters raised in the alternative frames. Remarkably, despite their acknowledged massive failures as news organizations and de facto propaganda service for the Bush administration in the lead up to the Iraq invasion, with the administration refocusing on the new dire threat from Iran it took the mainstream media no time whatsoever to fall into party-line formation-from which they have not deviated.”

Like many media scholars who study the US media system, the noticeable contrast between the US media environment and other slightly more democratic media outlets overseas leads Herman (2006) to highlight the existence of dissenting voices in the British media: thus he notes that “[t]he ‘Drumbeat sounds familiar’ to Simon Tisdall in the London Guardian (March 7, 2006), but not to the servants of power in the U.S. media.”[7]  However, even though some parts of the British media – like the Guardian and BBC – are often rated highly by American media analysts for their progressive credentials, some British-based researchers actually surmise that these so-called Left-orientated media outlets still serve to manufacture public consent for elite interests by setting distinct boundaries on the limits of acceptable dissent (see http://www.medialens.org).[8] On this point, Medialens writers David Edwards and David Cromwell (2007) suggest that: “There are glimmers of conscience in the [British] libera l p ress where journalists just cannot help but notice the echoes of 2002-2003 ahead of the Iraq catastrophe”, but Edwards and Cromwell still conclude that “the key point is that the liberal media are fully participating in the demonisation of Iran”.

As early as January 2005, Medialens drew attention to the BBC’s role in the propaganda offensive against Iran, while by February 2006, Medialens led off a follow-up article by noting that Timothy Garton Ash writing in the ‘liberal’ broadsheet the Guardian wrote: “Now we face the next big test of the west: after Iraq, Iran.” Furthermore, just a few months later Medialens demonstrated how the BBC had distorted an Amnesty International press release in their ongoing efforts to demonise Iran, and concluded their article by asking the following poignant questions:

“Why did the BBC decide to focus so prominently and heavily on Iran – a country under serious threat of attack by the United States and perhaps Britain? Why would the BBC choose to isolate and highlight the sins of an official enemy, thereby boosting the government’s propaganda campaign? Is this innocent, or are more cynical forces at work here?”

(Click here to read more about this case and to read the BBC’s response to Medialens.)


Of course a group like Medialens which has limited resources can only ever hope to document a smaller proportion of the British (‘liberal’) media’s servility to power, but nonetheless they have produced another two media-alerts this year concerning British media coverage of Iranian affairs, these being Iran in Iraq: The Art of Instant Forgetting (see related FAIR article), and Pentagon Propaganda Occupies the Guardian’s Frontpage (also see their follow-up article). For another recent discussion of the warmongering role of the British ‘liberal’ media, see Britain’s Channel Four Propaganda Machine Now Churning for Iran War, which describes the grilling that Channel Four presenter, Jon Snow, gave to President Ahmadinejad in September 2007.

Similarly, British-based Media Workers Against the War (MWAW) have highlighted the BBC’s role in building the case for a war on Iran, and have even held protests outside of their broadcasting studios. In June 2006, MWAW noted that BBC Radio Four’s flagship current affairs programme, Today, “paid lip service of [sic] ‘balance’ while presenting the debate over Iran in such a way as to legitimise a US military response”. Again, this news should not be overly surprising, as earlier academic studies have already concluded that the BBC had “displayed the most pro-war agenda of any [British] broadcaster” in the lead-up to Iraq’s destruction.[9]  

In another MWAW (2007) report, this time pertaining to the media coverage of the recent so-called ‘hostage’ crisis, a journalist from the Financial Times described how his newspaper purposely chose to use the word detainees not hostages to describe the 15 British navy personnel recently held in Iran for 13 days. Crucially this thoughtful journalist was most concerned about how the broadsheets switched from using the word “detainees/captives” to “hostages” “after George W. Bush demanded on March 31 that ‘The Iranians must give back the hostages’”. Again this revelation should not be surprising to any scholars familiar with the vital role the so-called liberal media plays in supporting illegal foreign interventions.[10] So it should be expected that Anthony DiMaggio’s (2007) examination of the media coverage of the detainment crisis (in the New York Times, Los Angeles Times, and Washington Post) led him to conclude that as Herman and Chomsky’s “propaganda model suggests, American reporters have faithfully taken to the role of an unofficia l p ropaganda arm for the state”. 

More News on the March Towards War

More recently DiMaggio (2007), in another excellent article, has demonstrated how the Washington Post exhibited “a pattern of deception, one-sidedness, and manipulation” in its (mis)reporting on Iran’s alleged nuclear weapons. In his review of “over 230 Post news stories, 31 editorials, and 58 op-eds from 2003 through 2007” he demonstrated:

“…that assertions suggesting Iran may or is developing nuclear weapons appeared twice as often as claims or assertions that Iran is not or may not be developing such weapons. The paper’s op-eds and editorials are even more slanted, as 90% of editorials and 93% of op-eds suggest Iran is developing nuclear weapons, as opposed to 0% of editorials and 16% of op-eds suggesting Iran may not be developing such weapons.  Belligerent rhetoric is also used far more often in regards to the Iranian ‘threat’ (of which there is no evidence of to date) than to the far larger U.S. and Israeli military threat to Iran (which has been announced vocally and shamelessly over and over throughout the American and Israeli press).  Belligerent terms are applied twice as often in regards to Iranian development of nuclear weapons.  Such terms, portray Iran as a ‘threat,’ and discuss the ‘fear’ invoked by a potentially nuclear armed Iran, as well as the ‘danger’ of such a development – as contrasted with similar references to a U.S. ‘threat,’ to the ‘fear’ of a U.S. or Israeli attack, or the ‘danger’ both countries pose to Iran.”

DiMaggio’s research also determined that while the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) was mentioned in the majority of the Washington Post’s editorials (and 29% of the time in its op-eds), “the IAEA’s actual conclusion that there is ‘no evidence’ Iran is developing nuclear weapons” is reported in just one editorial and one op-ed. He goes on to note that:

“References to the fact that it was the U.S. itself that originally supported Iranian uranium enrichment show up in just 1% of the Post’s news stories, and in just 3% of all op-eds, and none of the paper’s editorials. The same goes for admissions that the United States is undertaking a similar project of enriching its own uranium for use in a new generation of American nuclear weapons (the major distinction, however, is that the U.S. openly admits to its project, while Iran has admitted to no such program). The very activity that U.S. leaders are condemning Iran for secretly pursuing is arrogantly advocated and pursued by the United States (the only country to have ever used nuclear weapons on civilians), although one wouldn’t know any of this from looking at the coverage.”

With the release of the IAEA’s most recent (nine page report) released in mid-November, Farideh Farhi (2007) discussed the “interestingly partial way various news organizations and governments end up interpreting or representing the report to audiences they are sure will not read the reports themselves.” Farhi critiques the misreporting of the New York Times, Associated Press, and the Washington Post, and concludes his piece by noting that a BBC piece titled Mixed UN Nuclear Report for Iran although with some shortcomings was at least able to give “a relatively accurate description of the issues involved.” In fact, as the Campaign Against Sanctions and Military Intervention in Iran (CASMII) illustrated in May 2007, there are at least “twenty reasons to oppose sanctions and military intervention in Iran”, and:

“Contrary to the myth created by the western media, it is not Iran, but the US and its European allies which are defying the overwhelming majority of the international community, in that, they have resisted the call to enter into direct, immediate and comprehensive negotiations with Iran without any pre-conditions.”

A couple of months later, in July 2007, CASMII went on to criticise the Financial Times over the publication of an article that made “unfounded allegations about Iranian government’s complicity with Al-Qaeda launching terrorist operations in Iraq, using Iranian territory.” (The article in question was titled Al-Qaeda linked to operations from Iran.)

Finally, in September 2007, when Mahmoud Ahmadinejad visited the US to address the United Nations General Assembly, the corporate media was on form again, ready to leap at any opportunity to vigorously thump the drum for war: indeed media analyst Deepa Kumar (2007) described the treatment of Ahmadinejad’s visit to New York as “xenophobic and hysterical”.[11] Ironically, in sharp contrast to the harsh treat Ahmadinejad’s visit provoked from the US media, Edward S. Herman (2007) reminds us that:

In February 1955, the Shah of Iran was a guest at Columbia [University] receiving an honorary Doctor of Laws degree and he, like Musharraf, was greeted deferentially by Grayson Kirk and gave a well-received speech featuring an accolade to the U.S. ‘policy of peace backed by strength.’ The New York Times also noted that the Shah was ‘impressed by the desire of Americans for a secure and enduring peace’ (‘Shah Praises U.S. For Peace Policy,’ NYT, February 5, 1955). This was, of course, just a few months after the United States had overthrown the elected government of Guatemala via a proxy army and had installed a regime of permanent terror.” 

Concluding Thoughts

In the case of the mainstream media’s recent coverage of Iranian issues it is perhaps uncontroversial to suggest that the media are conforming to Edward S. Herman and Noam Chomsky’s (1988) Propaganda Model by demonstrating their willingness to manufacture of mass consent for elite interests. Of course, this democratic deficit of the mainstream media is particularly noticeable to any regular readers/viewers of the alternative press, as the latter’s stories are almost unrecognizable when contrasted with their mainstream counterparts. That said, like the mainstream media’s coverage of Iranian issues, the alternative media has concentrated almost all of its energy into analysing the ongoing (and potential nuclear) military operations in the Middle East.[12] This is problematic because military threats and interventions (both overt and covert) are only one among many instruments available to the imperial architects of US foreign policy to promote regime change in Iran. As discussed earlier, a relative newcomer to the armoury of foreign policy elites is the use of democracy itself as a tool of foreign policy, a tool which is arguably one of the most potent weapons in the war of ideas waged by policy elites against progressive activists. Nevertheless despite the minimal coverage of such ‘democratic’ tactics, World War III still lurks on the horizon, and as Jean Bricmont (2007) summarised this September:

“All the ideological signposts for attacking Iran are in place. The country has been thoroughly demonized because it is not nice to women, to gays, or to Jews. That in itself is enough to neutralize a large part of the American ‘left’. The issue of course is not whether Iran is nice or not – according to our views – but whether there is any legal reason to attack it, and there is none; but the dominant ideology of human rights has legitimized, specifically in the left, the right of intervention on humanitarian grounds anywhere, at any time, and that ideology has succeeded in totally sidetracking the minor issue of international law.”

To work to defeat the propaganda war (not to mention the military war) on Iran, it is essential that citizens around the world develop the know-how to see through the propaganda veil that has been cast over Iranian affairs. For example. to counter the influence of best-selling authors like neoconservative-linked Azar Nafisi – (in)famous for writing Reading Lolita in Tehran – concerned citizens would do well to help publicise more honest books dealing with Iranian affairs like Fatemeh Keshavarz’s (2007) recent book Jasmine and Stars: Reading More than Lolita in Tehran. (See interview with the author here, and also read Hamid Dabashi’s (2006) important critique of Nafisi’s work). However, at the end of the day it is vital that al l p eople, with even a passing interest in the foreign affairs of their elected governments, work to create a media that can support democratic principles, not undermine them. This can be done in a number of ways but of course providing financial support for independent media outlets is a must. This is because as Robert McChesney (1997) points out: “regardless of what a progressive group’s first issue of importance is, its second issue should be media and communication, because so long as the media are in corporate hands, the task of social change will be vastly more difficult, if not impossible, across the board.”[13]

Michael Barker is a doctoral candidate at Griffith University, Australia. He can be reached at Michael.J.Barker [at] griffith.edu.au and some of his other articles can be found here.

Endnotes

[1] Barker, M.J. (Submitted) ‘The Liberal Foundations of Media Reform? Creating Sustainable Funding Opportunities for Radical Media Reform’, Global Media Journal.

[2] Herman, E. S. and N. Chomsky (1988) Manufacturing Consent: The Political Economy of the Mass Media. New York: Pantheon Books; Keeble, R. (1997) Secret State, Silent Press: New Militarism, the Gulf and the Modern Image of Warfare. Bedfordshire, U.K.: John Libbey Media Faculty of Media University of Luton; Molwana, H., G. Gerbner and H. I. Schiller (1992) Triumph of the Image: The Media’s War in the Persian Gulf : A Global Perspective. Boulder, Colo.: Westview Press.

[3] Also see Danielle Ganser’s online articles Secret Warfare: Operation Gladio and NATO’s Stay-Behind Army, and Terrorism in Western Europe: An Approach to NATO’s Secret Stay-Behind Armies.

 [4] Hammond, P. and E. S. Herman (2000) Degraded Capability: The Media and the Kosovo Crisis. London: Pluto Press; Robinson, P. (2000) ‘The Policy-Media Interaction Model: Measuring Media Power During Humanitarian Crisis’, Journal of Peace Research, 37(5): 613-633.

[5] Herring, E. (2004) ‘Power, Propaganda and Indifference: An Explanation of the Maintenance of Economic Sanctions on Iraq Despite Their Human Cost’, pp. 34-56 in T. Y. Ismael & W. W. Haddad (eds) Iraq: The Human Cost of History. London: Pluto Press.

[6] Friel, H. and R. A. Falk (2004) The Record of the Paper: How the New York Times Misreports US Foreign Policy. London: Verso; Kumar, D. (2006) ‘Media, War, and Propaganda: Strategies of Information Management During the 2003 Iraq War’, Communication and Critical/Cultural Studies, 3(1): 48-69; Miller, D. (2004) Tell Me Lies: Propaganda and Media Distortion in the Attack on Iraq. London: Pluto.

[7] Writing for the US-based mediawatchdog FAIR, Norman Solomon has been busily documenting the US media propaganda war against Iran, see Nuclear Fundamentalism and the Iran Story (5/5/05), The Iran Crisis: “Diplomacy” as a Launch Pad for Missiles (2/6/06), Media Tall Tales for the Next War (9/26/06). Also see FAIR’s Buying the Bush Line on Iran Nukes: Despite uncertainty, U.S. journalists take sides (September/October 2005), Won’t Get Fooled Again? NYT, networks offer scant skepticism on Iran claims (2/2/07), and NYT Breaks Own Anonymity Rules: Paper pushes Iran threat with one-sided array of unnamed officials (2/16/07).

[8] McKiggan, M. 2005. Climate Change and the Mass Media: A Critical Analysis. Unpublished MSc thesis, Southampton University.

[9] Cited in Pilger, J. (2003) ‘The BBC and Iraq: Myth and Reality, New Statesman, December 4, 2003; Wells, M. (2003) ‘Study Deals a Blow to Claims of Anti-War Bias in BBC News’, The Guardian, July 4, 2003.

[10] Edwards, D. and D. Cromwell (2006) Guardians of Power: The Myth of the Liberal Media. London: Pluto Press; Friel, H. and R. A. Falk (2004) The Record of the Paper: How the New York Times Misreports US Foreign Policy. London: Verso; Klaehn, J. (2005) Filtering the News: Essays on Herman and Chomsky’s Propaganda Model. Montreal: Black Rose Books.

[11] It is also not so surprising that amongst the protestors (which the media called a “large anti-Iran protest movement”) based outside of Columbia University during Ahmadinejad’s visit “were in fact anti-war protestors demanding an end to US threats directed against Iran.”

[12] Some progressive commentators like Gabriel Kolko (2007) argue that a war with Iran is unlikely.

[13] McChesney, R. W. (1997) Corporate Media and the Threat to Democracy. New York: Seven Stories Press, p.71.


To become a Member of Global Research

The CRG grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: crgeditor@yahoo.com

www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the copyright owner.

For media inquiries: crgeditor@yahoo.com

© Copyright Michael Barker, Global Research, 2007

The url address of this article is: www.globalresearch.ca/PrintArticle.php?articleId=7411



JFK II – The Bush Connection

November 23, 2007

JFK II – The Bush Connection

You Tube
Friday November 23, 2007


Copyright © Infowars.net All rights reserved.

Printed from: http://www.prisonplanet.com/articles/november2007/231107JFK.htm


The Professor and the President

November 23, 2007

YouTube Potpourri: The Legacy of Carroll Quigley

Charles A. Burris
Lew Rockwell.com
Friday November 23, 2007

The Professor and the President

“As a teenager I heard John Kennedy’s summons to citizenship. And as a student at Georgetown, I heard the call clarified by a professor I had named Carroll Quigley, who said America was the greatest country in the history of the world because our people have always believed in two great ideas: first, that tomorrow can be better than today, and second, that each of us has a personal moral responsibility to make it so.”

When Bill Clinton spoke these stirring words to millions of Americans during his 1992 acceptance address before the Democratic National Convention upon receiving his party’s nomination for President of the United States, the vast multitude of his television audience paused for a micro-second to reflect: Who is Carroll Quigley and why did he have such a dramatic effect on this young man before us who may become our country’s leader?

Carroll Quigley was a legendary professor of history at the Foreign Service School of Georgetown University, and a former instructor at Princeton and Harvard.

He was a lecturer at the Industrial College of the Armed Forces, the Brookings Institution, the U. S. Naval Weapons Laboratory, the Foreign Service Institute of the State Department, and the Naval College.

Quigley was a closely connected elite “insider” to the American Establishment, with impeccable credentials and trappings of respectability.

But Carroll Quigley’s most notable achievement was the authorship of one of the most important books of the 20th Century: Tragedy and Hope – A History of the World in Our Time.

No one can truly be cognizant of the intricate evolution of networks of power and influence which have played a crucial role in determining who and what we are as a civilization without being familiar with the contents of this 1,348-page tome.

It is the “Ur-text” of Establishment Studies, earning Quigley the epithet of “the professor who knew too much” in a Washington Post article published shortly after his 1977 death.

In Tragedy and Hope, as well as the posthumous The Anglo-American Establishment: From Rhodes to Cliveden, Quigley traces this network, in both its overt and covert manifestations, back to British racial imperialist and financial magnate Cecil Rhodes and his secret wills, outlining the clandestine master plan through seven decades of intrigue, spanning two world wars, to the assassination of John Kennedy.

Through an elaborate structure of banks, foundations, trusts, public-policy research groups, and publishing concerns (in addition to the prestigious scholarship program at Oxford), the initiates of what are described as the Round Table groups (and its offshoots such as the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the Council on Foreign Relations) came to dominate the political and financial affairs of the world.

For the ambitious young man from Hope, Arkansas, his mentor’s visionary observations would provide the blueprint of how the world really worked as he made his ascendancy via Oxford through the elite corridors of power to the Oval Office.

The Conservatives Discover Carroll Quigley

Published in 1966, Tragedy and Hope lay virtually unnoticed by academic reviewers and the mainstream media establishment. Then Dr. W. Cleon Skousen, the noted conservative author of the 1961 national best-seller, The Naked Communist, discovered Quigley, and the serious implications of what Quigley had revealed. In 1970, Skousen published The Naked Capitalist: A Review and Commentary on Dr. Carroll Quigley’s Book Tragedy and Hope.

This was soon followed by None Dare Call It Conspiracy. This slim volume by Gary Allen (and Larry Abraham) provided the massive paradigm shift of grassroots, populist conservatives from mere anti-Communism to a much larger anti-elitist world-view.

Millions of copies of these books came into print, and the conservative movement changed forever.

Copies of Tragedy and Hope began disappearing from library shelves. A pirate edition was printed. Quigley came to believe that his publisher Macmillan had suppressed his book. Dr. Gary North, the esteemed writer well known to readers of LewRockwell.com, has an interesting discussion of these curious facts in the chapter, “Maverick ‘Insider’ Historians,” in his book, Conspiracy: A Biblical View, available on-line.

However some persons believe Carroll Quigley was simply amplifying earlier research in conservative authors Emanuel Josephson’s Rockefeller ‘Internationalist’: The Man Who Misrules The World, and Dan Smoot’s The Invisible Government, or that of the radical sociologist C. Wright Mill’s The Power Elite, which had outlined these same elite networks of power.

I disagree with that narrow assessment. Although there is much to disagree with in interpretation in Quigley’s book, the originality and titanic scope of the work cannot be doubted or disparaged.

In a book much praised by Murray Rothbard, author Carl Oglesby’s The Yankee and Cowboy War: Conspiracies From Dallas To Watergate, has a fascinating discussion of Quigley within a wider framework of American power politics and subterranean intrigue.

And in a volume hailed by Gore Vidal, Christopher Hitchens, before he morphed from Trotskyist man of letters to Neocon mouthpiece, had some insightful musings along the line of Quigley in his Blood, Class, and Nostalgia: Anglo-American Ironies.

YouTube Potpourri

I’m becoming convinced that every piece of film ever produced, no matter how small or insignificant, eventually ends up on YouTube. That site is simply amazing.

With this in mind, here is a YouTube potpourri of items I discovered that introduce the viewer to the incomparable Carroll Quigley and his book, Tragedy and Hope. These brief videos focus upon the Federal Reserve, the Council on Foreign Relations, the United Nations, and the North American Union.

After viewing them, I hope you will be prompted to read Quigley’s book and unlock many mysteries that have puzzled your understandings of the world about you.

The first two clips are from an ancient documentary filmstrip, The Capitalist Conspiracy, by Fed critic and Ron Paul supporter, G. Edward Griffin, author of The Creature From Jekyll Island: A Second Look at the Federal Reserve.

Carrol Quigley, part 1

Carrol Quigley, part 2

More on Carrol Quigley

The Roots of the U. N. and the Rockefellers

Presidential Candidates for the North American Union

The David Rockefeller and Dick Cheney Show

Lou Dobbs vs. the NAU, the CFR and David Rockefeller


Copyright © Infowars.net All rights reserved.

Printed from: http://infowars.net/articles/november2007/231107Quigley.htm


Thomas Jefferson Wouldn’t Think Much of Modern Journalism. Blogging – That’s Another Story…

November 23, 2007

Thomas Jefferson Wouldn’t Think Much of Modern Journalism. Blogging – That’s Another Story…

November 21, 2007 1:00 AM

Would he read the NY Times?

Though journalism as we know it didn’t exist when the First Amendment was written, today’s reporters don’t hesitate to make the case for their importance by citing a famous Thomas Jefferson quote. Steve Boriss contends that mainstream news is the opposite of what the third president thought it should be.

Support Pajamas Media; Visit Our Advertisers

By Steve Boriss

Many journalists are fond of telling us how central they are to our democracy. Some cite Thomas Jefferson’s quote, “were it left to me to decide whether we should have a government without newspapers, or newspapers without a government, I should not hesitate a moment to prefer the latter.” These self-important boasts by journalists deserve to be challenged. Modern journalism is not only different from what Jefferson intended, it is almost completely the opposite in three fundamental ways: the role of the press, the voices that matter, and the importance of opinions.

1. The role of the press — Jefferson’s vision for the role of the press was completely integrated with his vision for the country. He believed that each of us is born with God-given rights that must not be taken away — life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness. The potential thief he had in mind was government. Accordingly, he thought that the single most important role for newspapers was to serve as a “fence” to prevent government from encroaching on individual rights.

But modern journalism has hopped this fence by tending to side with the government establishment, often protecting it from people and corporations. Jon Ham notes that newspapers typically feature government as an enlightened class and make use of a “standard journalism template that the private sector has questionable motives, i.e., profit, whereas the public sector’s motives are pure, i.e., altruistic.” PBS’ Bill Moyers now tours the country lashing out against the dangers of too much corporate control over the news media, while singing the virtues of government-controlled NPR and PBS. This anti-corporate attitude has its roots in Marxist, not Jeffersonian thought. As ABC’s John Stossel points out, corporations do not have nearly the same power as government entities, which are “coercive monopolies that spend other people’s money taken by force.”

2. The voices that matter — Jefferson’s insistence on a Bill of Rights was also consistent with his vision for America. It reaffirmed the equal rights of all, and the First Amendment explicitly guaranteed to everyone freedom of expression to protect themselves from government encroachment on their rights.

But modern journalism has so confused us about the true meaning of “freedom of the press” that only a few outside of intellectually honest constitutional scholars can tell you what it really means. Despite all we have been taught, the phrase “freedom of the press” was not intended to highlight special freedoms of certain people known as “the press.” It refers to the freedom of all people to use the printing press . Just as the immediately preceding words grant all of us the right to speak our minds, these words grant each of us the right to publish what is on our minds. In his letters, Jefferson regularly referred to “free presses” — i.e., free use of printing presses. When the First Amendment was written, there were no journalists as we think of them now. Newspapers were produced mostly in one-man shops by those whose trade was “printer” – not “reporter,” “journalist,” “columnist,” or “editor.” It would be another 30 years before America had its first full-time reporter. Jefferson wanted newspapers filled with all of our voices, not just those who happen to make a living writing news.

3. The importance of opinions — What Jefferson really wanted in news was opinion and debate — a multitude of voices competing in a freewheeling marketplace of ideas. He wrote “nature has given to man no other means of sifting out the truth whether in religion, law or politics” than “the fair operation of attack and defense.” He himself threw his hat in the ring by founding his own highly partisan newspaper to attack Federalists like Alexander Hamilton.

Instead, modern journalism has attempted to create for itself a faux-scientific world, where facts are sacred, opinions are contaminants, and debate is a waste of time. Allegedly, their methods are “objective” and their content is a pure stream of verified truths. But, new media has taught us that mainstream media often do not get the story straight and regularly masquerade center-left opinion as singular truths. Journalists also strangely insist that the public has an incontestable “right to know” these “truths,” and tend to recklessly dismiss the sometimes real risks that their exposure might threaten the survival of our Jeffersonian government at the hands of enemies who do not protect individual rights.

Clearly, when Jefferson said he would prefer “newspapers without a government” to “government without newspapers,” he did not imagine a journalism that was favorably disposed to government and that presented only one view. No doubt, he would have preferred “bloggers without a government” even more.

Steve Boriss blogs at The Future of News. He works for Washington University in St. Louis, where he is Associate Director of the Center for the Application of Information Technology (CAIT) and teaches a class called “The Future of News.”

———
http://tinyurl.com/yq9ojm

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


Glenn Beck Gets a Lesson in Currency from Bernard Von Nothaus

November 23, 2007

Infowars.net – Printer Friendly / Low Graphics Page


Glenn Beck Gets a Lesson in Currency from Bernard Von Nothaus

Kurt Nimmo
TruthNews
Thursday November 22, 2007

digg_title = ‘Glenn Beck Gets a Lesson in Currency from Bernard Von Nothaus’; digg_url = ‘http://www.truthnews.us/?p=925′;

Glenn Beck is apparently unable to tell the difference between a Liberty Dollar and the funny money issued by the Federal Reserve, as in Federal Express.

Bernard Von Nothaus, developer of the Liberty Dollar and one of the world’s foremost experts on private currencies and alternative economics, was very patient with Beck’s stupidity, although on occasion his facial expressions gave him away.

Beck said those of us who are concerned about the collapse of the funny money dollar are in the “crazy tree,” although he admits to occasionally wandering into the “shade” of that tree.

I believe it is a fair assumption on my part that, unlike famous models, Beck is not taking his over-inflated salary in euros or renminbis, so when the dollar final bottoms out he will get a smart lesson.



Copyright © Infowars.net All rights reserved.

Printed from: http://www.prisonplanet.com/articles/november2007/221107Beck.htm


Ron Paul: The Only Presidential Candidate to Challenge the American Empire

November 23, 2007

Ron Paul: The Only Presidential Candidate to Challenge the American Empire

by David T. Beito and Scott Horton

DIGG THIS

Flying under the radar of mainstream media coverage, supporters of Dr. Ron Paul, a seventy-two-year-old ten-term congressman and obstetrician from Texas, have staged a political revolution. Despite little publicity, they have raised over $15 million, mostly in small donations, giving Paul more money in the bank than John McCain.

In a November 5 “money bomb” (inspired by Guy Fawkes Day as depicted in the film, V for Vendetta) the Paul Revolutionaries raked in $4.3 million. In doing so, they set a new one-day record for all Republican candidates. In addition, Paul’s backers have spontaneously organized over 1,100 meet-up groups. That’s more than any other candidate in the race including the youthful and photogenic Barack Obama. By all indications, most of the meet-up group members, now numbering over 60,000, are under age twenty-five. Paul’s appeal can be attributed to his no-holds-barred small government, pro-liberty message as well as his consistent call to bring home the troops.

Reporters are right to emphasize the wide gap between Paul and the pro-war Republican presidential field but they should not stop there. If they dig a little deeper, they will find that his disagreements with Democrats are equally great. Paul is the only candidate in either party who wants to shut down the entire American overseas political and military Empire.

Rather than “isolationist” in foreign policy, however, Paul embraces as his own Thomas Jefferson’s stated goal of “peace, commerce, and honest friendship with all nations, entangling alliances with none.” But, unlike our third president, Paul appears bound and determined to apply these words across-the-board. His voting record shows a consistent support for free trade and legislation to redirect the military strictly to home defense rather than foreign occupation. The Democrats, by contrast, largely share the bi-partisan post-World War II consensus of spreading democracy, human rights, or “vital interests” by military force.

Few subscribe to this consensus more zealously than Democratic front-runner Hillary Clinton who has considerable credentials as a hawk dating back to her husband’s administration. Most notably, she was an aggressive cheerleader for the bombing campaigns against both Iraq and Serbia in Kosovo. Paul, like many Republicans at the time, opposed both. Although Hillary later broke with Bush on Iraq, she rejects a non-interventionist approach. She wants to leave U.S. troops behind in Iraq to fight al Qaeda as well as keep them in the region. When asked in a recent debate whether she would promise that the troops would be home from Iraq by the end of her first term, Clinton refused. Although Barack Obama opposed the war from the outset, his current views are not much different. He also intends to station U.S. forces permanently in the region and reserves the right to put them back in Iraq again in full force to stop “genocide” (a term he never defines). John Edwards advocates the same approach.

While it is true that the Democrats are dovish on Iraq when compared to Bush, they blow bugles on the Darfur region of Sudan. The front-runners demand tougher sanctions, imposition of a no-fly zone, and U.S. aid for more UN troops. Edwards pledges to work with NATO and deploy U.S. “military assets” to enforce the zone. Clinton has even suggested a blockade of the Port of Sudan, an act of war under international law. The truculence of the Democrats on Darfur defies logic given their objections to the Iraq War. The same conditions apply in Darfur that also led to the Iraq quagmire including a history of Islamic sectarian strife, a long civil war, and no real tradition of the rule of law and democracy. Despite widespread violence and Sunni fundamentalism in Sudan, there has never been a suicide bombing there. Were the Democrats to spread the War on Terror into Darfur, that statistic would certainly change.

Rather than avoid all foreign political entanglements, as would Paul, the Democratic front-runners promise to extend them. All three, to quote Edwards, hope to exercise “American leadership to forge powerful alliances – with longtime allies and reluctant friends, with nations already living in the light of democracy and with peoples struggling to join them.” In contrast to Paul, they do not intend to scale down foreign American bases, much less reconsider the merits of George McGovern’s old dream to “Come Home America.” As Obama puts it, the United States “cannot afford to be a country of isolationists right now….we need to maintain a strong foreign policy, relentless in pursuing our enemies and hopeful in promoting our values around the world.” Woodrow Wilson could not have said it better.

If Americans expect a “great debate” about foreign policy fundamentals in 2008, absent an upset by Paul and his campaign against the American empire and for free trade, they will not get it. That would be a pity. As examples of “blowback” from previous and ongoing interventions continue to mount, such as spiraling oil prices, the free-fall in the value of the dollar, and the current strife in Pakistan and Kurdistan, Americans need such a debate more than ever before.

This originally appeared on the History News Network.

November 20, 2007

David T. Beito [send him mail] is a member of the Liberty and Power group blog at the History News Network and Scott Horton [send him mail] is the host of Antiwar Radio in Austin, Texas and runs The Stress blog.

Copyright © 2007 History News Network

Find this article at:
http://www.lewrockwell.com/orig8/beito1.html

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54

By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html

HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********



A blimp? A blimp!

November 22, 2007

A blimp? A blimp!

Imagine..the mainstream media is mesmerized as the image of the Ron Paul blimp is shown to tens of millions of Americans throughout the day (and throughout the month). Wolf Blizter, stunned and as if in a trance, repeats the words “Amazing, Amazing”.

As GPS co-ordinates stream to the website a map shows the Ron Paul blimp’s location in real time. The local Television stations broadcast it’s every move. The curious flock together and make a trip see history in the making. Emails with pictures are sent, then forwarded, then forwarded again. Youtube videos go viral and reach tens of millions of views. Ron Paul becomes the first presidential candidate in history to have his very own blimp. The PR stunt generates millions upon millions of dollars worth in free publicity, and captures the imagination of America.

Please join us in our goal to raise $200,000 to make and fly the first ever Presidential Blimp in history. Choose a pledge amount below and enter your email address to confirm the pledge. When we reach our goal in pledges you’ll receive an email letting you know it’s time to fulfill the pledge.
(Excerpt)
Please Go To

http://www.ronpaulblimp.com/
to read this article further, please…
Thank You….

http://www.ronpaulblimp.com/

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….


‘Spectacular Trial’ Is Seen in Case of Liberty Dollar

November 22, 2007
&amp;lt;a&amp;gt;&amp;lt;img&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;

November 19, 2007 Edition > Section: National > Printer-Friendly Version

‘Spectacular Trial’ Is Seen in Case of Liberty Dollar

BY JOSEPH GOLDSTEIN – Staff Reporter of the Sun
November 19, 2007
URL: http://www.nysun.com/article/66642

ADVERTISEMENT

&amp;lt;a&amp;gt;&amp;lt;img&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;

ADVERTISEMENT

&amp;lt;a&amp;gt;&amp;lt;img&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;

ADVERTISEMENT

&amp;lt;a&amp;gt;&amp;lt;img&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;

The monetary gadfly behind the Liberty Dollar, Bernard von NotHaus, declared over the weekend that he expects to be criminally charged over his currency and is vowing “a spectacular trial” that will “put this country’s monetary system on trial.”

Mr. von NotHaus was interviewed by The New York Sun via telephone on Saturday following disclosures that the Liberty Dollar, a gold- and silver-based currency marketed by anti-government activists as an alternative to the greenback, drew the federal government’s scrutiny because the coins resembled official currency produced by the U.S. Mint.

After a two-year undercover investigation of the currency, federal agents last week raided the Idaho mint where the Liberty Dollar was produced and the Indiana offices that served as its marketing headquarters. Tens of thousands of gold, silver, and copper coins were seized, including a special edition bearing the image of a Republican presidential candidate, Rep. Ron Paul, a supporter of the gold standard. It is the standard edition of the Liberty Dollar, which features a profile of a crowned Lady Liberty as well as the lettering USA and “Trust In God,” which federal authorities say is illegal.

These symbols and language are similar enough to coinage from the U.S. Mint that the Liberty Dollars “are easily confused with legitimate United States Currency,” a purported affidavit apparently filed last week in support of the search warrant claims.

The apparent affidavit was posted on the Internet on Friday by the libertarian think tank, the Reason Foundation. A spokeswoman for the U.S. attorney’s office in Charlotte, N.C., told the Washington Post that a court clerk had mistakenly made court documents in the case public.

Signed by an FBI special agent, Andrew Romagnuolo, the affidavit says the Liberty Dollar operation was in essence a counterfeiting operation motivated by an ideological desire to undermine American currency and to make a profit. The affidavit claims there is probable cause to believe Mr. von NotHaus, along with his office manager and a North Carolina retailer of the coins, had conspired to pass off the Liberty Dollar as government currency.

Mr. von NotHaus, a critic of the Federal Reserve who retired from a career at a private mint in Hawaii, denied introducing the Liberty Dollar for personal gain. He said the Federal Reserve is pursuing a ruinous and unconstitutional monetary policy, and is recommending his currency as being inflation-resistant.

“I never took a penny during the first five years and got only a small amount of gratuity over the past five years,” he said.

He declined to say exactly how much money he had made from the Liberty Dollar.

Financial statements from the operation were not immediately available. But in 2001, when Mr. von NotHaus put an ad in the Liberty Dollar’s newsletter for an executive director to take over his duties, he promised a salary of “well over $5000 cash per month, no withholding.”

The Liberty Dollar, which has been produced since 1998, has more than $20 million in circulation across the country. Coin enthusiasts and libertarians who support the venture have convinced a variety of retailers to accept the medallions, sometimes by offering it to them at slightly less than face value.

One longtime Liberty Dollar supporter says the venture is largely a failure.

“It never did do what the organization really wanted it to do — become widely accepted as a medium of exchange,” a Liberty Dollar distributor in Michigan who is mentioned in the affidavit, Ron Goodger, said by telephone. “It’s a tremendous amount of work to get the public to accept something it wasn’t familiar with.”

Liberty Dollars are circulated across the country through regional agents such as Mr. Goodger, who get to purchase the coinage at a slightly discounted rate. According to the affidavit, the FBI has managed to sign three undercover employees to sign up as Liberty Dollar agents. The investigation began in July 2005 and lasted until this month, according to the affidavit.

The affidavit includes details such as how at informational sessions intended to drum up interest in the currency — called Liberty Dollar University — attendees could buy shirts with the wording “The US Mint can bite me.”

Based on the up-close view of how Liberty Dollars are distributed, the FBI alleges that “a multi-level marketing scheme” was in place whose main purpose is to enrich those involved in distributing the coins.

The heart of that charge is that Liberty Dollars are sold for slightly more than the value of the silver and gold inside of the coin. Until recently, the silver ounce Liberty Dollar was marketed at $20, several dollars above silver’s spot price. And Mr. von NotHaus was in the process of revaluing it at $50 a piece, according to the affidavit.

What the affidavit describes as a “scheme,” Mr. von NotHaus defends as sound economic policy.

“It’s the only way the Liberty Dollar could perform. Doesn’t it make sense that as the underlying commodity appreciates in value, the purchasing power should appreciate in value?” Mr. von NotHaus said. “They’re really just opposed to my economic theory. Where’s the fraud?”

A 1999 report by the Southern Poverty Law Center said that many of the participating merchants “are run by men and women connected to the radical right.”

Mr. Goodger described the supporters of the currency as “concerned people who believe our government is out of control.”

Mr. Goodger said that as far as he knew no one connected to distributing the currency advocated armed resistance against the federal government.

“In the end all the organization is doing is getting precious metals out there in the hands of the people, and that’s something that’s got to be done,” he said.

“It’s a peaceful operation,” the office manager for currency operation, Sarah Bledsoe, said by telephone. “We just want the government to give us a better currency, because what we have is not working. We don’t want another Depression.”

Ms. Bledsoe, who was present at the raid in Evansville, Ind., is named in the affidavit as part of the alleged conspiracy.

November 19, 2007 Edition > Section: National > Printer-Friendly Version


The Ron Paul Ad….

November 22, 2007

44 Years After JFK’s Death, New Assassination Plot Revealed

November 22, 2007

ABC News

44 Years After JFK’s Death, New Assassination Plot Revealed

44 Years After JFK’s Death, New Assassination Plot RevealedBy CHUCK GOUDIE, WLS-TV

Nov. 22, 2007 —

A former Secret Service agent has told WLS-TV there was a plot to kill President Kennedy in Chicago three weeks before he was assassinated in Dallas.

Kennedy was murdered on Nov. 22, 1963. Today is the 44th anniversary of JFK’s assassination.

Lee Harvey Oswald would never have had the chance to kill Kennedy in Dallas, had an assassination plot in Chicago succeeded three weeks earlier, a plot that has been mentioned over the years.

Kennedy was due to arrive in Chicago the morning of Nov. 2 to attend the Army-Air Force football game at Soldier Field and ride in a parade. Newspapers had even printed JFK’s detailed travel plan from O’Hare airport to the Loop.

Although police were preparing to line the motorcade route, Secret Service officials in Chicago were deeply troubled about the visit because of two secret threats.

Right-wing radical and Kennedy denouncer Thomas Vallee had arranged to be off work for JFK’s visit; Vallee, an expert marksman, was arrested with an M1 rifle, a handgun and 3,000 rounds of ammo. But then there was the phone call to federal agents from a motel manager concerning what she’d seen in a room rented by two Cuban nationals.

“Had seen lying on the bed several automatic rifles with telescopic sights, with an outline of the route that President Kennedy was supposed to take in Chicago that would bring him past that building,” said former Secret Service agent Abraham Bolden.

Bolden, 72, of Chicago, was a young agent in 1963. After a few years as an Illinois state trooper, Bolden joined he Secret Service and was invited by Kennedy onto the prestigious White House detail. He was the first black agent assigned to protect a president.

Bolden recalled how agents bungled surveillance of those two suspected Cuban hit men. They disappeared and were never identified.

“No one was sent to the room to fingerprint it or get an ID. The case was lost and that was the end of it,” Bolden said.

On Nov. 2, the president was about to leave the White House for Chicago and Bolden says a Cuban murder squad here was unaccounted for.

“The morning of the game, the special agent in charge of the Chicago office called the White House and recommended the president cancel his trip to Chicago,” Bolden said.

News reports stated that Kennedy didn’t show because he was ill or because of a diplomatic crisis. Official investigations of JFK never determined why the president canceled Chicago Nov. 2. But in his first interview in 44 years, Bolden said JFK stayed away because of an imminent threat.

Bolden said the president didn’t come to Chicago because he was basically waved off by the Secret Service, and it wasn’t because he had a cold.

Information about Vallee, his similarity in appearance and background to Oswald and details of the Cuban hit squad in Chicago were never given to federal agents in Dallas.

Bolden said the information was not known to have been passed on to Dallas.

In a book that Bolden wrote with his wife, due out in the spring, he will cite another contributing factor in the JFK murder: on-duty drunkenness by Secret Service agents.

“I told the chief of the Secret Service this, that if anything happens, an emergency situation develops with President Kennedy, that their reflexes are going to be in a condition that they won’t be in a condition to respond, and Dallas, Texas, proved I was right,” he said. “The president’s life was in grave danger because of the inefficiency of security around him, too many weaknesses.”

“When that bullet struck the head of the president, it struck me too because I saw it coming,” Bolden said.

When the Warren Commission began investigating JFK’s assassination, Bolden says, he attempted to inform members about the Chicago plot and misconduct by his fellow agents.

During that time Bolden was arrested and prosecuted for soliciting a bribe from a counterfeiter and served a six-year sentence. He says it was a setup to silence him. The main witness has since recanted, and Bolden hopes now to clear his name.

A spokesman for the Secret Service in Washington said that officials “would not have any comment whatsoever about Mr. Bolden’s statements.”

Copyright © 2007 ABC News Internet Ventures


VERY IMPORTANT AOL POLL – Lets show who’s TOP TIER

November 22, 2007

VERY IMPORTANT AOL POLL

Lets show who’s TOP TIER —

Sent on: 11/17/2007 11:22:23 AM to gunnyg@gmail.com

http://news.aol.com/elections

This will get picked up by all the news feeds

Tell ALL of your friends about this Poll

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54

By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)


Radioactive Ammunition Fired in the Middle East May Claim More Lives Than Hiroshima and Nagasaki

November 22, 2007

Published on AfterDowningStreet.org (http://www.afterdowningstreet.org)

Radioactive Ammunition Fired in the Middle East May Claim More Lives Than Hiroshima and Nagasaki

By david swanson

Created 2007-11-19 21:52

By Sherwood Ross

By firing radioactive ammunition, the U.S., U.K., and Israel may have triggered a nuclear holocaust in the Middle East that, over time, will prove deadlier than the U.S. atomic bombing of Japan.

So much ammunition containing depleted uranium(DU) has been fired, asserts nuclear authority Leuren Moret, “The genetic future of the Iraqi people for the most part, is destroyed.”

“More than ten times the amount of radiation released during atmospheric testing (of nuclear bombs) has been released from depleted uranium weaponry since 1991,” Moret writes, including radioactive ammunition fired by Israeli troops in Palestine.

Moret is an independent U.S. scientist formerly employed for five years at the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory and also at the Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory, both of California.

Adds Arthur Bernklau, of Veterans For Constitutional Law, “The long-term effect of DU is a virtual death sentence. Iraq is a toxic wasteland. Anyone who is there stands a good chance of coming down with cancer and leukemia. In Iraq, the birth rate of mutations is totally out of control.”

Moret, a Berkeley, Calif., Environmental Commissioner and past president of the Association for Women Geoscientists, says, “For every genetic defect that we can see now, in future generations there are thousands more that will be expressed.” She adds, “the (Iraq) environment now is completely radioactive.”

Dr. Helen Caldicott, the prominent anti-nuclear crusader, has written: “Much of the DU is in cities such as Baghdad, where half the population of 5 million people are children who played in the burned-out tanks and on the sandy, dusty ground.”

“Children are 10 to 20 times more susceptible to the carcinogenic effects of radiation than adults,” Caldicott wrote. “My pediatric colleagues in Basra, where this ordnance was used in 1991, report a sevenfold increase in childhood cancer and a sevenfold increase in gross congenital abnormalities,” she wrote in her book, “Nuclear Power is not the Answer”(The New Press).

Caldicott goes on to say the two Gulf wars “have been nuclear wars because they have scattered nuclear material across the land, and people—particularly children— are condemned to die of malignancy and congenital disease essentially for eternity.”

Because of the extremely long half-life of uranium 238, one of the radioactive elements in the shells fired, “the food, the air, and the water in the cradle of civilization have been forever contaminated,” Caldicott explained.

Uranium is a heavy metal that enters the body via inhalation into the lung or via ingestion into the GI tract. It is excreted by the kidney, where, if the dose is high enough, it can induce renal failure or kidney cancer. It also lodges in the bones where it causes bone cancer and leukemia, and it is excreted in the semen, where it mutates genes in the sperm, leading to birth deformities.

Nuclear contamination is spreading around the world, Caldicott adds, with heaviest concentrations in regions within a 1,000-mile radius of Baghdad and Afghanistan. These are, notably, northern India, southern Russia, Turkey, Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Tibet, Pakistan, Kuwait, the Gulf emirates, and Jordan.

“Downwind from the radioactive devastation in Iraq, Israel is also suffering from large increases in breast cancer, leukemia and childhood diabetes,” Moret asserts. Doug Rokke, formerly the top U.S. Army DU clean-up officer and now anti-DU crusader, says Israeli tankers fired radioactive shells during the invasion of Lebanon last year. U.S. and NATO forces also used DU ammunition in Kosovo. Rokke says he is quite ill from the effects of DU and that members of his clean-up crew have died from it.

As a result of DU bombardments, Caldicott writes, “Severe birth defects have been reported in babies born to contaminated civilians in Iraq, Yugoslavia, and Afghanistan and the incidence and severity of defects is increasing over time.”
Like symptoms have been reported among infants born to U.S. service personnel that fought in the Gulf Wars. One survey of 251 returned Gulf War veterans from Mississippi made by the Veterans Administration found 67% of children born to them suffered from “severe illnesses and deformities.”

Some were born without brains or vital organs or with no arms, hands, or arms, or with hands attached to their shoulders. While U.S. officials deny DU ammunition is dangerous, it is a fact Gulf War veterans were the first Americans ever to fight on a radioactive battlefield, and their children apparently are the first known to display these ghastly deformities.

Soldiers who survived being hit by radioactive ammunition, as well as those who fired it, are falling ill, often showing signs of radiation sickness.

Of the 700,000 U.S. veterans of the first Gulf War, more than 240,000 are on permanent medical disability and 11,000 are dead, published reports indicate. This is an astonishingly high toll from such a short conflict in which fewer than 400 U.S. soldiers were killed on the battlefield.

Of course, “depleted uranium munitions were and remain another causative factor behind Gulf War Syndrome(GWS),” writes Francis Boyle, a leading American authority on international law in his book “Biowarfare and Terrorism,” from Clarity Press Inc.

“The Pentagon continues to deny that there is such a medical phenomenon categorized as GWS—even beyond the point where everyone knows that denial is pure propaganda and disinformation,” Boyle writes.

Boyle contends, “The Pentagon will never own up to the legal, economic, tortious, political, and criminal consequences of admitting the existence of GWS. So U.S. and U.K. veterans of Gulf War I as well as their afterborn children will continue to suffer and die. The same will prove true for U.S. and U.S. veterans of Bush Jr.’s Gulf War II as well as their afterborn children.”

Boyle said the use of DU is outlawed under the 1925 Geneva Convention prohibiting poison gas.

Chalmers Johnson, president of the Japan Policy Research Institute, writes in his “The Sorrows of Empire”(Henry Holt and Co.) that, given the abnormal clusters of childhood cancers and deformities in Iraq as well as Kosovo, the evidence points “toward a significant role for DU.”

By insisting on its use, Johnson adds, “the military is deliberately flouting a 1996 United Nations resolution that classifies DU ammunition as an illegal weapon of mass destruction.”

Moret calls DU “the Trojan Horse of nuclear war.” She describes it as “the weapon that keeps killing.” Indeed, the half-life of Uranium-238 is 4.5-billion years, and as it decays it spawns other deadly radioactive by-products.

Radioactive fallout from DU apparently blew far and wide. Following the initial U.S. bombardment of Iraq in 2003, DU particles traveled 2,400 miles to Great Britain in about a week, where atmospheric radiation quadrupled.

But it is in the Middle East, predominantly Iraq, where the bulk of the radioactive waste has been dumped.

In the early Nineties, the United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority warned that 50 tons of dust from DU explosions could claim a half million lives from cancer by year 2000. Not 50 tons, but an estimated two thousand radioactive tons have been fired off in the Middle East, suggesting the possibility over time of an even higher death toll.

Dr. Keith Baverstock, a World Health Organization radiation advisor, informed the media, Iraq’s arid climate would increase exposure from its tiny particles as they are blown about and inhaled by the civilian population for years to come.

The civilian death toll from the August, 1945, U.S. atomic bombings of Hiroshima and Nagasaki has been put at 140,000 and 80,000, respectively. Over time, however, deaths from radiation sickness are thought to have claimed the lives of another 100,000 Japanese civilians.

#
(Sherwood Ross is a Miami, Florida-based free-lance writer who covers military and political topics. Reach him at sherwoodr1@yahoo.com [1]. Ross has worked as a reporter for the Chicago Daily News and several wire services and is a contributor to national magazines.)


Source URL:
http://www.afterdowningstreet.org/?q=node/28830

Links:
[1] http://www.afterdowningstreet.org/?q=mailto:sherwoodr1@yahoo.com

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


Will Blacks’ Right to Vote Expire at Year’s End?

November 22, 2007

http://www.diversityinc.com


Urban Legend: Will Blacks’ Right to Vote Expire at Year’s End?

By Eric L. Hinton

© DiversityInc 2007 ® All rights reserved. No article on this site can be reproduced by any means, print, electronic or any other, without prior written permission of the publisher.

Today’s Question: Have you ever been deterred or denied from voting? Click here to tell us about it.

There are certain rumors that refuse to die and make the rounds across the Internet–which Al Gore didn’t create–every year. From the U.S. government issuing Social Security numbers based on race (false) to blacks being eligible for a $5,000 tax credit based on slave reparations (good luck with that), there are some rumors that  resurface like clockwork.

 

One such rumor, according to various e-mails circulating on the Internet, is the idea that blacks’ right to vote will expire when the Voting Rights Act of 1965 expires at year’s end.

 

This is a lie. It is false. A sham. A fabrication. An untruth.

 

The Voting Rights Act was signed by President Lyndon B. Johnson in 1965, but blacks had the ability to vote long before this, dating back to the 15th Amendment, ratified in 1870, which guaranteed the rights of all citizens over the age of 18 to vote. The 1965 act was designed to combat Jim Crow laws in the South that placed restrictions such as “poll taxes, literacy tests and grandfather clauses,” which effectively prevented blacks from voting, according to Snopes.com. And in many Reconstruction-era states throughout the South, the Ku Klux Klan used intimidation and terror to keep blacks away from the voting booths.

 

The Voting Rights Act of 1965 authorized the federal government to send federal registrars to counties where “local registrars refused to accept the registration of black voters, and observers to ensure blacks were allowed to vote and that their votes were counted,” according to Snopes.

 

And yes, the act was originally set to expire this year, which led to a flurry of Internet e-mails rallying a charge to make sure it was renewed. But what some fail to realize is that the Voting Rights Act was already renewed last year by President Bush in a morning ceremony on the White House lawn that was attended by the families of slain civil-rights leader Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. and the late Rosa Parks. 

 

Regardless of the false rumor, it’s clear that the Voting Rights Act has served a critical purpose, as voter-registration rates for blacks have increased dramatically following the 1965 legislation, according the U.S. Department of Justice web site. In 1965, Southern states including Alabama, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina and Virginia had voter-registration-rate gaps between blacks and white ranging from 22.8 percent (Virginia) to 63.3 percent (Mississippi). In 1998, those gaps shrunk to negative-2 percent (Louisiana) and 7.4 percent (North Carolina).

 

So while the Voting Rights Act of 1965 played a pivotal role in the history of black Americans, it was because it enforced their rights already on the books, but it was NEVER responsible for providing blacks with the ability to vote. So perhaps the rumor will fade away–until next year.

 

(See also: Hoax Alert! Undocumented Immigrants Do NOT Get Social-Security Benefits)

 

 

 

 

More Election ‘08 >>

© 2006-2007 DiversityInc. All Rights Reserved. Reproduction without written permission is strictly prohibited.

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~


today’s toons….

November 22, 2007

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/1929248/posts

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/1929248/posts




**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
~~~~~
News-n-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
~~~~~
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

~~~~~
The “Original/The Only “Gunny G”
**********


Mysterious Bird Flying Around S. Texas???

November 21, 2007

Mysterious Bird Flying Around S. Texas???

I-Team

I-Team: Expert trying to identify mysterious bird flying around S. Texas
Web Posted: 11/16/2007 12:42 AM CST
Joe Conger
KENS 5 Eyewitness News

More sightings of a huge flying creature, originally reported by KENS, have prompted an investigation to determine if it is a monster or myth.

“Even though it was dark, the thing itself was black. The blackest I’d ever seen,” said Frank Ramirez.

Years ago, Ramirez thought he was after a prowler in the back of his mother’s Southwest Side home. But what greeted him on the garage rooftop still gives him goosebumps now.

“That’s when the thing up there turned to me, and it was in a perched state, and it started to turn,” he said. “It started to move its arms and this giant blackness was just coming out. At that point, I dropped the stick and I ran.”

Ramirez sketched a drawing of the large, bird-like creature. The image is disturbing, and similar to dozens of sightings across San Antonio and South Texas.

“If you were to take a man’s face and pull his chin down, just like a stretched face,” said Ramirez.

More Coverage
KENS Video: Sightings of mysterious giant bird continue
KENS Video: Expert trying to identify mysterious bird flying around S. Texas

“I was just terrified and as I was running. I just thought it was going to carry me off or something.”

An earlier KENS story about a large, prehistoric-like bird drew more than 100,000 hits on MySanAntonio.com. More than a few people in San Antonio came forward to say they’d seen the creature, too.

One woman contacted KENS by e-mail, saying that because of our story, she now knows she’s not crazy.

KENS caught up with cryptozoologist Ken Gerhard at the Laguna Atascosa National Wildlife Refuge.

Gerhard recently wrote a book, called “Modern Sightings of Flying Monsters” on the large, dark birds.

“When investigating mystery animals, it’s important to point out that there are vast areas of land, even here in South Texas, that remain uninhabited,” said Gerhard. “If an animal like big bird does exist, it certainly needs some habitat, somewhere to hide.”

The Laguna Atascosa National Wildlife Refuge has 88,000 acres, and the marshes and prairies are home to 413 species of birds, but no flying pterodactyls.

“Raptors of all kinds, from hawks to falcons, come throughout. Our most common is the Harris Hawk, ” said Park Ranger Stacy Sanchez.

But even Sanchez admits that blogs spiked with reports this summer of something.

“People were posting about a very large, raptor-like bird, and they were talking about an 18-to-20-foot wingspan. I don’t know … It’s kind of a myth,” said Sanchez.

Critics say where’s the proof? Eyewitness testimony without a feather or other body of evidence leaves these stories as they are — just stories.

“We know that it’s rare, and we know that this area’s been pretty popular hangout in the past,” said Gerhard.

Gerhard has been installing cameras in Harlingen, where Guadalupe Cantu wants his big bird sighting documented and validated.

Back in San Antonio, Ramirez has mounted an outdoor light to keep the creature at bay.

“I know what I saw. It took me more than a week to step out of this house. I wouldn’t step foot out of this house,” said Ramirez. “It had this very, very horrible demeanor-look on its face. Like I was lunch,” he said.

On Nov. 21, Gerhard will be featured in a History Channel documentary called “Birdzilla.”
Tef
http://tinyurl.com/23f6n8
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Hmmm….
I saw this story on several Google news articles a few days ago.
Earlier today I ran across Wikipedia’s article on “Mothman” (see below).
I went looking for one of the mysterious bird articles I’d seen–the one posted above is the only article I could find now.

Hmmm…(again)
Mothman?
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mothman

(I always loved good ghost stories, etc.)
GyG
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Response to me from Piedpiper6….

Dick my boy you’re obviously losing it.  The object in question is what is called in South Texas a “La Chusa.”  Mary Jane and I have interviewed a dozen persons who at one time in their lives were pursued by such a witch-bird.  There was no question in our minds that what was being told to us was perceived by the teller to be true.  A favorite roost for La Chusa seems to be the bell tower in the Presidio La Bahia.  This was the site where some 340 Texians (i.e. Texans [Anglos] and Mexicans who supported the 1824 Constitution of Mexico and therefore opposed Santa Ana) were executed on Palm Sunday, March 27th 1836.

Should you ever venture to Tejas de Sud look me up and I’ll show you the lair of La Chusa, as well as where the bodies are buried.  SF Sully

HelpSearchMembersCalendar

Full Version: la chusa (witch bird)

Unexplained Mysteries Discussion Forums > Unexplained Mysteries > Urban Legends

ghostbuster_3

Oct 26 2005, 05:21 PM

have any of you ever heard of la chusa it is also called a witch bird.

La Chusa was a winged female of sorts and horribly disfigured. If some one was near death, La Chusa would come to take their souls. You would know she was near from the sounds of her huge wings beating on a nearby window of the ill perons room or the side of that home. If La Chusa could be captured and see the sun rise she would evolve into a beautiful young woman.

343 Guilty Spark

Oct 26 2005, 05:41 PM

Sounds like a mix of a banshee and a harpie.

ghostbuster_3

Oct 26 2005, 06:49 PM

QUOTE(343 Guilty Spark @ Oct 26 2005, 05:41 PM) [snapback]903913[/snapback]
Sounds like a mix of a banshee and a harpie.

yea its kind of like that they say in life the la chusa was a witch and waskilled becuse of it. but if you go out side at midnight and wistled then it would come to kill you. now i did just that but i dont belive it will kill you but then agin it even went to a court case and people have been atacked by it. i think she may take the wistle as a thret or something like that.

me and my friend were out side and we wistled trying to get it to come then the next night at around 11 we heared rustling in the bushes we went out side to see wat it was and we thru some rocks at the area the noise was coming from and some black birds started flying around and then it sounded like somthing was on the ground and the sound was geting closer so we ran inside and locked all the doors. this was in the woods in my back yard a few days ago. even my energy rods pointed at the area.

freaked me out

Funi

Oct 26 2005, 06:50 PM

Never heard of such a story. I don’t believe that there’s a soul in the human body either.

343 Guilty Spark

Oct 26 2005, 06:57 PM

QUOTE(ghostbuster_3 @ Oct 26 2005, 07:49 PM) [snapback]904024[/snapback]
yea its kind of like that they say in life the la chusa was a witch and waskilled becuse of it. but if you go out side at midnight and wistled then it would come to kill you. now i did just that but i dont belive it will kill you but then agin it even went to a court case and people have been atacked by it. i think she may take the wistle as a thret or something like that.

me and my friend were out side and we wistled trying to get it to come then the next night at around 11 we heared rustling in the bushes we went out side to see wat it was and we thru some rocks at the area the noise was coming from and some black birds started flying around and then it sounded like somthing was on the ground and the sound was geting closer so we ran inside and locked all the doors. this was in the woods in my back yard a few days ago. even my energy rods pointed at the area.

freaked me out

I never get any weird paranormal experences. sad.gif
Didn’t you look out the window to see what it was?
tongue.gif

ghostbuster_3

Oct 26 2005, 06:58 PM

QUOTE(Funi @ Oct 26 2005, 06:50 PM) [snapback]904027[/snapback]
Never heard of such a story. I don’t believe that there’s a soul in the human body either.

well it origanated from texes i belive if you look it on yahoo you can get some info on it if your interested. it dosent realy have to do with the bodys spirits thats just in one story ive heard. im kind of with ya on that whole soul in the humen body im kind of undicided or in the middle.

iaapac

Oct 26 2005, 07:01 PM

The lachuza is a Mexican tale wherein a large owl-type bird takes flight and changes into a woman. There are countless tales of this and very recently I had a man tell me that he was walking to the bus stop and saw a lachuza sitting on top of a street sign. He then saw the bus coming and so he took his attention away from the bird and hurried to catch the bus. When he crossed the street he looked for the bus again and it had disappeared but there was an old woman sitting on the bench, as if also waiting for the bus.
What is interesting about the witch tales is that in 15th century Europe a witch had a pointed hat, dressed in black and could fly on a broom. In Mexico, long before the arrival of the Europeans, the witch also dressed in black, wore a pointed hat and flew on a broom. The same image and description existed for witches in China. How?

ghostbuster_3

Oct 26 2005, 07:02 PM

QUOTE(343 Guilty Spark @ Oct 26 2005, 06:57 PM) [snapback]904038[/snapback]
I never get any weird paranormal experences. sad.gif
Didn’t you look out the window to see what it was?
tongue.gif

yea for a long time to but nothing like it was wating out there or somthing but im not 100% that was it im hopin to have that happen agin and try to get a pic or somthing. i do have some random pics of me and my friend and the woods i took from out the window but i gota go get it developed.

ghostbuster_3

Oct 26 2005, 07:05 PM

QUOTE(iaapac @ Oct 26 2005, 07:01 PM) [snapback]904046[/snapback]
The lachuza is a Mexican tale wherein a large owl-type bird takes flight and changes into a woman. There are countless tales of this and very recently I had a man tell me that he was walking to the bus stop and saw a lachuza sitting on top of a street sign. He then saw the bus coming and so he took his attention away from the bird and hurried to catch the bus. When he crossed the street he looked for the bus again and it had disappeared but there was an old woman sitting on the bench, as if also waiting for the bus.
What is interesting about the witch tales is that in 15th century Europe a witch had a pointed hat, dressed in black and could fly on a broom. In Mexico, long before the arrival of the Europeans, the witch also dressed in black, wore a pointed hat and flew on a broom. The same image and description existed for witches in China. How?

i seen a tale on tv that some cops and towns seen it i think the town was point plesent or somthing like that around some goverment wast plant or something

Fox McCloud

Oct 27 2005, 04:54 AM

This is news to me… *makes a note never to whistle outside* unsure.gif

riotboy555

Oct 27 2005, 05:32 AM

I’ve heard of La chusa, or Lechuza, as I was told. One of my friends told me a story about his grandfather’s run-in with one at his ranch. According to him, his grandfather’s neighbor was rumored to be a witch. One day, while walking around his ranch, the grandfather caught an owl, and beat it up with a stick he was carrying. The following day, he saw his neighbor walking down the street all bandaged up like she had gotten in a bad accident. So….sad.gif

343 Guilty Spark

Oct 27 2005, 08:33 AM

^ That’s terrible, why would he beat up an owl. mad.gif

Mekorig

Oct 27 2005, 01:09 PM

Neve heard anything of “La Chuza”. The mane appears to de a deformation of Lechuza, that is the spanish word to Owl.

ghostbuster_3

Oct 27 2005, 01:16 PM

QUOTE(Mekorig @ Oct 27 2005, 01:09 PM) [snapback]905131[/snapback]
Neve heard anything of “La Chuza”. The mane appears to de a deformation of Lechuza, that is the spanish word to Owl.

u myhave heard of it by another name a witch bird some people call it.

Darkmage515

Nov 2 2005, 02:47 PM

Well all I know is that a owl is a omen of something bad to come. Just like when dogs howl or cry that is bad to some people say that when they do that they are calling the reaper. There is also a saying that if you put on a eye booger of a dog you can see ghosts and spirits.

Lord Umbarger

Nov 4 2005, 07:01 AM

Iaapac, Two things.
One:
How do all these various cultures have the same image of a witch? They all dated my ex-girlfriend!
Two:
My father was born on September 14, so you’ll just have to pick another date.

Back on topic,
I’d never heard of this bird before. I have heard of a Vietnamese creature that ran through the woods on two legs and if you saw him you were supposed to die in the next battle. Not really the same thing but, I just thought that I’d add my two pesos.

Sorry for interupting a rather interesting thread with my idiocy.

Lord Umbarger

Nov 4 2005, 07:09 AM

Darkmage515:
I’ve always heard that the dog howled because he saw the Grim Reaper, not to call him. I grew up in South Georgia, United States. Interesting that the two tales are so similer. Also, my Jewish grandparents on both sides of my family always called the grim reaper Samael. Not that it really adds much to the thread but, maybe to the knowledge.

I’ve never heard the one about a “dog booger” though. That’s a totally new one on me. I’m gonna file that one away in the “things I’ll not do” folder.

iaapac

Nov 4 2005, 03:03 PM

QUOTE(Lord Umbarger @ Nov 4 2005, 04:31 AM) [snapback]915728[/snapback]
Iaapac, Two things.
One:
How do all these various cultures have the same image of a witch? They all dated my ex-girlfriend!
Two:
My father was born on September 14, so you’ll just have to pick another date.

Back on topic,
I’d never heard of this bird before. I have heard of a Vietnamese creature that ran through the woods on two legs and if you saw him you were supposed to die in the next battle. Not really the same thing but, I just thought that I’d add my two pesos.

Sorry for interupting a rather interesting thread with my idiocy.

Can you clarify this September 14 thing? I don’t understand.

Lord Umbarger

Nov 4 2005, 09:57 PM

Your profile states that Sept. 14 is your birthday. I was just razzing you a little. LOL

Vainomoinen

Nov 16 2005, 03:30 PM

The Lechuza is a very old Hispanic legend – some people take it to mean barn owl while others take the name as being the ‘witch bird’ that’s discussed here. Being from South Texas I’ve heard tons of stories about it. Growing up it was a very real boogey man or cucuy – living across the street from a very old graveyard gave us even more reason to fear this thing. We’d see lights dancing there at all hours of the night and hear odd noises.
crying.gif

The main thing my grandpa told us about lechuza was to never whistle after dark because it might be the lechuza whistling…and if you whistled back it would come after you and ‘try to scratch your eyeballs out’. Needless to say whistling was taboo after dark for us.

My uncle has perhaps the scariest tale: He was walking home with his girlfriend and his brother after the movies one night. His brother kept walking home as he took a different route to walk his girlfriend home thumbsup.gif – well after leaving her he began his trek home. He was walking when he heard some whistling. His first thought was that it was his brother messing around, trying to scare him. So he continues walking and the whistling continues – so he yells his brother’s name and begins whistling back even louder.

A tree up in front of him erupts, he said he heard small branches breaking, the foliage just shaking about and wings flapping as if something HUGE was flying out of the tree. So he breaks and as he’s passing under a streetlight he sees this shadow block out the light and the whistling is getting louder. So as he’s running he takes off his belt w/ his, like, five pound western belt buckle on it and begins swinging it around his head. He eventually made it home with this thing hot on his heels. He said from that time on he never whistled after dark again.

iaapac

Nov 16 2005, 03:40 PM

QUOTE(Lord Umbarger @ Nov 4 2005, 07:27 PM) [snapback]916611[/snapback]
Your profile states that Sept. 14 is your birthday. I was just razzing you a little. LOL

Okay, I understand. Then your father must be a wonderful, intelligent, kind, gregarious, humble, responsible person.

Mekorig

Nov 16 2005, 04:25 PM

whicht bird? Neither i haerd anything about that…i am a city dewler, but i had some family in the field, iand i have spend some summers whit them. Never heard of anything like that. Its maybe some weird mexican legend that get estended over C. America and South USA…

Celumnaz

Nov 16 2005, 06:11 PM

La Lechusa I’ve only heard it along the Rio Grand area. Many I’ve talked to in Southern Mexico haven’t heard of it in particular. Same with La Llorena. I mean, it could be, I just haven’t heard of it farther south.

Just be sure you’re talking about La Lechusa, and not La Lechuga.

Mekorig

Nov 16 2005, 06:29 PM

jajajajaja..La Lechuga..very evil vegetable spirit that attack all the salad carrying tourist!!!!

mako

Nov 17 2005, 02:55 PM

Okay, this is all too weird! Yesterday, when I came out of the office, I had a flat tire! By the time I took the flat off, put on the spare and found a place to repair the flat, it was well after dark. I live 60 miles from work (yep, 120 mile round trip- but hey, this is Texas), so to try to make up for some of the lost time, I took a short cut that I normally steer clear of (too many deer and wild hogs). I left Farm Market Road 1835 and turned onto County Road 127 (gravel, bumpy and dusty) to cut over to Farm Market Road 57 (I live just off that road). As I was about ½ mile from FM 57, I noticed red glowing eyes beside the road and up in a tree ahead. At first, I thought that it might be tail lights on an auto going down FM 57, but then I realized that FM57 takes a curve just past where it and CR 172 join, and you wouldn’t be able to see tail lights in that direction. As I watched, the eyes blinked, closed, opened again and then just as I was getting to the tree disappeared altogether. I have no idea what it was, but having had a conversation, that day, (fueled by this thread) with a young Hispanic woman that I work with on LaChusa, my first thought was that I had actually seen one, but who knows… yes.gif

Kronos’s_Boy

Nov 23 2005, 07:10 AM

QUOTE(ghostbuster_3 @ Oct 27 2005, 07:49 AM) [snapback]904024[/snapback]
yea its kind of like that they say in life the la chusa was a witch and waskilled becuse of it. but if you go out side at midnight and wistled then it would come to kill you. now i did just that but i dont belive it will kill you but then agin it even went to a court case and people have been atacked by it. i think she may take the wistle as a thret or something like that.

me and my friend were out side and we wistled trying to get it to come then the next night at around 11 we heared rustling in the bushes we went out side to see wat it was and we thru some rocks at the area the noise was coming from and some black birds started flying around and then it sounded like somthing was on the ground and the sound was geting closer so we ran inside and locked all the doors. this was in the woods in my back yard a few days ago. even my energy rods pointed at the area.

freaked me out

lol well may be its just mad neighbours that didnt like loud noises and got u and they got power rods and tryied to scare u lol!!

zoom7500

Nov 25 2005, 08:15 PM

alien.gif sounds like the wendigo

Piney

Nov 26 2005, 12:03 AM
My tribe, the Nanticoke has a legend about the “Gu’kus” who are witchs which turn them selves into owls. The Lena’pe (Delaware) and the Shawnee have the same legend but the witch in their stories is always a Nanticoke. The Owl witch is also known among other Algonquian tribes too. During the “Long Walk” of the Delawares and the Shawnees a group of them stayed in Texas while the main part went on to Oklahoma. Maybe an Algonquian tribe brought the legend to Texas. It was also known that a group of outlaw Delawares and Shawnees crossed into Mexico and were known as the Delas’.

Lapi’che

CharmedFan3

Nov 26 2005, 03:38 AM

QUOTE(ghostbuster_3 @ Oct 26 2005, 10:49 AM) [snapback]904024[/snapback]
yea its kind of like that they say in life the la chusa was a witch and waskilled becuse of it. but if you go out side at midnight and wistled then it would come to kill you. now i did just that but i dont belive it will kill you but then agin it even went to a court case and people have been atacked by it. i think she may take the wistle as a thret or something like that.

me and my friend were out side and we wistled trying to get it to come then the next night at around 11 we heared rustling in the bushes we went out side to see wat it was and we thru some rocks at the area the noise was coming from and some black birds started flying around and then it sounded like somthing was on the ground and the sound was geting closer so we ran inside and locked all the doors. this was in the woods in my back yard a few days ago. even my energy rods pointed at the area.

freaked me out

so la lachusa is a half woman half bird!! who is also a witch i am confused

iaapac

Nov 26 2005, 03:41 AM

QUOTE(CharmedFan3 @ Nov 26 2005, 01:08 AM) [snapback]948806[/snapback]
so la lachusa is a half woman half bird!! who is also a witch i am confused

According to the tales here in Mexico, the lechuza is the owl-like form a witch takes at night when she wants to travel to another location. Once arriving there, she reportedly has the power to resume her form as a woman. Most people are afraid of the sight of a large owl flying at night and, of course, believe that it is a witch of considerable power moving from one place to another.

CharmedFan3

Nov 26 2005, 03:44 AM

QUOTE(iaapac @ Nov 25 2005, 07:41 PM) [snapback]948809[/snapback]
According to the tales here in Mexico, the lechuza is the owl-like form a witch takes at night when she wants to travel to another location. Once arriving there, she reportedly has the power to resume her form as a woman. Most people are afraid of the sight of a large owl flying at night and, of course, believe that it is a witch of considerable power moving from one place to another.

no.gif not all witches are bad

Darkmage515

Nov 29 2005, 02:55 PM

I agree not all warlocks/witches are bad I use my powers for good reasons.

iaapac

Nov 29 2005, 05:29 PM

QUOTE(Darkmage515 @ Nov 29 2005, 12:25 PM) [snapback]953653[/snapback]
I agree not all warlocks/witches are bad I use my powers for good reasons.

I didn’t say all witches are bad. I merely reported the beliefs of the people in Mexico.

CharmedFan3

Dec 4 2005, 01:29 AM

QUOTE(Darkmage515 @ Nov 29 2005, 06:55 AM) [snapback]953653[/snapback]
I agree not all warlocks/witches are bad I use my powers for good reasons.

You wrote:

Hmmm….
I saw this story on several Google news articles a few days ago.
Earlier today I ran across Wikipedia’s article on “Mothman” (see below).
I went looking for one of the mysterious bird articles I’d seen–the one posted above is the only article I could find now.

Hmmm…(again)
Mothman?
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mothman

(I always loved good ghost stories, etc.)
GyG



Actually Warlocks are bad, WARLOCK- a evil witch who destroys other witches

JMugenDPowerM

Oct 20 2006, 02:19 PM

are yall talking about the luchusa in robstown? that thing is like nothing ive ever seen before, it aint no witch or woman, its some sort of evil creature, it reminded me of the thing from jeepers creepers but shorter it was like 4 ft tall and huge wings, but i hear a whistling and i notice it was making the sound every time i was take a breathe like it was wezzing or something but it was louder, and i used to look for it all the time but since i saw it i aint ever gonna look for it, i had gotten interested in it when my gpa told me a story abbout it cuz he lives in the outskirts of robstown, and he was drive back home cuz he had just got off at work and it was like 2 in the morning, and he said something had his the back of his truck hard, and he looked in his mirror but didnt see anything then he looked of to the side and he said across the street was lachusa, and it was sorta keeping up with the truck until my grandpa started pushing it, and he got home and he had gotten far enough just to make it inside and lock the door and for the rest of the night he said he heard the huge wings of lachusa flapping around ouside, he also heard footsteps on the roof, and he got his gun, and called the cops but when they arrived lachusa was nowhere to be found and soon after they left it returned, oh yeah and for those who say lachusa doesnt have legs it obviously does cuz of the footsteps, but when i saw it it didnt seem to have any it looked like it was just floating in the air like a ghort or something, and when i fell to my knees cuz i was scared and they just gave out lachusa turned around and i saw the short legs it had, lucky i was behind some brush and i guess it didnt see me

coldethyl

Oct 20 2006, 03:50 PM

This thread is almost a year old so I don’t think you’re going to get an answer soon.

This is a “lo-fi” version of our main content. To view the full version with more information, formatting and images, please click here.

Invision Power Board © 2001-2007 Invision Power Services, Inc.

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54

By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html

HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********



Squaring The Circle – Ron Paul

November 21, 2007
Squaring The Circle – Ron PaulBy Erich Walberg
11-21-7

http://www.rense.com/general79/diday.htm

Among a dreary cabal of shopworn politicos running for US president, one provides hope for the Middle East, but does he have a chance, asks Eric Walberg

In less than a year, the world will have a new leader. In a little over two months, we will know the names of the two likely candidates. The US media would have us believe that the Democrats have settled on New York Senator Hillary Clinton, who supported President George W Bush’s invasion of Iraq and continues to support the occupation (Bush lite), and the Republicans on New York ex-Mayor Rudy Giuliani who thinks Bush is a wimp and can’t wait to attack Iran (Bush on steroids). The latter, despite his support for abortion, has just been endorsed by TV evangelist Pat Robertson, who argues that “the overriding issue before the American people is the defense of our population from the bloodlust of Islamic terrorists.” Both potential presidents put service to Israel at the top of their agendas.

So it appears we are faced with Tweedle-dum and Tweedle-dee, though these Alice-in-Wonderland characters are far from harmless. No one else has the blessing of the media and the other behind-the-scene controllers of American life (OK, AIPAC). The only two contenders who call for immediate withdrawal of US troops from Iraq and foreswear any attack on Iran – Republican Congressman Ron Paul and Democratic Congressman Dennis Kucinich – are dismissed as fringe candidates if not nutcases. Paul is a self-proclaimed Libertarian, and Kucinich, who introduced a motion to impeach Vice-President Richard Cheney earlier this month, is regularly ridiculed as a believer in UFOs, especially by his stab-in-the-back fellow Democrats. The implication is that it would be dangerous to entrust the reins of government to either of these wackos. This, despite Bush’s belief that he has a hotline directly to God himself.

For those who object to this conspiratorial view of American politics ­ that elections are a farce and that the real power lies behind the throne, in the hands of organisations such as the American Israel Political Affairs Committee (AIPAC), the Bilderberg Group and the Council of Foreign Affairs, consider that polls show 54 per cent of Americans want the troops home now, 68 per cent disapprove of Bush’s handling of the situation in Iraq and 64 per cent are against the war, 70% of American voters believe Dick Cheney has abused his powers as Vice President, and 43% definitely want him impeached. Yet the only candidates who represent the broad majority are dismissed as unelectable.

There are some shreds of hope, though. Neither Paul nor Kucinich have any real dirt clinging to them, unlike both Giuliani and Clinton, who will be slinging mud and having it slung at them every minute they are in the media spotlight, and will ensure that the White House continues to be the home of the most hated person in the world. Also encouraging is that polls show, given the choice between likely candidates from the major parties, voters will vote along party lines rather than for specific candidates, that the Democrat will probably win, and that there is little or no difference between Clinton, Obama, or whoever when matched against Giuliani or Senator John McCain. So if by some miracle one of the so-called fruitcakes got the nomination of their party, he could well go on to win the race for the White House, despite the wishes of the real powers-that-be in America, and represent the real preferences of the majority.

Kucinich ran in 2004 on a liberal Democratic policy of socialised medical care, less military (including creating a Department of Peace), more energy conservation, more support for city renewal, and the like ­ all policies which Americans would support ­ but his party just barely tolerates him, his campaign went nowhere and he dutifully supported the pro-war right-wing Democratic candidate John Kerry. AIPAC shuns him or worse, with good reason. During the Israel invasion of Lebanon last summer, Kucinich offered a resolution calling for an immediate cease-fire and a return to multiparty diplomacy between the United States and regional powers, with no preconditions. This summer, only Kucinich and Ron Paul voted against the House resolution calling on the United Naitons Security Council to charge Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad with violating the 1948 United Nations Genocide Convention because of his calls for the destruction of the state of Israel. And then there is his motion to impeach AIPAC member-for-life Cheney. So there is little excitement in his repeat campaign this time around and no likelihood that he will clinch the nomination. Knives are out.

What about Paul, a former medical doctor, nicknamed Dr No for his contrarian insistence on “never voting for legislation unless the proposed measure is expressly authorised by the Constitution”? Paul is also shunned by the Israeli Lobby. In addition to his vote on the Iran imbroglio, he calls for an end to all foreign aid, including to Israel, and he was pointedly not invited to the Republican Jewish Coalition debate in Washington, DC in October. The Jewish Telegraphic Agency (JTA) said that Paul was excluded due to his “record of consistently voting against assistance to Israel and his criticisms of the pro-Israel lobby”.

But Paul has developed a bit of a teflon coating. What Kucinich can’t get away with, he can. Paul promptly provided a statement to JTA explaining his position on Israel. “I support free trade and friendship with all nations, meaning that my administration would treat Israel as a friend and trading partner. Americans would be encouraged to travel to and trade with Israel.”

He boldly argues that past US involvement in the Middle East fueled 9/11. In a 15 May televised debate sponsored by Fox News in Columbia, South Carolina, he argued, “They attack us because we’ve been over there; we’ve been bombing Iraq for 10 years.” The Michigan Republican Chairman Saul Anuzis was incensed and vowed to bar Paul from future debates, calling his remarks “off the wall and out of whack,” though he later backed off on his threat.

Despite his supposed anti-Semitism, Paul has a small non-Zionist Jewish following, “Jews for Ron Paul”. There is even a “Zionists for Ron Paul” launched by Yehuda HaKohen, an American immigrant to Israel. “We think that Israel should be an ally to the United States but not a vassal to the United States. I don’t think it’s important for America to defend me. American aid does more harm than good. These are insults to our national sovereignty. If you have Zionists, Muslims and white supremacists supporting him, he’s someone who really resonates with people.”

Paul’s platform flows entirely from his Libertarian credo ­ a kind of conservative anarchism. While Kucinich’s opposition to the war is inspired by a dovish liberalism, Paul’s is inspired by a belief in the supremacy of the individual, private property, and the Constitution, which discourages foreign alliances and intervention unless the US is directly attacked. He believes that war must be fought only to protect citizens, it must be declared by Congress, and it must be concluded when the victory is complete as planned. Paul argues that a just declaration of war after the September 11, 2001 attacks would have been against the actual terrorists, Al-Qaeda, rather than against Iraq, which had no connection to the attacks.

He claims he is not calling for US isolation, but his policies would sharply reduce US interference in other nations’ affairs and US involvement in international organisations. He calls for withdrawing from any organisation that overrides US sovereignty, such as the International Criminal Court (ICC), the United Nations, the North American Union, the Law of the Sea Treaty, the World Trade Organization (WTO), NATO and the Security and Prosperity Partnership of North America. He is a proponent of free trade, but opposes free trade agreements such as the North American Free Trade Agreement as “international managed trade” agreements which serve special interests and big business, not citizens. He opposes foreign aid ­ including aid to Israel ­ as wasteful and unwarranted interference in other countries. The government, neglecting its Constitutional responsibility to protect its borders, has concentrated instead on unconstitutionally policing foreign countries. Paul would “essentially” eliminate the CIA; while retaining functions like intelligence-gathering, and would eliminate operations like overthrowing foreign governments and assassinations. He has called the 9-11 Commission Report a charade: “Spending more money abroad or restricting liberties at home will do nothing to deter terrorists, yet this is exactly what the 9-11 Commission recommends.”

His domestic policies would fundamentally remake American society, emphasising a return to local governance. He calls for the elimination of income tax and the Internal Revenue Service, approving of war resisters’ nonpayment of taxes and other nonviolent resistance a la Martin Luther King and Mahatma Gandhi. He advocated employee-owned corporations in his 1999 Employee Ownership Act, which would have created a new type of corporation (the employee-owned- and-controlled corporation) that would have been exempt from most federal taxes.

Paul calls for the abolition of the Ferderal Reserve and a return to a commodity-based currency, most likely gold and silver, arguing that current efforts to sustain dollar hegemony exacerbate the rationale for war. Along with vested American interests in oil and plans to remake the Middle East, he argues that the threat to the dollar as world currency has been a contributing factor for the war against Iraq and diplomatic tensions with Iran.

This man is talking sense, cutting through one Gordian knot after another, never missing a beat. Even his calls to scupper the UN, NATO and the WTO are not as crazy as they sound. All these organisations with the exception of the ICC (which past and present US presidents have done everything possible to undermine) are for the most part willing US clients, and if they were to collapse under a Ron Paul presidency, this would in the long run be a boon for the rest of the world, since it would clear the deck for the creation of new organisations based on social justice without the present imperialist baggage. As for foreign aid, Paul argues that most of it is wasted, and humanitarian aid is best left to charities and foundations. The more you consider the supposedly whacky fruitcake Paul, the better he sounds.

And that is exactly how Americans are reacting. He won the Republican presidential candidates’ debate in Dearborn, Michigan on 9 October with 74% of votes cast. He went on to win the Orlando, Florida debate with 34%. As one observer put it, “Ron Paul won the Republican debate last week largely because he didn’t come across as just another dumb old white guy.” “70% of Americans want war over with and are sick and tired of big government at home and overseas. They want their civil liberties and don’t want the government to spend endlessly and bankrupt us,” Paul confidently argued there. If there is any democracy left at all in the US, he should continue to gain momentum, be crowned the official Republican candidate and go on to win the presidency with a landslide. His greatest liability at this point is the horror of the powers-that-be and the continued media blackout about him.

But even that is backfiring in our electronic age. In September, he announced he had brought in $5.2 million in the previous three months, largely over the Internet, putting him ahead of McCain in the Republican money race. He raised $4.2 million on 5 November from 37,000 individual donors who agreed to give as part of a “money bomb” on Guy Fawkes Day. On 16 December, the anniversary of the 1773 Boston Tea Party, the goal is to add $10 million to his campaign chest to protest taxation used to pursue an unpopular war and the sacrificing of Constitutional liberties at home, and it looks like he will raise much more.

So to recap: minimal decentralised government, a gold standard, government “by the book”, war strictly as self-defence, charity instead of government welfare. But wait! This is very much like Mohammad’s vision of a just society, with the Quran as the Constitution. Add to this Paul’s pledge to end “aid” to Israel, withdraw from the Muslim countries the US has illegally invaded, and stop undermining foreign governments. No wonder there is already a Yahoo group “Muslims for Ron Paul”, urging block voting for him in the primaries. Who better to make peace with the Arab world – the entire world?

***

Eric Walberg is a Canadian journalist at Al-Ahram Weekly. You can reach him at www.geocities.com/walberg2002/

 
 
Disclaimer
 
Email This Article

MainPage
http://www.rense.com


**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
~~~~~
News-n-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
~~~~~
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

~~~~~
The “Original/T


Full Page Ad by RP Backer!

November 21, 2007

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/1928943/posts
Click Above for full page Ad….
Ron Paul Backer Aims to Snag Travelers (full page US today Ad)
US News World Report ^ | 11/20/07 | Liz Halloran
Posted on 11/21/2007 12:51:02 PM EST by traviskicks
Larry Lepard, a venture capitalist and Ron Paul supporter from Massachusetts, has shelled out about $85,000 of his own money to throw what he told U.S. News is a “small hard rock at a good target”: a full-page ad supporting Paul that will run in tomorrow’s edition of USA Today—the nation’s largest circulation daily newspaper—on the busiest travel day of the year.

He noted that he bought a right-hand position in the newspaper’s front section.

“I’m trying to get maximum bang for the buck,” said Lepard, 50, a Republican who says his strong opposition to the Iraq war drove him to take out the ad. His firm, Equity Management Association, invests in emerging markets, he said, adding, “I’m good at spotting early trends.” The ad, presented as an open letter from the country’s Founding Fathers, was designed with the help of supporters on www.RonPaulForums.com, where Paul campaign activists hold their virtual gatherings.

“We think the message is beautiful and pure,” said Lepard, who first met Paul nearly two decades ago at an economic conference in New York. “He’s not the odds-on favorite, but people have come from relative obscurity before and done it.”

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/1928943/posts

**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
~~~~~
News-n-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
~~~~~
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

~~~~~
The “Original/The Only “Gunny G”
**********


The Myth of Ron Paul and National Defense….

November 21, 2007

Back to Towhall.com President Ron Paul: Pro-National Defense

Friday, November 16, 2007 1:49 AM

President Ron Paul: Pro-National Defense

Critics of Ron Paul too often say he is weak on national defense. However the opposite is true. Ron Paul is pro-national defense and pro-America. This is an important issue that has too often been swept under the carpet by detractors for their own political agendas.

In a fine article, Michael T. Griffith explains why conservatives should support Ron Paul because he has the most solid record on national defense of any candidate running for president in 2008.

Ron Paul and National Defense

Michael T. Griffith, 2007

It’s time to put to rest the myth that Ron Paul is weak on national defense and that he would endanger America if elected.  I will list some facts about Ron Paul and national defense, and then I will provide links to numerous articles so that people can read what Dr. Paul has said on this subject in his own words.

First, some facts about Ron Paul on national defense.  These facts are just some of the things that could be said about Ron Paul and national defense.  Those who want a more in-depth view of where Ron Paul stands on national defense issues are encouraged to read the links in the second part of this article.  The Ron Paul quotes in the following points are taken from some of the linked articles.

* All conservatives agree that border security is a critical component of national defense.  Nobody is tougher than Ron Paul when it comes to border security.  His position is identical to that of border-security hawks like Tom Tancredo and Duncan Hunter.  In fact, Dr. Paul has called for ending immigration from countries that sponsor or aid terrorists (see below). 

* A crucial part of national security is protecting our national sovereignty.  Unlike the other candidates, Ron Paul has repeatedly talked about the threats to our sovereignty posed by the UN, by regional trade agreements, and by attempts to make “international law” superior to American law.  No candidate would be more aggressive in protecting our national sovereignty than Ron Paul.  

* Ron Paul has proposed the following measures as part of an effective counter-terrorism strategy:
(Excerpt)
Please click below to continue reading….
http://tinyurl.com/28rckw
http://tinyurl.com/28rckw


**********
THE “G” BLOGS…by GyG
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
and….
http://gunnyg.wordpress.com/
Also known as Gunny G’s
Globe and Anchor Sites/Forums/Blogs….
~~~~~
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
~~~~~
News-n-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
~~~~~
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

~~~~~
The “Original/The Only “Gunny G”
**********


The Crash of 2008? by Patrick Buchanan

November 20, 2007

The Crash of 2008?

by Patrick Buchanan
November 16 , 2007

In March 1929, the Harding-Coolidge era came to an end. The eight years had witnessed the greatest peacetime prosperity of any nation in history: America in the Roaring Twenties. Early that March, Calvin Coolidge handed the presidency over to Herbert Hoover, who had just pulled off a third straight Republican landslide.

“I do not choose to run,” said Coolidge, who could easily have won a second full term. Silent Cal went home. Hoover, whom he privately derided as “Wonder Boy,” presided over the Crash of ‘29 and the first three years of the Great Depression.

History holds Harding, Coolidge and Hoover responsible for the Depression, with Treasury Secretary Andrew Mellon, and Reed Smoot and Willis Hawley of Smoot-Hawley fame, as accessories. As Voltaire observed, history is a pack of lies agreed upon.

Two men debunked the myth that the low-tax, high-tariff policy of the 1920s brought on the Depression. The more famous is Milton Friedman, who proved to the satisfaction of a Nobel Prize committee that the Depression was a monetary phenomenon. The Fed had opened the sluices, and the money had swamped the stock market.

When Wall Street crashed, there came a run on the banks by men who had bought on margin, a depositors’ stampede, a bank collapse, a wipeout of uninsured savings and the loss of a third of the money supply, lifeblood of the economy. The Fed never gave the nation the needed transfusions. Hoover and FDR, misdiagnosing the crisis, raised taxes and wrote up new regulations, which was like putting a body cast on a patient in shock from the loss of a third of his blood

The Smoot-Hawley myth, repeated by John McCain in the Detroit debate, was demolished by Alfred Eckes of Ohio University, Reagan’s man at the FTC and America’s foremost authority on the history of trade and tariffs, in his 1995 “Opening America’s Markets.”

The point of this brief history: The recent hand-off from Alan Greenspan, the maestro of the Global Economy, to Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke may turn out to have been a lateral far behind the line of scrimmage, leaving Bernanke holding the bag for a recession for which he is no more responsible than was the hapless Hoover.

Last week, the stock market saw 4 percent of its value wiped out. Oil reached nearly $100 a barrel. The dollar fell to record lows against the Canadian dollar and the euro. The price of gold was $850 an ounce, signaling inflation and a worldwide lack of confidence in the Fed’s ability or determination to defend the world’s reserve currency.

The Chinese, with $1.4 trillion in reserves, perhaps 80 percent in dollar assets, indicated they may dump dollars and move into euros. Merrill-Lynch took an $8 billion hit. Citibank is signaling massive losses from its subprime mortgage debt. General Motors reported an operating loss of $1.6 billion for the quarter and a whopping $39 billion charge that is among the biggest profit hits ever reported

Where does this leave Bernanke? On the horns of a dilemma.

Exposure of all that subprime debt going rotten on the books of our biggest banks, the staggering losses being reported, the inability of homeowners to refinance or borrow any further against their equity, the credit crunch — all argue for an easy money policy to get capital back into the economic bloodstream.

Thus the Fed has cut interest rates from 5.25 percent to 4.